Post Archive

Region: Commonwealth of Liberty

History

Osivoii wrote:[pre]| AUTUMN AND WINTER - ОСЕНЬ И ЗИМА 1939 |[/pre]

[list][list][list][pre]USSR ★ UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

Союз Советских Социалистических Республик CCCP |[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

THE WINTER WAR:

A WAR FOR THE SAFETY OF THE UNION NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER!

ЗИМНЯЯ ВОЙНА:

ВОЙНА ЗА БЕЗОПАСНОСТЬ СОЮЗА НОЯБРЬ И ДЕКАБРЬ!

[pre]Negotiations have stalled as a amicable peace now seems to be off the table between Finland and the Soviets, Red Army forces have been moved into the north from Karelia to Leningrad Soviet soldiers wait for orders to push into Finland to secure a stable border able to provide defensive abilities to the Red Army for the defense of Leningrad. Comrade Stalin is now itching for a call to begin the liberation of needed territory, what is to be that call?[/pre]

SHELLING OF MAINILA:

60° 15' 4.80" N 29° 51' 7.19" E STRUCK BY FINNISH FORCES CLAIMS SOVIET RED ARMY!

ОБСТРЕЛ МАЙНИЛЫ:

60° 15' 4.80" N 29° 51' 7.19" E УДАР ФИНЛЯНСКИМИ ВОЙСКАМИ ТРЕБУЕТ СОВЕТСКОЙ КРАСНОЙ АРМИИ!

[pre]The village of Mainila was an obscure one sitting on the Finnish border near Beloostrov when it was reported seven shells were fired into Mainilla from the Finnish side. This seemed to be enough as Soviet Officials declared this to be a attack on the Soviet Union conducted by Finnish Artillery Units in the region and Comrade Stalin would renounce the Soviet–Finnish Non-Aggression Pact and the call to action would be heard across the Northern USSR![/pre]

FORCES TO ENTER INTO FINNISH TERRITORY:

ON THE BORDER AND READY TO MOVE INTO FINNISH TERRITORY!

СИЛЫ ДЛЯ ВХОДА НА ТЕРРИТОРИЮ ФИНЛЯНДИИ:

НА ГРАНИЦЕ И ГОТОВЫ ПЕРЕЕЗЖАТЬ НА ТЕРРИТОРИЮ ФИНЛЯНДИИ!

[pre]- Seventh Army [Nine Divisions, Tank Corps, andThree Tank Brigades]: Karelian Isthmus and target of Viipuri.[/pre]

[pre]- Eighth Army [Six Divisions and a Tank Brigade]: North of Ladoge flank Finnish Mannerheim from the rear.[/pre]

[pre]- Ninth Army [Three Divisions]: Move into the Kainuu Region and push west to cut off Finland.[/pre]

[pre]- Fourteenth Army [Three Divisions]: Based in Murmansk take the Arctic region of Finland, especially the port town of Petsamo and then strike towards Rovaniemi.[/pre]

[pre]- 3.000 Aircraft[/pre]

[pre]Finnish forces would be estimated by Soviet Officials as 320.000 Soldiers, 30 Tanks, and 100 Aircraft in the region for the immediate face of defense to a Soviet movement into the Finnish State.[/pre]

FIRST PUSHES INTO THE FINNISH STATE:

BATTLES AND THE BOMBING OF HELSINKI BEGIN AS THE WINTER WAR OFFICIALLY BEGINS!

ПЕРВЫЕ ПРОТЯЖКИ В ФИНСКОЕ ГОСУДАРСТВО:

СРАЖЕНИЯ И БОМБАРДИРОВАНИЕ ХЕЛЬСИНКИ НАЧИНАЮТСЯ КАК ОФИЦИАЛЬНО НАЧАЛА ЗИМНЯЯ ВОЙНА!

[pre]250.000 Soviets and 130.000 Finns would face off on the Karelian Isthmus, the deep snow would soon be red as Soviets pushed towards the Mannerheim line fighting Finnish units deployed in front of the line to delay Soviet strikes directly onto the lines. Helsinki would be rocked as 25 Soviet aircraft would take the skies of the city and begin to hammer it with bombs leading to the death of Finns and damage to industrial areas of the city. By December 6th the Finnish force would be pushed to the Mannerheim Line making the true conflict begin as the battle for the Mannerheim Line would begin in Taipale [Solovyovo]. The Battle of Taipale would end in disastrous terms for the Red Army like many of the ongoing battles across the Mannerheim Line with large Soviet Formations break down to smaller Finn forces with the only help being the Finns wariness of dealing with Soviet Tanks from afar this advantage would soon be lose as untrained officers of the Union would favor head on assaults by the tank leaving them vulnerable to Finn Anti-Tank infantry movements with out Soviet Infantry protection. The begin of this conflict has proved disastrous to Soviet Command as Soviet Officer inexperience has become painfully obvious to both sides. By the end of December Small intrusions into Finn territory would be sustained, but only by the fact of the superiority of manpower on the Soviet side with casualties already coming back to Soviet command in the hundreds of thousand many suffering more from illness than dying to Finnish fire although not that high of difference between the two. The Soviet Command was angered by the turn of event happening in the Finnish countrysides as Air superiority allowed Soviet bombardment of Finnish Cities while also dogfighting with the smaller Finnish Airforce.[/pre]

[list][list][pre]WORKERS OF THE WORLD UNITE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]ТРУДЯЩИЕСЯ МИРА ОБЪЕДИНЯЙТЕСЬ![/pre][/list][/list]

[list]Autumn-Winter 1939

November and December, 1939

[sub]The Winter War: A war for the survival of Finland and its sovereignty.[/sub][/list]

[sub]The Attempt to find a peaceful solution with the Soviets failed as the Soviets accused Finland of bombing the village of Manila. The Finnish government denied bombing the village and even offered to have an independent investigation into the bombing, but the Soviets refused such an investigation as Stalin would prefer to use the incident as a means to break the non-aggression pact with Finland. Now, using the bombing as a casus belli, the Soviets invaded Finland to gain their territories. Even though HM King Väinö I was commander-in-chief of the Finnish Armed Force, he decided to use the power given to him in the constitution to transfer the position to another until the war ended. King Väinö I chose General Carl Gustaf Emil Mannerheim, the hero of the Finnish Civil War, to give him the position of the commander-in-chief until the war is over, when the position will transfer back to the king. Crown Prince Wolfgang, a war veteran, decided to join the fighting and was given command over the Army of the Isthmus (composed of six divisions) by General Carl Gustaf Emil Mannerheim to halt the Soviet advances at the Karelian Isthmus and defend the Mannerheim Line. The IV Army Corps (composed of two divisions) under the command of Juho Heiskanen and the North Finland Group (a collection of White Guards, border guards, and drafted reservist units) under the command of Wiljo Tuompo are ordered by General Carl Gustaf Emil Mannerheim to halt the Soviet advances at the eastern border of Finland and to defend the Salpa Line.[/sub]

[sub]With the Soviet bombing, many Finnish cities, including the capital city of Helsinki, The Finnish Parliament, the Government, and the Royal family, went underground to avoid being bombed. Prime Minister Aimo Cajander and the Government officially resigned due to their failure to prevent a war with the Soviet Union. HM King Väinö I appointed a new government, with Risto Ryti appointed the new Prime Minister of Finland. The news of Finnish forces successfully defending against many soviet advances and inflicting heavy casualties spread quickly to many people in Finland, who viewed it as a sign that Finland would not be invaded so easily.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Osivoii, Pontianus, New Provenance, Alaroth, Maziya

[list][list][list][pre]GRANDE ESTADO NOVO

A UNIÃO-ESTADO PLURICONTINENTAL DAS NAÇÕES PORTUGUESAS

GLÓRIA A DEUS, GLÓRIA A SALAZAR, GLÓRIA A VARGAS[/pre][/list]

______

DEPARTMENT OF THE AIR FORCE APPROVES NEW BOMBERS & DEPARTMENT OF ARMY APPROVES R&D FOR NEW SMALL ARM PROJECTS

[sub]1ST GREATER ESTADO NOVO ADMINISTRATION | LISBON & RIO DE JANEIRO, DECEMBER 1939 - JANUARY 1940 [/sub][/list]

[sub]| The Department of the Navy from their headquarters in Lisbon received confirmation for three new bomber projects that began the designing phase in March 1939 but have now been granted approval to continue its R&D process. With the Alfonso IV name being approved for the Estado Novo bomber class, the 3 bombers have been designated as:[/sub]

[list][pre]Alfonso IV B-3 Bomber - Gunship Structure[/pre][/list]

[list][list][sub]Crew: 10

Length: 76 ft.

Wingspan: 105 ft

Height: 21 ft

Powerplant: 4 × Madalena P-41879-22 "Tempestade" turbo supercharged radial engines

Propellers: 3-bladed Énaël constant-speed propellers

Speed: 270 mph

Range: 1,650 miles w/ payload

Ferry range (no payload): 3,250 miles

Guns: 15 × .50 in Mateus M6 General Machine guns

Bombs: 7,800 lbs (short range ops), 4,500 lbs (long range ops)[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][pre]Alfonso IV B-4 Recon Dive Bomber[/pre][/list]

[list][list][sub]Crew: 2

Length: 30 ft.

Wingspan: 42 ft

Height: 16 ft

Powerplant: 1 × Beatriz RIE.A.C. radial piston engine

Propellers: 3-bladed António Cândido E.120012 variable pitch propeller

Speed: 285 mph

Range: 1,300 miles

Service Ceiling: 34,000 feet

Guns: 2 × fixed forward-firing .30 cal machine guns; 1 × rear cockpit flexible .30 cal machine guns

Bombs: 1000 lbs.[/sub][/list][/list]

[list][pre]Alfonso IV B-43 Strategic Heavy Bomber[/pre][/list]

[list][list][sub]Crew: 9

Length: 85 ft.

Wingspan: 140 ft

Height: 25 ft

Powerplant: 4 × Madalena P-41879-22 16-cylinder air-cooled "Tempestade" turbo supercharged radial piston engines

Propellers: 4-bladed Énaël constant-speed propellers

Speed: 335 mph

Range: 3,000 miles

Ferry range (no payload): 4,800 miles

Service Ceiling: 30,000 feet

Guns: 10 × .50 cal Mateus M6 General Machine remote-controlled turrents

Bombs: ~ 22,000 lb bombs[/sub][/list][/list]

[sub]The Department of the Air Force revealed to the Comissão de Orçamento e Dotações of the Supreme National Assembly that the bombers would be ready for service between 1943-1944 as development and testing will occur in Portuguese Africa territories and Brazil mostly to utilize the work force while the research and scientific development will be done between Brazil and Portugal proper. In addition to the Department of the Air Force, the Department of the Army has begun new small arms called the João Paulo (JP) Assault Rifle and the Paulo Sérgio (PS) Semi-Automatic Rifle. The JP-43 Assault Rifle is to include an intermediate cartridge and controllable automatic fire using a 8 mm caliber bullet and adjustable sights to help with targeting. The PS-6 Guilherme Semi-Automatic Rifle using a .30 cal cartridge with adjustable sights. The two small arms are expected to be completed in 1942-1943.[/sub] l

[list]______[/list]

[list][list][pre]UNION-STATE OF PORTUGUESE NATIONS!

GLORY TO GOD!

THE BASTION OF CATHOLICISM![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]EMBRACE GOD AND

THE ESTADO NOVO[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Alzarikstan

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Federated Arab Emirates

Finlandee

Free Kievan Rus

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Osivoiii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Paseo

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Sudesam

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Zabrowka[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, New Provenance, Islahh, Alaroth

| PASCAL BANZA DIES FROM HEART ATTACK |

[sub]20th of January, 1940[/sub]

| Breaking news have arrived from Leopoldville, which announce the death of the First Representative of Congo, PASCAL BANZA. Mr Banza was elected as the first native Congolese to the position of power in the October elections of 1939. Not a few months into his rule, and Mr Banza had been found dead in his mansion by his widowed wife, Mrs Gloria Banza. It has been ruled by the doctors that Mr Banza suffered a heart attack, and passed away.

The tragic news have sparked controversy around the ruling elites of Congo. MAXIME LEROY has taken over the duties of the First Representative of Congo, until new elections that will take place in late February of 1940 will give out a new congress. The elections have been called out by the Queen Dowager Elisabeth, who has stated that "...the loss of Mr Pascal Banza is that of a great human, a beautiful visionary, a man who wanted Congo to become prosperous...may he rest in peace, as God allows...".

GLORIA BANZA, however, the widow of Mr Banza has deemed herself as the one that will carry on the political legacy of her husband, a legacy as she states "...is based on making the people of Congo prosperous and free..." The popularity of Mrs Banza, after her husbands death and pictures of her at the funeral in the press, has increased spectacularly high. Her popularity has been on the rise since 1937, and ever since, she has marked herself as the FACE OF AFRICA. On 1st of February, 1940, Mrs Gloria Banza started her own political movement named THE NATIONAL LIBERAL REVIVAL MOVEMENT.

The death of the first Congolese leader of Congo has shown how vulnerable life is. However, some leftists Belgian press speculate that Mr Banza might of been murdered. Rumours of his links to Belgian and Soviet communists have been quite increasing, and it might of been that Mr Banza had been removed. Some suggest it was the Queen Dowager, others that it was the Colonial powers of France and Britain, the Belgian government or the Estado Novo forces. However, no evidence provided suggests that Mr Banza had been murdered. And his relation with the Queen had been rather warm and close. May Pascal Banza rest in peace, as the Queen Dowager stated. |

| THE NATIONAL LIBERAL REVIVAL MOVEMENT WINS THE ELECTIONS ; GLORIA BANZA BECOMES THE FIRST REPRESENTATIVE OF CONGO |

[sub]19th of February, 1940[/sub]

| The snap elections had happened over the span of three days, with the 19th of February giving official results to Congo. The death of Pascal Banza meant that the new elections had to be carried out due to the lack of a First Representative. The election results, however, had shocked everyone. The Congolese society over the past two years has been becoming greatly educated and skilled, and a working and middle class had started to show it's appearance. The popularity of Mrs Banza had also taken a major strike to the elections, leaving Congo and Belgium in a state of shock. Five parties have fought for their way into the National Congress.

CONGO DEMOCRATIC PARTY OF PEOPLE led by FELIX NURUFI

CONSERVATIVE MOVEMENT OF CONGO led by ISAAC MERTENS

LIBERAL CONGO PARTY led by MAXIME LEROY

CHRISTIAN-CENTRIST PARTY OF CONGO led by MARTIN NUZUZI

NATIONAL LIBERAL REVIVAL MOVEMENT led by GLORIA BANZA

---

ELECTION RESULTS BASED ON POPULAR VOTE

[list]NATIONAL LIBERAL REVIVAL MOVEMENT gained 52 Seats from the Popular Vote, gaining 86.6% in the polls.

LIBERAL CONGO PARTY gained 6 Seats from the Popular Vote, gaining 10% in the polls.

CHRISTIAN CENTRIST PARTY OF CONGO gained 2 Seats from the Popular Vote, gaining 3.3% in the polls.[/list]

---

ELECTION RESULTS BASED ON ADVISORY COUNCIL VOTE

[list]LIBERAL CONGO PARTY gained 32 Seats from the Advisory Council.

NATIONAL LIBERAL REVIVAL MOVEMENT gained 12 Seats from the Advisory Council.

CHRISTIAN CENTRIST PARTY OF CONGO gained 10 Seats from the Advisory Council.

CONSERVATIVE MOVEMENT OF CONGO gained 6 Seats from the Advisory Council.[/list]

---

COMPLETE RESULTS FOR THE NATIONAL CONGRESS OF CONGO

[list]NATIONAL LIBERAL REVIVAL MOVEMENT will sit in the National Congress with 64 Seats.

LIBERAL CONGO PARTY will sit in the National Congress with 38 Seats.

CHRISTIAN CENTRIST PARTY OF CONGO will sit in the National Congress with 12 Seats.

CONSERVATIVE MOVEMENT OF CONGO will sit in the National Congress with 6 Seats.[/list]

| The February Elections have not only delivered Mrs Gloria Banza as the First Representative of Congo, but it also had delivered a moment in which Mrs Banza does not have to form a coalition with any other party, holding an overwhelming majority in the National Congress. Mrs Banza is the first black woman to hold any power position in the modern world. Many suggest that she had managed to pull of such a victory due to sympathy votes, and due to support from the Advisory Council and the Queen Dowager directly. However, Mrs Banza has now become the prominent leading figure of Congo.

Her party had brought into the National Congress over 50 Black natives, marking her party as the most native orientated. However, her government has not been formed through the likes of party members, but instead through experts. Mrs Banza has appointed experts to her government, with 10 out of 10 ministers being either Belgian or Congolese experts in their fields. Mrs Banza had also underlined that her work has only began, and that she intends of bringing Congo into the modern world, with her husband as her guiding light.

The revolutionary moment of history has brought the Belgian government into fury. The Belgian government had placed an arrest warrant on Mrs Gloria Banza, and had demanded that no colonial power within Africa to recongise Mrs Banza as the First Representative nor her government. A warning has been sent to the Queen Dowager, that Belgium will deploy troops to Congo should Belgian officials not be freed and the government of Mrs Banza abolished. However, the press has dubbed it as bluff as the situation in Europe has become so tensed, that the Belgian government cannot afford to send any men to Congo at this moment.

Mrs Banza had, however, openly spoken out on the idea of an independent country of Congo. In her interview for the Belgian Times, Mrs Banza stated that "...I believe that Congo needs to become independent, and I think that the constant threats from the Belgian government are not only pushing my people to believe so, the Queen to believe so but also the international community to believe so...I urge the Belgian government to work with me, not against me as I do intend to work against them..."

Many in Belgium have disregarded the results in Congo, stating that a woman in power, a black woman in power in particular is a farce of great proportions. Many cartoonist have now made their efforts to ridicule Mrs Gloria Banza. However, it seems that Mrs Banza is determined to do her job right, with a new package of reforms already being worked on and said to be introduced to the Queen and the National Congress by mid-March.

Is Mrs Gloria Banza in power truly a farce of the moment? Or is this young woman bound to change the history of Congo and Africa? |

[spoiler="May the soul of my husband be my guiding light, and may the people of Congo be my inspiration. Big things are ahead of Congo, and I am the person to lead such things, things that ought to make the people of Congo proud, educated and prosperous." - First Representative of Congo, Gloria Banza]Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Philanialle, Kotakuan Ii, Alzarikstan, New Provenance, Alaroth, Maziya

[list][list]UMHLABA WABANTU | IN ZULU

DIE BANTOEWERELD | IN AFRIKAANS

ILIZWE LABANTU | IN XHOSA

THE BANTU WORLD | IN ENGLISH[pre]

January Edition — 1940[/pre]

____________[/list][/list]

[list][pre]Diversity in thought and view Strengthens the People[/pre][sub][pre]Dependable Source of News and Current Events from Across the Dominion[/pre][/sub][/list]

[list][list]____________

[pre] [/pre]

[pre]INLAND PORTS OF SOUTH AFRICA - LINKS TO THE CONTINENT, PATHWAY TO VICTORY;[/pre][pre] [/pre][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| WINDHOEK — The capital of the Southwestern Africa territory, Windhoek stood at the heart of the Khomas Plateau, at the boundary which traditionally divided the Nama and Herero peoples. There German colonial officials established a Church and School to ‘civilize’ the native inhabitants of the land, not far from its growing colonial possessions along the coast at Walvis Bay and Luderitz. Since obtaining the territory during the Great War, Windhoek has continuously served as the administrative center of the territory, and neutral meeting ground for the various tribal groups who dominate Southwestern Africa. Rising in importance to the Dominion at-large, Windhoek has become the home of workers within nearby mines, and those constructing South Africa’s western connection to the Portuguese Trans-African Railway. Since joining the project in 1938, the city has become one of the most important transit hubs on the continent - the end point of the Cape-to-Cairo’s Atlantic route, and southern extreme of the Portuguese network. With the outbreak of war just a few short months ago, the Dominion of South Africa has launched an audacious program of mobilization - capitalizing on industrial expansions conducted over the last few years. Where civil and commercial vehicles flowed out of the fledgling auto factories, now South African-designed armored vehicles - Where commercial aircraft were being produced by SAAC, now replacement parts for South Africa’s air force as well as prototype domestic warplanes. It goes without mentioning, the expansion of South Africa’s shipbuilding industry which received a boost in government contracts beginning nearly five years ago. The implications of this mobilization, was a systematic growth in the munitions and equipment stockpile of South Africa, ahead of the anticipated outbreak of war - bringing with it new high paying jobs, even for those who were once locked out of such opportunities from Women to Native South Africans. The implication, a growing need for the creation of new “Arsenals” from which Commonwealth forces can be supplied throughout the continent using existing and new infrastructure..[/sub]

[sub]At Windhoek, Midrand, Beaufort West and Polokwane - the Ministry of Commerce announced with several major commercial partners, the formation of new “Inland Ports” to boost logistical efficiency within the Dominion in support of its efforts abroad. Capitalizing upon connections to domestic and continental rail lines, these “Ports” are envisioned as major Intermodal transit hubs, storages, and distribution centers. Each with greatly expanded rail yard and maintenance facilities, they will operate as centralized locations from which resources, munitions, goods, and equipment can be quickly diverted to various theaters of war.[/sub]

[sub]Conflict brings with it vigorous recovery from economic downturn, economists have long contended. Such is being witnessed around the globe, that while one form of suffering has replaced another, the eventuality of peace sparks hope as prices rise in all sectors to pre-depression levels as demand increases. New Jobs for South Africans, not just in the Armed Services, nor in the Factories or Fields, but at the Inland Ports - are promised usher in a new era for South Africa. Such is the mandate of the South African Inland Port Authority (SAIPA), created to administer and plan the operation/expansion of these ports. Governed by an Executive Board comprised of 20 members, half from the private sector, a quarter from prestigious Universities (Intellectuals) and another quarter from the local municipalities where the ports are operated. SAIPA is poised to become a public ally traded company, with 20% of shares owned by the national government and the remaining 80% owned by private South Africans — working in conjunction with the Transcontinental Rail Commission, and South African Rail & Port Authority, who will share jurisdiction with SAIPA in one form or another. Plans for port operations outline the creation of some 8,000 jobs in 1940 alone — from Yard workers, to truck drivers, Construction/Maintenance personnel, and Inspectors with that number expected to grow exponentially as the war continues, and even into the future upon the resumption of normal trade within the continent. Even as attention to the war dominates plans for the port, the new SAIPA made clear that it’s plans would include measure for long term sustainability in every aspect, from standardizing the size of shipping containers fit for both rail and maritime transit, to addressing environmental concerns that rapid industrialization poses in the face of Africa’s unique nature scape.[/sub]

[sub]The announcement of this initiative has been met with public support, especially from both war planners and industrialists who have continuously raised concerns about the logistical nightmare presented by war on the continent.[/sub]

[/list]

____________

[pre] [/pre][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paseo, The Confederate Prussian Empire, Philanialle, Kotakuan Ii, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Alaroth

[list][list]MARCH 1940

TOKYO, JAPAN — EAST ASIA[/list]

[list][list]旧ソ連と日本の国境を越えて行われています

[pre]BORDER SKIRMISH BETWEEN JAPANESE AND SOVIETS[/pre][/list][/list]

| From the Foreign Office, the spokesman, Mr. YAKICHIRO SUMA declares to the press: |

[list][list]日本とロシアの外交関係は良いですが、今のところはいいです。 非攻撃的協定は、我々の計画の範囲外である。

[pre]“Diplomatic relations between Japan and Russia are good, but for now. A non-aggression pact is out of our plans.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| Two days later, the two countries were on the brink of war. Those responsible who wrote the reports in Nomonhan, on the Manchukuo-Outer Mongolia border, in what took place in 1939 in a confrontation between the Soviets and the Japanese. They said they saw Imperial Japanese Army troops and supply trains heading to the border. But Tokyo vehemently denied it. What was not denied by Tokyo was a skirmish between Japan and Soviet forces on Sakhalin Island. In a report by the Tokyo War Office, this was stated in detail. |

[list][list]東京戦争事務所は、日本とソ連の国境に位置しています

[pre]TOKYO WAR OFFICE UNDER SKIRMISHES ON THE BORDER BETWEEN JAPAN AND THE USSR

At the border that divides the island into two parts, on the Soviet side, guards invaded the Japanese side and shot Japanese police officers. With these Russian actions leading to this skirmish, it was confirmed that there were more casualties on the Japanese side than on the Soviet side.[/pre][/list][/list]

| Sakhalin is an island located in northern Japan. Before 1850, the island was sparsely populated. In 1875, the Japanese allowed the Russians to have the entire island to themselves. So Russia made the island its prison, which was a site of over 7,000 exiled prisoners. During the Russo-Japanese War (1904-1905), Japan managed to own half of the island. And since then the two countries have always fought (but not) for the resources that the island offers. Russians and Japanese want the whole island. A war would be hard to break out on Sakhalin — the Japanese-Soviet clash that took place was amidst a heavy snowfall that caused trains to stop and not to mention troop walking — but it seems that with the Sakhalin clashes and the problems in Mongolia would prevent Russia and Japan from shaking hands, which worries and fears the allied powers. |

Nonador, Paseo, Pontianus, New Provenance, Alaroth

[list][pre]03 March 1940 | SECOND WORLD WAR[/pre]

[pre]HIS MAJESTY’s SOUTHERN ARSENAL – DOMINION OF SOUTH AFRICA;[/pre]

[sub]Preparations for war had initially been a strenuous exercise for the Dominion of South Africa. Like much of the world, the outbreak of War was a shock and, despite pre-war efforts to rearm the armed forces. Yet, as months passed, the thump and clinks of factories across the Union began to churn out the materials of war at rates never before seen on the continent of Africa. As London became overwhelmed with its own war effort, the process by which South Africa had previously received weapons licenses and sent production orders to the home Islands was becoming increasingly untenable. Thus, the Ministry of Defense elevated the research and development departments of each service branch to seats on the War Council, to better enable developers to hear the strategic needs of the Dominion. Thus, as demands for new equipment began to mount, the Dominion's public and private producers presented new systems to meet the needs of South Africa.[/sub]

[pre]AERIAL TANK CONCEPT LEADS TO “RAPTOR” ROTORCRAFT PROGRAM;[/pre][/list]

[sub]Tactics exemplified by the war in Europe has prompted a desire within military think tanks concerning the concept of an “Air Tank”. Noting recent demonstrations of the necessity of Close Air Support in quick maneuvering, demonstrated for South African planners a need for such aircraft in its inventory. Already the South African Air Force operates a number of modern fixed wing aircraft which could fulfill this role adequately — but the unique geographic make up of continental Africa makes the operation of such aircraft difficult, especially when the open fields used to supplement air bases are few and far between, especially in the dense jungle or remote regions of sub-Saharan Africa. Thus, the desire for an aircraft which could operate with little to no ground support facilities was born. Rotorcraft, otherwise called ‘Helicopters’ are not new in the aerospace industry, even while being a less prestigious line of development. Advances demonstrated in air shows in Europe just before the outbreak of war, demonstrated the viability of such craft as a mode for transportation — and as envisioned by South Africans, close ground support. To be able to loiter in support of advancing troops, to land in small clearings to load and off load personnel or equipment, is core to the doctrinal requirement of South Africa during the war and beyond. Thus, the Ministry of Defense announced requirements for a first generation “Helicopter” to be known as the Raptor developed by the South Africa Aerospace Company. Developed in stages, initially with the Raptor-X, the end product is envisioned as an aircraft capable of carrying up to an Infantry Heavy Weapons Fireteam, and/or cargo of similar weight. Using publically available data on the design of such craft, SAAC designed the Raptor-X around the following specifications;[/sub]

[list][pre]SAAC RAPTOR-X— EXPERIMENTAL HELICOPTER (1941)[/pre]

[list][sub]CREW: 1[/sub]

[sub]LENGTH: 30 Feet

HEIGHT: 11 Feet[/sub]

[sub]POWERPLANT: 1 x SUID Automotives 6P-360-R [88 HP (66 kW) at 1,998 RPM]

ROTOR DIAMETER: 30.6 Feet[/sub]

[sub]SPEED: 46 MPH

RANGE: 54 Miles

ENDURANCE: 1 Hour 10 Minutes[/sub][/list][/list]

[sub]With the Raptor-X entering development and prototype construction, project managers have expressed that the first craft could flight in the summer of 1941. After experimentation, the next phase of the project would see a larger production version enter service by no later than 1944 with a crew of 2 and cargo space, tailored for rescue, and artillery spotting roles.[/sub]

[list][pre]EARLY EXPERIENCE PROMPTS NEW CONSTRUCTION PROGRAM;[/pre][/list]

[sub]The sinking of HMS Courageous by German U-Boats sent a shock through the British and South African Admiralty. Not since the Great War had the potency of submarine warfare been demonstrated with such glaring clarity. Nearly all hands were lost aboard the converted Aircraft Carrier, numbering the hundreds by a culprit manned by less than 100 men. Anti-Submarine warfare was the foundation upon which the reformed Royal South African Navy initiated construction and acquisition programs during the “interwar period”. Yet, further review found that South Africa’s capability in this area of warfare was wholly inadequate. Thus, a new Destroyer program was initiated for a class of 20 ships constructed in four flotillas of five, at shipyards along the southern and eastern coasts of South Africa. There, away from the heaviest fighting, these vessels would be able to swiftly enter service over the next three years.[/sub]

[sub]Dubbed the Alpha–class Destroyer, these ships are a continuation of South Africa’s departure from British design philosophy. Instead of sustaining a large fleet of small destroyers, the Dominion would focus on large fleet destroyers in some regards taking on the form of small cruisers. While slightly smaller than the Zulu-class currently entering service, the Alphas have a greater range, allowing them to become a more viable convoy and fleet escort platform. This greater range comes at the expense of internal space usually reserved for ammunition, now to be filled by extended fuel banks. Their main armaments, the standard 4.7 Inch gun, are to be placed into five single mounts, a decrease from the dual mounts of the Zulu-class. An emphasis on anti-submarine and air defense were the chief causes of this change – resulting in the placement of additional depth charge racks and side-launchers, in addition to a reinforced anti-air component.[/sub]

[list]https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1710001[/list]

[sub]The first of the Alpha-class destroyers are expected to be launched next Spring, and be immediately placed into front line service thereafter.[/sub]

[sub]The initial success of the German commerce raiders, such as Graf Spee, served as confirmation to doctrinal thinking regarding Maritime Interdiction as a viable option against numerically superior forces. That doctrine resulted in the construction of two Province–class ‘Southern Cruisers’, who will enter service before the beginning of summer this year. Securing the Cape from assault through deterrence, while also having the speed to catch Raiding vessels (and outrun them if needed), and armor to sustain fights against similarly armed vessels. In essence, the Southern Cruiser was both a commerce raider and raider killer. Such proof of concept, even with the destruction of the majority of Germany’s raiders, was enough to prompt debate concerning the construction of 2 more vessels of this type — but with a slightly reduced main armament in the interest of expanded anti-air capability. The modified versions of the vessels — dubbed the Natal-sub class, would be well positioned as an integral part of the South African carrier force and/or support amphibious operations in addition to their core mission. In addition to these changes, and advances in Radar technology, the new group would see the removal of it’s aircraft and catapult – removing volatile aviation fuel from internal storage and further allowing additional secondary armaments and crew accommodations. Thus, the keels for HMSAS ’Natal’ and ‘Orange’ were laid at Simonstown shipyard with a new armament layout;[/sub]

[list][pre]PROVINCE–class CRUISER [NATAL SUB-CLASS] (1942)[/pre]

[list][sub]ARMAMENT:

- 3x2 8"/50 BL Mk X Cannons

- 12x2 4"/45 QF Mk XVI DP-AA Guns

- 6x4 40mm/39 QF Mark VIII Pom-Poms

- 20x2 20mm/70 Oerlikon Mk II AA Guns[/sub]

[/list][/list]

[sub]Expected to enter service shortly after completion of South AfricaÂ’s carriers in 1942, these vessels will further expand the RSANÂ’s capabilities.[/sub]

[sub]The final part of this war-time expansion program is the acquisition of 10 Portuguese Rafael-Class Diesel-Electric Submarines to be dubbed the ’Fish’–class submarines. These vessels, among the cutting edge in submersed naval design, are the first such ships to enter service with the South African navy. After demonstrations of the class showcased by Portuguese officials, and a similar purchase made by the Kingdom of Egypt, South African officials moved forward with a construction program. These vessels, to be delivered over the next year — a emblematic of the fledgling relationship between South Africa and Estado Novo who, despite their neutrality in the war, has been a partner to the British Empire.[/sub]

[list][pre]________________[/pre]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler][/list]

Paramountica, Paseo, The Confederate Prussian Empire, Philanialle, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, New Provenance, Alaroth

| GLORIAS REFORM PACKAGE PASSED |

[sub]15th of March, 1940[/sub]

| What has been named as the Gloria's Reform Package has now been passed through the National Congress and the Queen Dowgaer. The large scope of reformation has been officially passed under the New Congo Reform. The Reformation is ground-breaking in it's scope and intentions, and to many in Belgium within the government it had brought fear. The Liberal Congo Party and the Conservative Movement of Congo voted against the Package, with the Christian-Centrist Party voting in favour. The package contains SEVEN major points which highlight the focuses of Mrs Gloria Banza for upcoming years as her time in the position of the First Representative of Congo.

[list]NEW CONGO REFORM

Act 1. BID FOR INDEPEDENCE ACT - Officially, the government of Congo will begin the process of pushing towards Congo's independence from Belgium. The plan is to make Congo independent by the start of 1941, or by the end of 1942 at the latest.

Act 2. LINK ALL PEOPLE PROGRAM - The government will speed up the process of establishing the Trans-Congo Railway, so that the railway will be fully active and in usage by 1942. Starting in 1936 officially, it was estimated that the railway will be ready by 1943/44, but with the increase of government resources and funds, the railway is estimated to be ready by 1942. In addition to this, a major expansion of infrastructure on a large scale will begin to take place, connecting villages and towns with cities by highways and railways. FIVE new airports are to be constructed around Congo, which will hopefully be able to carry highly important passengers between larger cities.

Act 3. MONEY FOR THE PEOPLE PROGRAM - Establishment of major national companies and their expansion with the major one being the National Resources of Congo Company which will oversee the state controlling, selling and using the natural resources of Congo to the international market and local market through the NRCC. Other companies will include the National Mining Company of Congo, National Energy of Congo, National Automobile Congo Manufacturer and the National Tin, Minerals and Metals Company. The companies will pay an active part in the economic life of the country and on the international market for years to come. The economic life of Congo is aimed to be split between 60% of that of State Owned Companies, Shares and Investments and 40% of that of private local and foreign companies, shares and investments. The aim is to keep the major wealth of Congo and distribute for the benefit of the people of Congo whilst giving the international market what it needs at a fair and open rate.

Act 4. TAXATION FOR CONGO - All taxes collected in Congo, from June of 1940, will remain in Congo. From June of 1940, Congo will stop paying into the Belgian government budget and instead pay into the national government of Congo. In addition, taxation on foreign and local business within Congo will be reduced substantially to increase investments and company bases. The act will oversee the implementation of a investment friendly economy, to attract foreign investments into Congo on a large long-lasting scale. The creation of Congolese manufacturing, luxurious goods, energy and automobile industries will be supported and encouraged. Small and medium businesses will be encouraged and supported.

Act 5. BIG PROJECTS FOR ALL - Plans have been laid out for the construction of the Queen Dowager Dam in Congo, with the intention of making it the largest hydro-power dam in the world. The plans scope and predict that the dam will be able to supply Congo's electricity demand for years to come, and become one of the major export products of Congo, with the dam to support and supply a good portion of Africa. The plans for the dam will be financed and coordinated by the National Energy of Congo but also by private investments or investments from other countries, with potential investments coming from South Africa, Estado Novo and the United States. The Queen Dowager Dam will be composed of several dams. The official start date for the construction is set to be January 1941, with the official ending to be around 1944/45 for the first four dams constructed. Another major project will be the construction of a new major port city at the coast of Congo. The plan has been laid out, and the new port city which will be named New Congo, will be set to have it's purpose in heavy and major trade with the world, and to become one of the major ports of Africa. The proposed building date is to start in March of 1941, and it's initial stages are to be finished by 1944, with the finalisations coming around 1947.

Act 6. CONGO UNITED SONG FESTIVAL - Establishment of the Congo United Song Festival in order to culturally push the country further and to unite the tribes of Congo culturally. The large event will take place each year in the winning province. The event will see the provinces of Congo sending their best singers and musicians. The contest is set to begin in August of 1940, and will take place in the capital city of Leopoldville. The Festival is meant to unite the people of Congo and push the country much further culturally and socially.

Act 7. NEW HEALTHCARE PROGRAM - Establishment of Healthcare Clinics across the country, in bid to help Congolese in their health and lifestyle. The establishment of dentistry clinics in major cities and towns of Congo, to aid the people in dentistry needs. The establishment of Healthcare Corps, that will be composed of newly educated nurses and doctors of Congo that will travel to remote villages of Congo to aid people, and help them deal with health related issues.[/list]

| The main issue and controversy has arose around Act 1, Act 3 and Act 4. These Acts have been considered by the Belgian government as highly dangerous. The Liberal Congo Party and the Conservative Movement of Congo have voted against the reform due to those three acts within it. The Acts actively go against Belgium, Belgian interests in Congo and begin to establish and change the Congolese economy completely. With the resources of Congo in it's hands, the taxes within their hands, the Belgian government has stated that the government of Congo has a month to revoke the changes, in other case Belgium will be forced to act and send troops to Congo. However, Mrs Gloria Banza has stated that "...the reforms are needed, we have to take our richness into our hands and use it wisely...the international markets are open for Congo and Congo is open for them...I strongly believe that any intervention from Belgium will only give them bad press world-wide, in a time when they cannot afford it...".

The Belgian press has dubbed Mrs Banza as THE BLACK DEVIL, stating that Mrs Banza is using the peculiar position of Belgium and its government to her advantage in pushing an agenda that is heavily anti-Belgian and anti-Democratic. However, the Congolese press has praised Mrs Banza for her actions, stating that the control that Congo will now begin to have over its resources, richness, money and people will ultimately lead to major changes that are going to transform Congo from a semi-Colony to a prosperous nation of the 20th Century. The Queen Dowager stated that the New Congo Reform actively seeks to give Congo it's own hands and legs, and form a country that Belgium will need in years to come.

It's known that the major figures behind the New Congo Reform are the Minister of Economics and Industry ( Felix Mubuti ) and Minister of International Relations for Congo ( Jeremi Venser ). Mr Mubuti and Mr Venser are active figures of Mrs Banza's cabinet, and are said to be very close to her. Mr Mubuti is a Congolese economist who had worked alongside Belgian economists in Congo since 1927. Mr Mubuti had the chance to visit Germany, France, Estado Novo and the United States of America on countless occasions and his economic polices are starting to form an interesting situation within Congo. On the other hand, Mr Venser is a Belgian professor of law, who had been an advisor to the Queen Dowager since 1937. His knowledge of Europe, Africa and the Middle East is heavily extensive and his policy making is a testimony to it.

However, it has been noticed that Mrs Banza has now began to travel in the protection of Force Publique, as it is highly likely that Mrs Gloria Banza might be a target for potential assassination attempts. Her policies are revolutionary, her position in Congo and Africa is growing but her own safety and the safety of her government are very risky, and will Mrs Banza survive to see another election and survive to see the fruits of her reforms? |

[spoiler="I am determined to give Congo what it deserves. Yes, the New Congo Reform has brought up a moment of controversy, a revolutionary moment of question. But I am certain that my cabinet is doing what is right for the people of Congo. Just as the Belgian government wants the best for it's people, I want the best for mine." - First Representative of Congo, Gloria Banza]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, The Confederate Prussian Empire, Philanialle, Ranponian, New Provenance, Alaroth

[pre]| MARCH 1940 |[/pre]

[list][list][list][pre]USSR ★ UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

Союз Советских Социалистических Республик CCCP |[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

THE WINTER WAR GRINDS TO A BLOODY END:

SOVIET EXTEND BUFFER ZONE TO THE WEST, LENINGRAD DEEMED SAFE AFTER CONFLICT IN FINLAND!

ЗИМНЯЯ ВОЙНА ПРИХОДИТ К КРОВАВОМУ КОНЦУ:

СОВЕТСКИЙ РАСШИРЯЕТ БУФЕРНУЮ ЗОНУ НА ЗАПАД, ЛЕНИНГРАД СЧИТАЕТСЯ БЕЗОПАСНОЙ ПОСЛЕ КОНФЛИКТА В ФИНЛЯНДИИ!

[pre]The blood spilled in Finland would prove fruitful to Comrade Stalin as his goal of extension of the border deeper west to buffer Leningrad had been realized with 300.000+ Casualties in 3 months against Finnish Forces and Nature. February would be the turning point of a full Soviet embarrassment as Comrade Stalin committed to reforms to change the situation on the ground. Frontal assaults had been halted in December as General Leadership would be given to Semyon Timoshenko. Reorganization of the fronts would put full focus onto the Karelian Isthmus and a change in tactical doctrines to better suit the situation occurring in battles. Timoshenko would focus 75% of his forces to brutally break through a small sector between Taipale and the Munasuo swamp and the 123rd Rifle Division would rehearse for weeks in life-size mock-ups of the Finnish Mannerheim line alongside massive shipments of Tanks and Artillery and now 25 Infantry Divisions now stationed on the Karelian Isthmus.[/Pre]

[pre]February 1st would mark the start of the new offensive with a massive bombardment of the Mannerheim line with the first 24 hours consisting of the firing of 300.000 Shells into the Mannerheim line. Finnish fortifications would already be heavily softened as when Frontal Assaults ended in December the bombardments would not! These bombardments would begin to exhaust Finnish resolve as their day was filled with endless shelling only for them to have to stay up all night repairing their shelled structures. The Second Battle of Summa would see the breakthrough needed as the 7th and 13th Army broke through Finnish positions causing a domino effect as Soviet manpower overpowered the weary and tired Finnish forces across the Mannerheim line and soon both sides came to want peace which would be facilitated by Finnish Communist Hella Wuolijoki through the Swedish Ambassador of the Soviet Union. By March Soviet Forces had entered Viipuri and beachhead was established in the Gulf, Finns would ask for an armistice which would be declined by the Soviets to keep heavy pressure on the Finnish Government. With all hope lost of keeping the defense of Finland going without Franco-Anglo help the Finns would be forced to accept the terms stipulated by Moscow.[/pre]

MOSCOW PEACE TREATY SIGNED:

THE FINNS HAVE GIVEN IN THE NORTH DEEMED SECURE BY COMRADE STALIN HIMSELF!

ПОДПИСАН МОСКОВСКИЙ МИРНЫЙ ДОГОВОР:

ФИННЫ ДАЛИ НА СЕВЕРЕ, СЧИТАЕМОМ БЕЗОПАСНЫМ САМИ ТОВАРИЩЕМ СТАЛИНЫМ!

[pre]- Annexed areas: Finnish Karelia, Salla, Petsamo, and the Gulf of Finland Islands[./pre]

[pre]- Hanko Peninsula would be leased to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics for 30 Years with an Annual Rent of 8 Million Marks.[/pre]

[pre]- Equipment and Installations on ceded land would be handed to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics: 75 locomotives, 2.000 railroad cars, and a number of Ships and Automobiles.[/pre]

[pre]Soviet Land gained would exceed that originally demanded by them to the Finnish State causing many Soviets to regard it as a successful, but bloody campaign with the goal of securing a deeper buffer for Leningrad and cutting Finland off from the Arctic now achieved Comrade Stalin could rest his paranoia of battle in the North should the Volkist threat come.[/pre]

[list][list][pre]WORKERS OF THE WORLD UNITE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]ТРУДЯЩИЕСЯ МИРА ОБЪЕДИНЯЙТЕСЬ![/pre][/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Philanialle, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh, Finlandee

[list][sup]Commonwealth of Australia / Gemenebest van Australië

[/sup]

AUSTRALIA AT WAR...FOURTEEN-THOUSAND MILES AWAY

[sub]Across the Continent | September 1939

[/sub]

[list]

[sub]

The last decade in Europe had witnessed a shocking display of disregard for the common progress of peace pursued in the wake of the Great War 一 A war that had cost more than 60,000 Australian lives and resulted in an economy drained by wartime. The intertwined rise of Heidler's extremist Volkists in Germany, who appeared to have no end of demands for the European continent, and Mussolini's Italy, which had enthusiastically embraced fascism with all its imperialist currents, both proved to be great challenges for the continent, and possibly even the world. Nonetheless, the situation was far too distant and far too inconsequential for Australians to bat more than an eye, for over the last decade Australia had also been rocked by numerous crises. The Great Depression had sunk the Australian economy into a seemingly unending state of stagnation, inflaming the already deteriorating political divisions among socialists and the establishment, and even relations between Nieuw Hollanders and Anglo-origin Australians. Indeed, there was much more to be fixated with at home. [/sub]

[sub]. . . Then came September. The policy of endless appeasement pursued by the U.K.'s Chamberlain and his French counterparts, with the approval of Australia's own government, had brutally failed. The Austrians and Czech had both fallen to Volkist domination, and the Polish were now victims of a lightning fast German onslaught. On the 3rd of September, the British government upheld its obligations to a defense of Poland and officially declared war on Germany. As Australia had not yet ratified the Statute of Westminster, the declaration was to automatically apply to it as well with the proclamation of the Governor-General.[/sub]

[sub]

9.30pm / The Postmaster-GeneralÂ’s Room at the Commonwealth Offices in Melbourne

[/sub]

[sub]》ANNOUNCER, Postmaster-GeneralÂ’s Room 一 “Here is the Prime Minister of Australia, the Right Honourable RG Menzies.”[/sub]

[sub]》PRIME MINISTER MENZIES, Commonwealth of Australia 一 “Fellow Australians, it is my melancholy duty to inform you officially that in consequence of a persistence by Germany in her invasion of Poland, Great Britain has declared war upon her and that, as a result, Australia is also at war. No harder task can fall to the lot of a democratic leader than to make such an announcement. Great Britain and France, with the cooperation of the British Dominions, have struggled to avoid this tragedy. They have, as I firmly believe, been patient. They have kept the door of negotiation open. They have given no cause for aggression. But in the result, their efforts have failed and we are therefore, as a great family of nations, involved in a struggle which we must at all costs win and which we believe in our hearts we will win. What I want to do tonight is just to put before you, honestly, and as clearly as I can, a short account of how this crisis has developed.”[/sub]

[sub]In a seventeen minute broadcast, the Prime Minister would describe in plain detail the series of unprovoked German aggressions leading to the outbreak of war on the European continent. Though shaken, the Prime Minister was clear in his resolve, emphasizing Australia's responsibility to uphold the imperial defense system, backed by values held sacred to Australians. [/sub]

[sub]》PRIME MINISTER MENZIES, Commonwealth of Australia 一 “[...] Before I end, may I say this to you – in the bitter months that have come, calmness, resoluteness, confidence and hard work will be required as never before. This war will involve not only soldiers and sailors and airmen, but supplies, foodstuffs, money. Our staying power, and particularly the staying power of the mother country, will be best assisted by keeping our production going; by continuing our avocations and our business as freely as we can; by maintaining employment and, with it, our strength. I know that in spite of the emotions we are all feeling, you will show that Australia is ready to see it through. May God in his mercy and compassion grant that the world may soon be delivered from this agony.”[/sub][list][sub]

[/sub]

[sup]. . . . .

Commonwealth of Australia Gazette

PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY

No. 63.] CANBERRA, SUNDAY, 3RD SEPTEMBER. [1939.[/sup]

[sup]OUTBREAK OF WAR.

IT is hereby notified for general information that war has broken

out between Great Britain and Germany.

Dated this third day of September, 1939.

ROBERT G. MENZIES,

Prime Minister.[/sup]

[sup]PROCLAMATION

Commonwealth of

Australia to wit.

GOWRIE,

Governor-General.[/sup]

[sup]By His Excellency the Governor-

General in and over the Common-

wealth of Australia.[/sup]

[sup]WHEREAS by the Defence Act 1903-1939 it is amongst other

things enacted that the expression " Time of War " used in

that Act means any time during which a state of war actually

exists, and includes the time between the issue of a proclamation

of the existence of war or of danger thereof and the issue of a

proclamation declaring that the war or danger thereof, declared in

the prior proclamation, no longer exists:

Now therefore I, Alexander Gore Arkwright, Baron Gowrie, the

Governor-General aforesaid, acting with the advice of the Federal

Executive Council, do hereby proclaim the existence of war.

Given under my Hand and the Seal of the Commonwealth,

this third day of September in the year of our Lord One

(L.S.) thousand nine hundred and thirty-nine and in the third

year of His Majesty's reign.[/sup]

[sup]By His Excellency's Command,

G. A. STREET,

Minister of State for Defence.[/sup]

[sup]GOD SAVE THE KING ![/sup]

[sup]Printed and Published for the GOVERNMENT of the COMMONWEALTH OF AUSTRALIA by

L. F. JOHNSTON, Commonwealth Government Printer, Canberra.

5072.—No. 63.

[/sup]

[sup]. . . . .

[/sup][/list]

[sub]Unreluctant and unenthusiastic, Australians would now have to commit themselves to a nation at war. With an under-equipped army only consisting of several thousand full-time men, a navy with only a few dozen active vessels, an airborne force largely consisting of Great War era planes, and a populace already challenged by a decade of struggle, it is clear much work will have to be done before Australia is to rise to a contributing role in the war effort.

[/sub]

[/list]

[sub]

[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

[/list]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Philanialle, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh

[list][list]APRIL 1940

TOKYO, JAPAN — EAST ASIA[/list]

[list][list]太陽の息子の相続人です!!!

[pre]THE HEIR OF THE SON OF THE SUN!!![/pre][/list][/list]

| JapanÂ’s most protected child was His MajestyÂ’s son, Crown Prince Akihito; he lived away from his parents and siblings from the age of three in a house on the same grounds as the Palace, surrounded by four tutors, two governesses, three doctors and 60 servants. When His Highness turned five, he was allowed to meet children connected with noble Japanese families (which were chosen by the Palace itself), where Akihito only received visits from children on Saturdays. It is extremely unusual to see the Crown Prince appearing in public. His Highness was once taken to the Uyeno Park Zoo, hoping to inherit his fatherÂ’s love of biology. During his walk, the Prince noticed that the zooÂ’s hippo had a tail, unlike the toy hippo; (as no one dared to stop His Highness) he threw pieces of paper where the sheep were. |

| Already at the age of six, the day began with His Highness waking up at 6:30 am sharp, where he meditated on his ancestors and bowed respectfully before a photograph of his parents. The Prince attends kindergarten only once every 15 days, where he learns to sing Japanese songs. But that life was about to end. His hair was shaved off. His navy blue uniform and cap with the cherry blossom emblem have received the finishing touches, all ready to start his school life. |

| Always to protect His Highness on the way to school, it would be necessary to put a police battalion always ready in the streets. The Imperial Household Ministry realized that this would be too expensive and chose the cheapest way to build a school on the same grounds as the Palace. Thus, a school was built containing twelve classrooms, auditorium, laboratories, music room, craft room, gymnasium, library, offices, cafeteria and living rooms. His Highness, with a smile on his face, crossed the Palace garden and then crossed a street to go to school. After six years, special teachers will be hired to give the Prince one-on-one classes in The Art of Becoming an Emperor. |

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Maziya

[list]APRIL 1940

[sub]STAATSARMEE BUILDING — BERLIN, New Provenance[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub]DEUTSCHLAND BRICHT DAS SCHWEIGEN ZUM "FALSCHEN KRIEG" MIT DER DURCHFÜHRUNG DER OPERATION WESERUBUNG, DEM EINMARSCH IN DÄNEMARK UND NORWEGEN![/sub]

[pre]GERMANY BREAKS THE "PHONY WAR" SILENCE WITH THE EXECUTION OF OPERATION WESERUBUNG, INVASION OF DENMARK AND NORWAY![/pre][/list][/list]

| Following the successful conclusion of the Polish Military Campaign in October of 1939, the newly-risen conflict between Germany, France and the United Kingdom and her colonies had scaled down. The success in Poland took Germany by surprise and the German High Command in Berlin spent a good few weeks adjusting battle plans for other countries, such as Denmark and Holland, to include the pioneering and game-changing Blitzkrieg strategy, which employs the use of combined arms warfare but primarily armored Panzer divisions to make the breakthroughs while using motorized and infantry units to guard the flanks and the rear in the rapid advance of the Panzer divisions. German air and sea operations against the U.K. in the North Sea were stepped up in October and November of 1939, most prominently with the sinking of the H.M.S. Courageous, a battlecruiser-turned-aircraft carrier in operation since the Great War. The media, both Western and German, dubbed the period of unexpected inactivity as "the Phony War". Of this "Phony War" Staatsminister for the Armed Forces Werner von Blomberg, a Heer General, reported in his diary, dated January 1940: |

[list][list][pre]Diese Zeit der Untätigkeit und des Mangels an Konflikten mag den Anschein erwecken, dass sie den Alliierten Zeit gibt, sich vorzubereiten, aber in Wirklichkeit erlaubt sie Deutschland nur, seinen bereits massiven technologischen, militärischen und psychologischen Vorsprung gegenüber den angeblich starken und geeinten alliierten Mächten noch zu vergrößern. Im September, bei der Hinrichtung von Fall Weiss, waren die Alliierten uneins und unvorbereitet, und Deutschland war stark, geeint und stand als ein mächtiger Staat hinter einer Partei und einem geeinten Führer. Jetzt, Monate später, ist Deutschland stärker, geeinter und durch unsere Siege in Polen gestärkt, und die Alliierten sind weiterhin uneinig und unvorbereitet, wie ihre kläglichen Versuche, uns über das Saargebiet anzugreifen, zeigen.[/pre]

[pre]This period of inactivity and a lack of conflict may seem like it is allowing the Allies time to prepare, but rather it is only allowing Germany to widen its already massive technological, military and psychological lead over the allegedly strong and united Allied Powers. In September with the execution of Fall Weiss, the Allies were disunited and unprepared, and Germany was strong, united and standing as one powerful state, behind one party and one united leader. Now, months later, Germany is stronger, more united and invigorated by our victories in Poland, and the Allies remain disunited and unprepared, as is evident by their pitiful attempts to attack us through the Saar Region.[/pre][/list][/list]

| However, following a 14 December meeting with Vidkun Quisling, the leader of the Volkist movement in Norway, the Chancellor turned his attention to Scandinavia. Convinced of the threat posed by the Allied Powers to the iron ore supply from Scandinavia to Germany, Heidler ordered the High Command to begin preliminary planning for an invasion of Norway. It was dubbed Studie Nord and called for a single army division. From 14 to 19 January, the Kriegsmarine - the German Navy - developed an expanded version of the plan that considered two key factors, those being surprise in order to reduce the threat of Norwegian resistance and British intervention, and the use of faster German warships rather than slower merchant ships as troop transports. The new plan called for a full army corps, a mountain division, an airborne division, a motorized rifle brigade and two infantry divisions. The plan was dubbed Operation Weserubung, or Weser Day. On 21 February, command of the operation was handed over to General Nikolaus von Falconhorst, of the German Wehrmacht. |

| The German invasion of Denmark would later be included into Operation Weserubung, since Denmark provided for a strategic staging area for operations in Norway. Planning and preparations continued through the latter part of February and the entirety of March, as well as in the early days of April. On 9 April 1940, German ambassador to Denmark Cecil von Renthe-Fink called the Danish Foreign Minister Peter Munch, requesting a meeting with him. Upon meeting, Renthe-Fink declared that German troops were moving in to protect the country from Franco-British attack, and demanded that all resistance stand down immediately, or Denmark would risk the bombing of Copenhagen. While the German demands were communicated, landing by ferry at Gedser and unopposed aerial landings at Aalborg, Storstrom Bridge and Masnedo Fortress, marking the first ever paratrooper-based attack in history. German forces would continue advancing through the country, with the Citadel in Copenhagen falling at 04:20 local time to reinforced battalion members of the 308th Regiment who landed in Copenhagen Harbour. German forces moved to capture the Danish royal family at Amalienborg Palace, but the King's Royal Guard repelled the first German attack, granting King Christian X the chance to confer with his officers. While discussions continued, several Luftwaffe formations dropped leaflets overhead, declaring OPROP! (proclamation) |

| The Danish Army Air Service was half neutralized by 05:25, with German fighters destroying ten Danish aircraft and seriously damaging another fourteen despite anti-aircraft fire, effectively neutralizing half of the Danish air forces. Faced with the explicit threat of a Luftwaffe bombing of Copenhagen, King Christian and the Danish government capitulated at 06:00 local time, marking the conclusion of the invasion of Denmark. It lasted less than six hours, making it the fastest invasion by Germany during the war so far. The invasion of Norway began at the same time, where in the morning of 9 April German forces targeted strategic locations in Norway from the air while German paratroopers secured locations in Oslo. Battles at sea occurred as the German Navy moved in to conduct amphibious landings along the Norwegian coastline. German naval forces were held up long enough to allow the Norwegian royal family and the Norwegian Parliament, as well as the national treasury, to flee northward by special train. |

| The clashes in Norway would be more significant in comparison to those in Denmark, with these battles serving as propaganda importance to both the Allies and Germany. Thanks to more balanced military personnel on both sides German forces slowed down slightly in their advance in comparison to the Polish and Danish Campaigns, but their advance was strong and unfettered nonetheless. Herga Fortress held off German attackers from 15 April to 5 May before finally capitulating to German forces, a propaganda defeat for the Allies. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Maziya

[list][list]APRIL 1940

TOKYO, JAPAN — EAST ASIA[/list]

[list][list]東京とアムステルダムの外交トーク

[pre]DIPLOMATIC TALKS BETWEEN TOKYO AND AMSTERDAM[/pre][/list][/list]

| Just watching, Tokyo-Rome-Moscow enjoys WWII on the fence. Japanese showed good and bad signs in the face of this war. Every newspaper in Tokyo carried headlines that read: |

[list][list]起こらない唯一の事はオランダのインディーズを恐れる力によって軍隊の行為である。 を参照してください。 または一時的な保護基準にすることもできます。

[pre]“The only thing that won’t happen are military acts by the powers that terrorize the Dutch Indies . . . or even temporary protection criteria.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| Japan would undertake to protect the Dutch Indies in such protection. After Japanese newspapers ran their headlines, Mr. HACHIRO ARITA, Foreign Minister, publicly announced to the international press with a certain air of importance: |

[list][list]南洋、特にオランダ領東インドに関する限り、経済的には日本帝国はすべての人の利益のために緊密で相互の関係を持っています。 東京は、オランダ領東インドの現状を危うくする可能性のあるヨーロッパで進行中の戦争を強く懸念している

[pre]“As far as the South Seas are concerned, and especially with the Dutch East Indies, economically the Japanese Empire has a close and mutual relationship for the benefit of all. Tokyo is intensely concerned about the ongoing war in Europe, which could compromise the status quo of the Dutch Indies.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| In the Dutch capital, Mr. EELCO NICHOLAS VAN KIEFFENS, Dutch Foreign Minister, being a rather thin man with a large nose, small chin, fine hair and tired eyes, invited Mr. ITARO ISHII, Ambassador of Japan to the Netherlands to say a few words: |

[list][list]オランダのインド人は保護を必要としませんが、それを提供してくれてありがとう。

[pre]“The Dutch Indies do not need protection, but thanks for offering it.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| However, Mr. JEAN CHARLES PABST, Dutch Ambassador to Japan, expressed gratitude to the Japanese Foreign Minister: |

[list][list]東インドの現状維持に感謝します。

[pre]“Thank you for maintaining the East Indies status quo.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| Those denials werenÂ’t what Mr. Arita would like to hear. In Washington, Mr. CORDELL HULL, U.S. Secretary of State, made a brief comment on the Indies: |

[list][list]オランダのインディーズだけでなく、太平洋地域でも安定性、平和、安全性が確保されるため、このことは大きなメリットとなります。 東京とワシントンにはコーディアル関係があります。

[pre]“This will be largely beneficial as there will be stability, peace and security not only in the Dutch Indies but throughout the Pacific. Tokyo and Washington have cordial relations.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| But clearly these were just words spoken. For the Japanese the “New Order in Asia” is like the Monroe Doctrine for the Americans. For the world, the East Indies are the most valuable in terms of resources such as rubber and oil production. The Empire of Japan acquires about one-quarter of the Dutch colony’s oil. Exports from the East Indies are sugar, coffee, quinine, tobacco, copra, spices, livestock, wood, coal, tin, gold and silver that the Japanese can use. The large local population is a cheap labor for Japanese companies. If any nation took over this huge basin of precious resources, Tokyo would only be harmed. The loss of East Indies oil would result in a possible U.S. embargo, it would be horrible for the Japanese. But on the one hand, if the Japanese Empire took the East Indies, the New Order of Japan would come to fruition, the Japanese could even threaten Washington with a rubber and tin embargo. Where Tokyo would also have islands that would facilitate the attack on Singapore. The Japanese Empire would separate Hong Kong, Indochina, Philippines from the West. |

| Such a careless man is Herr Heidler, when he invaded the Netherlands he put ahead of Japan the chance to invade the East Indies — it looked like Herr Heidler might — could Japan have that chance? Possibly yes. Both Great Britain and France will only be able to intervene to a limited extent. According to American experts, who consider the Philippines an unsustainable region for a war, it is practically impossible for a fleet stationed in the Pacific to worry about fighting the invasion of the East Indies. America is too far from Asia for them to defend the Dutch colony. Japan now undoubtedly believes strongly in this perspective when Herr Heidler believed that British “pacification” could take place. The East India Army is reduced to a police force for the sole purpose of maintaining order among the natives. The Dutch navy would not be able to repel the Japanese fleet for a long period of time, although the invaders foolishly attacked far from home. The Japanese fleet is more prepared for war than the Imperial Army. If the U.S. Secretary of State’s warning is just an illusion, and some observers hope that Japan will one day stop causing crises when there are no police around. If that happens, the angry cop will be the U.S. — as the West knows, Japan considers the Pacific its focus. |

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Maziya

[list][sub]April 1940[/sub]

[sub]SavageÂ’s Funeral[/sub]

[sub]47 MOLESWORTH STREET, CITY OF WELLINGTON, DOMINION OF NEW ZEALAND & OUTLYING ISLANDS (Canovia)[/sub][/list]

[sub]| WELLINGTON | — The death of Prime Minister Michael Joseph Savage brought the Dominion of New Zealand to a standstill. Winning the 1935 general election, Savage would form the Dominion’s first Labour government on promises of implementing labour laws and bringing economic measures to end the effects of the Great Depression. Suffering from colon cancer at the beginning of the 1938 general elections, Prime Minister Savage would delay treatment to focus on his campaign to ensure a smooth victory for Labour (NZ). With many noticing the decline of Savage’s health — the Labour (NZ) party began plans on finding a replacement in the event of his death.[/sub]

[sub]In late 1939, the condition of Savage was at a critical point. Unable to do many tasks of the office, Savage would rely on the aid of many assistants from writing speeches to signing basic legislation. The recent announcement of his death a month prior saw many from all over give their respects to the deceased prime minister.[/sub]

[sub]Loved by the Left, there were reports of many Labour (NZ) supporters hanging portraits of Savage within their homes. Viewed as a very popular figure, the late prime minister would remark that “They [The People] think I am God.” Upon his death, Peter Fraser would succeed him as Labour (NZ) Party leader and prime minister.[/sub]

[list]PETER FRASER, NZ Prime Minister: [sub]”The Right Honourable Michael J. Savage was beloved by many of us. A true and passionate man who was dedicated in putting our great Dominion on a path of prosperity and equality. There are not enough words that can truly express how we, a nation feel about his passing. No matter whether you are a Labour supporter or a National supporter, Savage has earned the respect of all of us. Today, we mourn the passing of a great man and a great statesman who was never afraid to speak his mind. May God put his soul to rest.”[/sub][/list]

[sub]Thousands from all over the Dominion would flock over to Wellington to view the prime ministerÂ’s coffin heading towards the Sacred Heart Cathedral where viewings for the mourning public could be done, before being transported by train to Auckland to lay him at rest.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

[pre]April, 1940 |GovernorÂ’s Palace, Khartoum, The British Imperial Crown Colony Of The Sudan[/pre]

FOR THE EMPIRE AND VICTORY, SUDAN AT WAR

It has been months since thousands of Sudanese and European citizens would congregate in the streets around radio stations and telegram centers set up as a result of the Communication and Information Act. There they listened with great anxiety and anticipation as the British Broadcasting Corporation informed the people of Sudan and the Imperial at wide of the spine-chilling news coming from the European continent.

Britain was now at war with the forces of the fascist Volkist regime in Germany, a war that had been declared over the unjust and savage invasion of the German Wermacht on the nation of Poland. At that critical hour, the Sudanese realized that, for the second time in their lives, just as they were recovering from the devastation and bloodshed of the Great War, Sudan and the Empire as a whole were now officially engaged in yet another global war.

Some wept, unsure of what destruction the deadlier technology of the modern era would unleash on the planet, unsure of the Empire's faith and Sudan's faith as the colony finds itself in close proximity to the fascist Italian empire.

As the BBC finishes its recording of Prime MinisterÂ’s Chamberlain speech and the KingÂ’s speech, the radio would switch to the Sudanese Broadcast Program voiced by the familiar and growing popular voice of the remarkably young 23-year old native of the White Nile province and recent graduate of Gordon Memorial College Law School, Babiker Awadalla. With his calm voice, he begins his speech in Arabic to the Arabic-speaking subjects of Sudan.

[list]Babiker Awadalla, SBP Broadcaster

*Arabic Translation:| "Beloved people of Sudan, I read this message for those who are yet to understand the events that have transpired in Europe. In September of 1939, the German army under the command of Adolph Heidler plunged its troops deep into the central European nation of Poland. An invasion which was followed by an official declaration of war by the United Kingdom of Great Britain and the French Republic against the so-called Third German Reich. What does this mean for us? As Sudan is a crown colony of the empire, we now find ourselves locked in a state of war with the forces of the German Reich and her Allies. There is no doubt that a Great War has not only befallen Europe, but the globe as a whole. Do not be misled, do not be relaxed; instead, be prepared and ready if the horrors of war arrive on the shores of our great continent. Or even worse... on the soil of our beloved Sudan. The fight for the Empire is a fight for freedom. A fight for your freedom."[/list]

As the climate of war begins to set upon Sudan, much of the population has now found themselves in a state of war. The Colonial Government of Khartoum has ordered an increase in production for the construction of the Sudanese railway lines, putting a priority on connecting the remainder of the train lines between Malakal to Juba and from Juba to Kampala in order to officially finish SudanÂ’s portion of the Cape to Cairo trans-African railroad. The decision comes just months after Sudan announced the completion of SudanÂ’s portion of the Lagos-Khartoum railway by completing the remainder of the line from El Fasher to Nyala in Darfur, and then completing the rest of the line from Nyala to the French Equatorial Africa border at Abeche, Chad, via El Junaynah.

Though officially completing the line between the British and French colonies was a cause for celebration amongst the two empires, the state of war has put Sudan in a state of rush, putting the entire colony on high alert.

With war looming over Sudan, many here feel blessed with assurance that Sudan will not be directly harmed by the events of global war just as it was in the Great War. However, it is certain that the Empire may soon call upon the sons and daughters of Sudan to sacrifice for a foreign crown.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Asharken, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh

[list]MAY 1940

[sub]STAATSARMEE BUILDING — BERLIN, New Provenance[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub]DIE WESTFRONT WIRD MIT DER INVASION DER NIEDERLANDE UND FRANKREICHS ERÖFFNET![/sub]

[pre]THE WESTERN FRONT OPENS WITH THE INVASION OF THE LOW COUNTRIES AND FRANCE![/pre][/list][/list]

| With the slowing down of operations in Norway following the capturing of key strategic targets in the Nordic country in late April and early May, Germany immediately turned its eyes westward. For the past several weeks the Wehrmacht have begun rapid preparations for an unprecedented assault on the Low Countries of Belgium, the Netherlands and Luxembourg and on the French Republic, a rival of the German Staat and an obstacle preventing German expansion towards the West thanks to Paris's membership in the Allied Powers. Even since the Norwegian Campaign began, German military forces had begun positioning themselves along the Western borders of Germany while the High Command in Berlin laid down the final plan for the opening of the Western Front with the invasion of the Low Countries and France. The battle for the Low Countries would be expected to be swift and rapid, especially in Luxembourg where a path would be created to force German Panzer divisions through the Ardennes Forest in a plan devised by Karl Manstern. The plan called for the marching of German Forces through Belgium and the Netherlands to draw Allied forces north into the Low Countries as well as to prevent the Dutch from allowing the RAF to operate from their airfields, while at the same time rapid motorized and armored divisions would surge southwards through the Ardennes to penetrate the allegedly impenetrable Maginot Line. |

| With the fall of the key Herga Fortress on May 5 in Norway, the German Chancellor turned his attention to the West, and ordered the immediate preparation for the execution of the Invasion of Western Europe. It would be a daunting task that would require the full might of the German Wehrmacht, which was provided through the deployment of divisions worth hundreds of thousands of troops, ready and equipped to face the bulk of Allied Forces on the European Continent. France would be a worthy contender but, according to experts within the High Command, not strong enough to face off against and win battles against the rapidly moving Panzer divisions using the Blitzkrieg tactic to throw off the enemy and crush them with speed and brutal efficiency. On 10 May 1940, German forces launched the invasion of the Low Countries and France. |

[list][list][pre]THE BATTLE BEGINS! GERMANY MARCHES ONWARD THROUGH FRANCE AND THE LOW COUNTRIES, PREPARED FOR EVERY OUTCOME, PREPARED TO SACRIFICE WHAT IS NECESSARY FOR THE GOOD OF THE GERMAN PEOPLE. MARCH![/pre][/list][/list]

| On 10 May, the invasions of France, the Netherlands, Belgium and Luxembourg would begin. In Luxembourg, facing only light resistance German motorized infantry units and armored Panzer divisions would speed across the country at haste. Within hours of the invasion beginning, the Luxembourgian government would be forced to flee the national capital southward as German units overran the country with barely any retaliation from the miniscule Luxembourgian Army. By noon, about eight hours since the invasion began, units of the Grand Ducal Gendarmerie would attempt to defend the capital but to no avail. By the evening of 10 May, German forces overran most of the entire country with the exception of the south, where civilians were fleeing to the north and center of the country or southward, into France. |

| The invasion of the Netherlands would be similarly speedy. On 10 May fighters of the Luftwaffe would roar above the skies of the Netherlands, targeting key strategic locations and airfields while dropping paratrooper units to occupy strategic airfields and locations across the country. Initial operations were successful and the Dutch Air Force was damaged on the ground, but attempts by German paratroopers to capture airfields in and around The Hague resulted in a massive operational failure. However, attacks on Rotterdam and later attacks on The Hague would be successful as, after successive waves of heavy German bombardments, the defenders would be severely demoralized and unprepared for a rapid German strike. Within four days, Germany overran a substantial portion of the country when, on 14 May 1940, with most of the west of the Netherlands occupied and Rotterdam under German occupation, Henri Winkelman, commander of the Dutch Army and the highest commanding officer present on the Dutch mainland (as the Dutch Government had already fled), surrendered along with the main Dutch fighting forces. Defenders in the province of Zealand, in the south, however would continue to fight on until 17 May, when German forces achieved a total occupation of the Netherlands. |

| The invasion of France too began on 10 May. [TO BE CONTINUED . . .] |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Asharken, Pontianus, Ranponian, Islahh

[list][pre]16 April 1940 | SECOND WORLD WAR[/pre]

[pre]THE PRIME MINISTER’s DESK – DOMINION OF SOUTH AFRICA;[/pre][/list]

[sub]In the interceding months since the fall of Poland, members of the War Cabinet had been gathering daily to guide South Africa’s war effort. Those meetings were two fold, one where a scribe was present to record the minutes of the meeting, and another closed session which was off the record. Increasingly as time has progressed, the on-record meeting became shorter and shorter, with members meeting off the record, under lock and key, swearing an oath of silence, to discuss war plans of the highest secrecy. Todays meeting was like the others, the room was swept for any recording devices, the windows were sealed, rooms surrounding the Cabinet conference room were vacated, and guards posted. Inside, Prime Minister Smuts, serving also in his capacity as War Secretary and Minister of External Affairs, gathered with the Deputy Prime Minister, Dr. AB Xuma; the War Production Secretary, and senior members of the Council of National Defense (top military officers).. Upon the table where they seated was a small black box, within it, documents labeled ‘Top Secret’ in red ink, with several lines of text redacted. The Prime Minister presided, reading each of the three documents being discussed that day, before affixing his signature. When concluding the meeting, Smuts shook the hands of each person, before dismissing them. Taking each document, he replaced them inside the box, sealed it, and handed it over to an intelligence officer who would have them destroyed.[/sub]

[list][pre]OFFICIAL INTELLIGENCE BRIEF — APRIL 16, 1940 — OFFICE OF THE PRIME MINISTER, SPECIAL INTELLIGENCE CORPS;;[/pre]

[sub]OOC: The following documents are classified, known only to those who are present in the room IC, and those to whom they were directly addressed IC;[/sub][/list]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1712425

[pre]____________[/pre]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

WE HEED BRITANNIAS CALL

May 11th 1940

https://youtu.be/bp29tcMaFNc

Answering the German invasion of Poland and the beginning of German operations against France and the low Countries the day before, the Rhodesian High Command with the approval of Godfrey Huggins has begun dispatching the "Rhodesian Expeditionary Corps (REC)" to Britain. The Formation consists of the two Mechanized Divisions in service with Rhodesia, the Salisbury Mounted Fusiliers & 1st Mechanized Division (composition of those Divisions can be seen here : https://www.nationstates.net/page=rmb/postid=47505945). In total around 22,000 including Support Staff are to make the journey and upon arriving shall be placed under the British High Command to serve alongside their own armored Formations, or in place of them wherever they are unable to be deployed.

Similarly in Africa the "Rhodesian Corps of Africa (RCA)" has been formed using the 3 Infantry Divisions and 2 Light Divisions (1-3 Infantry Divisions, Rhodesian African Rifles & Bulawayo Rifles). The RCA shall serve in areas of the British Empire in Africa under direct or probable threat, such as the frontiers against the Italian Empire and defending the Suez as a whole. This almost 60,000 strong formation will form the brunt of Rhodesia's contributions in the battles to come, and will be a great boost to the Strength of the British Army in Africa.

On the Material Front treaties have already been prepared for Britain to defer payments of Goods and Weaponry for both Parties until after hostilities have concluded, in order to better fund and prepare shipments between the two to support the war effort. Upon the beginning of hostilities Britain had granted Rhodesia permission to produce the Hawker Hurricane under license, which it diligently proceeded to do for its own means. Now however with the war turning to the west and Germany's wide use of aircraft in Poland it has become clear that Britain and France shall require every Aircraft it can get its hands on. As such the Huggins Administration has greenlit the transfer of 20 Hawker Hurricanes to Britain and 12 to France by May 18th, transport to be conducted utilizing the Rhodesian Transportation Corps. Further, Rhodesia shall pledge to transport 1 Hurricane to Britain for every 3 Built in Rhodesia as an additional support. A further assistance for France, Rhodesia shall transport 24 QF 3.7-inch AA guns by the 25th of May to aid in French Air Defenses which are vital to the battles ahead.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

BRACING FOR CONFLICT

KING FAISAL ORDERS MOBILIZATION

"It seems that the continent of Europe, once again, has spiraled out of control. The menace that is Germany has pushed through eastern Europe into Poland and is now beginning it's offensive against western Europe to squash France. Though some may think it is too far away for us to be affected, I implore that you think again. To our west is French Syria, and if, god forbid, France falls.. We will see those Fascist dogs right next to us, embroiling Syria into a new Axis war front. We must prepare for and calculate for every possible outcome. We must be ready for the worst and stand our ground against any possible transgressions. Allah is with us."

"IRAQ NEEDS YOU!" Army Recruitment Poster in Baghdad

Conscription program has been accelerated and has begun recruiting most recruits, even those with impaired vision or life-long medical problems. Civilian volunteers after seeing the events of Europe and hearing the speech have begun flocking in the thousands towards military offices to enlist in the Iraqi army. Over the months the Iraqi Army will boast a manpower of over 100,000 Men.

- 11 Infantry Divisions

- 3 Tank Divisions

- 75 Fighter Monoplane

Total Manpower - 105,000

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Osivoii, Ranponian, New Provenance, Alaroth

Osivoii wrote:[pre]| MARCH 1940 |[/pre]

[list][list][list][pre]USSR ★ UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

Союз Советских Социалистических Республик CCCP |[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

THE WINTER WAR GRINDS TO A BLOODY END:

SOVIET EXTEND BUFFER ZONE TO THE WEST, LENINGRAD DEEMED SAFE AFTER CONFLICT IN FINLAND!

ЗИМНЯЯ ВОЙНА ПРИХОДИТ К КРОВАВОМУ КОНЦУ:

СОВЕТСКИЙ РАСШИРЯЕТ БУФЕРНУЮ ЗОНУ НА ЗАПАД, ЛЕНИНГРАД СЧИТАЕТСЯ БЕЗОПАСНОЙ ПОСЛЕ КОНФЛИКТА В ФИНЛЯНДИИ!

[pre]The blood spilled in Finland would prove fruitful to Comrade Stalin as his goal of extension of the border deeper west to buffer Leningrad had been realized with 300.000+ Casualties in 3 months against Finnish Forces and Nature. February would be the turning point of a full Soviet embarrassment as Comrade Stalin committed to reforms to change the situation on the ground. Frontal assaults had been halted in December as General Leadership would be given to Semyon Timoshenko. Reorganization of the fronts would put full focus onto the Karelian Isthmus and a change in tactical doctrines to better suit the situation occurring in battles. Timoshenko would focus 75% of his forces to brutally break through a small sector between Taipale and the Munasuo swamp and the 123rd Rifle Division would rehearse for weeks in life-size mock-ups of the Finnish Mannerheim line alongside massive shipments of Tanks and Artillery and now 25 Infantry Divisions now stationed on the Karelian Isthmus.[/Pre]

[pre]February 1st would mark the start of the new offensive with a massive bombardment of the Mannerheim line with the first 24 hours consisting of the firing of 300.000 Shells into the Mannerheim line. Finnish fortifications would already be heavily softened as when Frontal Assaults ended in December the bombardments would not! These bombardments would begin to exhaust Finnish resolve as their day was filled with endless shelling only for them to have to stay up all night repairing their shelled structures. The Second Battle of Summa would see the breakthrough needed as the 7th and 13th Army broke through Finnish positions causing a domino effect as Soviet manpower overpowered the weary and tired Finnish forces across the Mannerheim line and soon both sides came to want peace which would be facilitated by Finnish Communist Hella Wuolijoki through the Swedish Ambassador of the Soviet Union. By March Soviet Forces had entered Viipuri and beachhead was established in the Gulf, Finns would ask for an armistice which would be declined by the Soviets to keep heavy pressure on the Finnish Government. With all hope lost of keeping the defense of Finland going without Franco-Anglo help the Finns would be forced to accept the terms stipulated by Moscow.[/pre]

MOSCOW PEACE TREATY SIGNED:

THE FINNS HAVE GIVEN IN THE NORTH DEEMED SECURE BY COMRADE STALIN HIMSELF!

ПОДПИСАН МОСКОВСКИЙ МИРНЫЙ ДОГОВОР:

ФИННЫ ДАЛИ НА СЕВЕРЕ, СЧИТАЕМОМ БЕЗОПАСНЫМ САМИ ТОВАРИЩЕМ СТАЛИНЫМ!

[pre]- Annexed areas: Finnish Karelia, Salla, Petsamo, and the Gulf of Finland Islands[./pre]

[pre]- Hanko Peninsula would be leased to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics for 30 Years with an Annual Rent of 8 Million Marks.[/pre]

[pre]- Equipment and Installations on ceded land would be handed to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics: 75 locomotives, 2.000 railroad cars, and a number of Ships and Automobiles.[/pre]

[pre]Soviet Land gained would exceed that originally demanded by them to the Finnish State causing many Soviets to regard it as a successful, but bloody campaign with the goal of securing a deeper buffer for Leningrad and cutting Finland off from the Arctic now achieved Comrade Stalin could rest his paranoia of battle in the North should the Volkist threat come.[/pre]

[list][list][pre]WORKERS OF THE WORLD UNITE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]ТРУДЯЩИЕСЯ МИРА ОБЪЕДИНЯЙТЕСЬ![/pre][/list][/list]

[list]March, 1940

[sub]The Winter War comes to a bloody end: Both a military defeat and a moral victory for Finland.[/sub][/list]

[sub]The war with the Soviet Union comes to an end with a heavy cost. Finland was forced to cede 9% of its territories to the Soviets, lease the Hanko Peninsula to the Soviets for 30 years, and give all of the technologies and vehicles on lost territories to the Soviets. This would dishearten the Finns, especially those who lost their homes and lands on the ceded territories. Then HM King Väinö I delivered a speech to the whole nation through the radio.[/sub]

[list][B]KING VÄINÖ I, Monarch:[/B] [sub]”Greetings, fellow men and women of our country. We are now facing one of the great trials for this nation. We have lost our lands to the Russians, and millions of people lost their homes and loved ones because of this war. Many of you feel distressed and hopeless about our nation’s loss in the war with the Soviet Union. But I’m here to tell you not to fall into despair but to have hope and be prideful. The Russians may have gained a military victory against us, but we have gained a moral victory over them. The Russians invaded us thinking they could conquer this nation in but a few days, but they couldn’t as we show them and the world that we will not surrender and give up the fight that easily. They may have taken our lands, but they did so with the loss of +300,000 soldiers and dozens of tanks. They planned to set up a puppet government for us and take away our independence, but we managed the impossible and maintained our independence and our democratic government. So, my people don’t fall into despair or disheartened but be happy and be proud as we have shown the world that we will not be bullied into being told what to do by a foreign power. And for the families of fallen soldiers, don’t think that they died in vain or their death was for nothing; they have died for the life of this nation and its people and given their lives for this nation’s independence. We should, and we must remember this day, not as the day we lost a war and some of our lands, but remember this day as the day that we stood up to a foreign power’s threat and managed to maintain our independence. All the soldiers, both the living and the dead, will forever be remembered for their deeds of fighting for the survival of this country and shall be remembered as heroes to be celebrated. Be proud and happy, my people, for we gain a great moral victory over our enemies, for our Home, Religion, and the Fatherland.”[/sub][/list]

[sub]The speech by His Majesty has brought new hope and pride to the people as they are no longer wailing and feeling disheartened but overwhelmed with the feeling of pride and hope for this country and the freedom they maintain for themselves and for the nation upon the heroic sacrifices of their fallen friends and families, who fought and died as a soldier for their nation.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh

[list]MAY 1940

[sub]THE ARDENNES FOREST — THE ARDENNES, Metropolitan Francais[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub]DIE INVASION IN FRANKREICH, ERSTER TEIL[/sub]

[pre]THE INVASION OF FRANCE, PART ONE[/pre][/list][/list]

| The invasion of France, alternatively known as the French Campaign or the Western Campaign, was launched by German forces on the 10th of May 1940 in conjunction with the invasions of Luxembourg, Belgium and the Netherlands. The German invasions of the Low Countries (alternatively known as Benelux) were simple, with operations lasting from a day (Luxembourg Campaign), to four days (Dutch Campaign) to around two weeks in total (Belgian Campaign). The imbalance of power with Germany possessing technological, numerical and strategic superiority over the militaries of Luxembourg, the Netherlands and Belgium were a key factor in this decisive and rapid victory. In conjunction, however, the German Wehrmacht sent the brunt of its force southward, into France. The French Republic had never been on particularly good terms since the conclusion of the Great War and the Treaty of Versailles. Tensions as well as land disputes primarily over Alscace-Lorraine did nothing to alleviate tensions, leading to the construction of the Maginot and Siegfried Lines, which of course did nothing to help cool tensions between Paris and Berlin. When the invasion of Poland commenced in September of last year, planning to obliterate and occupy France had to be made after Paris delivered its declaration of war on 3 September. |

| The plan devised was split into two parts, named Fall Gelb (Case Yellow) and Fall Rot (Case Red), respectively. Fall Gelb would also refer to the overall Western Campaign military strategy, encompassing the invasions of the Low Countries and France combined. Fall Gelb called for the surprise advance of German armored Panzer units and rapid motorized divisions through the allegedly impenetrable Ardennes Forest and then along the Somme valley, cutting off and fully surrounding Allied forces that had marched north into Belgium to meet German forces there. With the Panzers maintaining the spearhead all the way to the British Channel the Allied forces would be cut off and pushed to the sea before getting obliterated by the arrival of heavily-armed reinforcements. |

| Beginning immediately after the conclusion of Fall Gelb, Fall Rot (Case Red) would be executed. The German armies sent through the Ardennes and the north of France would outflank the intact Maginot Line, sending detachment armies to encircle and obliterate the divisions stationed along the Franco-German border, while the Panzer spearhead divisions would push southward, deep into France, while forces in the north held and destroyed the surrounded Allied forces in Belgium and Northern France. From there, Panzer divisions would spearhead attacks deeper into France, reaching as far as Nantes and pushing westward along the Channel following the destruction of the surrounded Allied Forces in the north. It was widely expected that by this time France would be either in complete disarray or in resignation to its fate, but should the country continue carrying out resistance at this point, heightened bombings by the Luftwaffe and German military might would be used to bend France into surrender. On 10 May, the following message would be transmitted to all German armies partaking in Fall Gelb: |

[list][list][pre]D A N Z I G[/pre][/list][/list]

| Danzig stood as the operational codeword for the execution of Fall Gelb, or the invasion of the Low Countries and France but particularly the advance through the Ardennes to outflank the Maginot Line and defeat the French Republic. Over the next few days, the nations of the Low Countries (Belgium, the Netherlands, Luxembourg) fell one by one, while Allied forces at the same time moved northward into Belgium. Army Group A began its advance through the allegedly impenetrable Ardennes Forest on 10 May as well, facing resistance only from the Belgian 1st Cavalry Division and the French 5th DLC who were passing through the Ardennes. However, the Allies did not have sufficient anti-tank capacity to block the advance of the Panzers and thus within hours the advance into the Ardennes was underway once more. The Battle of Sedan commenced to destroy the French defensive line at the Meuse (Meuse Line), 6km deep, and strengthened by 103 pillboxes, manned by the 147th Fortress Infantry Regiment. Additional divisions were inserted over the next few days but on May 13 French forces fled after hearing rumors that German tanks were already behind them. On 15 May, the Meuse Line collapsed and German Panzer forces broke through, primarily thanks to General Erwin Rommel's decision to go rouge, cut communications with High Command and surge all the way from the Ardennes to the English Channel within days. Rommel was reprimanded for his risky actions but would be commended nonetheless, as his rapid advance allowed German forces to take the Allied forces in Belgium and Northern France by surprise and thus giving them no chance to break out and flee southward. |

[list][list][pre]T O B E C O N T I N U E D[/pre][/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Philanialle, Asharken, Pontianus, Ranponian, Finlandee

[list]May 1940

[sub]A Broad Future for Visayas[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND COMMUNICATIONS TO DRAFT PLANS TO BOOST VISAYAS INFRASTRUCTURE

DEPARTMENT NG PUBLIC WORKS AND COMMUNICATIONS NAGGUGUHIT NG PLANO PARA ISUPORTAHAN ANG VISAYAS INFRASTRUCTURE[/pre][/list][/list]

| [sub]Since the beginning of colonial and foreign occupation of the Philippine archipelago, the various colonial governments have placed emphasis on prioritizing and building up the largest island in the Philippines, that being the northern island of Luzon, on which Manila as well as millions of citizens reside. The economic and political centers of the country as well as a substantial portion of agricultural lands are in Luzon, at least in comparison to the southern areas of Mindanao - southernmost island - and Visayas - the centermost archipelago of smaller islands. President Manuel Quezon's inaugural speech upon his election in 1935 marked the first time a Philippine high-ranking government official pledged to support all three regions equally. Government funding was distributed more equally to support development in Visayas and Mindanao, and the Department of Public Works and Communications organized for the construction of new seaports to link the islands of Visayas. President Quezon touched on the issue once more in May 1939, citing a lack of 'viable trans-island infrastructure', and proposing the potential of aircraft to link the Philippines' thousands of islands. The first civilian airfield, dubbed Manila Airfield, was planned to be built in the center of the Manila Province, but plans have yet to get off the ground especially with the world turning its attention to Europe, where the fires of conflict burn.[/sub] |

| [sub]In late March, President Quezon tasked the Department of Public Works and Communications, led by DPWC Secretary Jose Avelino of the Liberal Party, with drafting plans to 'significantly boost' Visayas infrastructure through the construction of roads on the Cebu and Bohol islands, where a substantial part of Visayas's population resides, as well as the building of railways, upgrading of ports and port facilities, and the construction of airfields in Cebu City and Tagbilaran City on Bohol. Quezon gave the project a preliminary time period for completion of ten years, with additional renewals of the "Infrastructure Development Program" taking place at every interval. Throughout April, Sec. Avelino and the DPWC drafted a grand plan to greatly develop Visayas infrastructure systems with a mix of American funding, temporary tax raises, and cooperation with local construction companies.[/sub] |

| [sub]The draft, entitled Visayas Infrastructure Act of 1940, was presented to President Quezon and his Cabinet on 4 May 1940. It laid down the following plans for the Visayas group of islands:[/sub] |

[list][sub]Island of Cebu (Pop. 1.0 million)[/sub]

[sub]• Talisay Airfield (projected completion in 1941)

• Upgrading of Cansaga Bay port facilities (projected completion in late 1942)

• Cebu-Mactan-Olango-Bohol ferry system (projected completion in 1943)

• Sibonga Town civilian ferry facility and coast guard station (projected completion in 1943)[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]Island of Bohol (Pop. 491,603)[/sub]

[sub]• Cambuhat Long-Term Development Initiative (projected completion in 1950)

• Tagbilaran Airfield (projected completion in 1942)

• Tagbilaran-Carmen Four-Lane Road (projected completion in 1944)

• Tagbilaran Medium-capacity ferry station (projected completion in 1945)

• Panglao Island Medium-Term Development Initiative (projected completion in 1945)[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]Island of Negros (Pop. 200,000)[/sub]

[sub]• Bacolod-Iloilo Ferry System (projected completion in 1945)

• Bacolod-Dumaguete Railway (projected completion in 1945)[/sub][/list]

[list][sub]Island of Leyte (Pop. 180,000)[/sub]

[sub]• Tacloban-Baybay Road (projected completion in 1947)

• Tacloban City Airfield (projected completion in 1943)

• Tacloban City port facilities upgrade (projected completion in 1942)[/sub][/list]

| [sub]Based on the projected completion dates, President Quezon correctly assumed that the islands of Cebu and Bohol would receive priority status in the project, followed underneath by the island of Negros, then lastly by the island of Leyte. The President signed off on the draft on 9 May 1940 after consulting experts and his chief infrastructure advisors. The bill was formally introduced into the National Assembly on 11 May 1940 by the Nacionalista Representative for Cebu-at-Large, and will face deliberation and debate by the Assembly over the remaining portion of May. An advisor to the president remarked to DPWC secretary Avelino that the bill 'may not pass at all' due to 'the massive scope and long-term design of the plan', citing the possibility of a lack of funding should the United States, the planned senior contributor to the plan, decide to enter the War in Europe. Nonetheless, it went to the Assembly on 15 May for the first day of deliberations.[/sub] |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Philanialle, Ranponian

[pre]| MAY 1940 |[/pre]

[list][list][list][pre]USSR ★ UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

Союз Советских Социалистических Республик CCCP |[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

THREE TURKISH PROVINCES UNDER FULL UNCONTESTED CONTROL OF THE ANATOLIAN RED ARMY:

FIERCE DECISIVE BATTLES HAVE DECIDED THE NEW FRONTLINES IN EASTERN TURKEY AS ARMENIAN INTERESTS IN THE CONFLICT GROW STRONGER WILL TACTICS AND GOALS SET FORTH BY MOSCOW SEE A CHANGE?

ТРИ ТУРЕЦКИХ ПРОВИНЦИИ ПОД ПОЛНЫМ БЕЗОСПОРТНЫМ КОНТРОЛЕМ АНАТОЛИЙСКОЙ КРАСНОЙ АРМИИ:

РЕШАЮЩИЕ РЕШИТЕЛЬНЫЕ БИТВЫ РЕШИЛИ НОВЫЕ ЛИНИИ ФРОНТОВ В ВОСТОЧНОЙ ТУРЦИИ ПО мере того, как ИНТЕРЕСЫ АРМЯН В КОНФЛИКТЕ УКРЕПЛЯЮТСЯ ИЗМЕНЯТСЯ ЛИ ТАКТИКА И ЦЕЛИ, ВЫДВИНУТЫЕ МОСКВОЙ?

[pre]The Battles of Ardahan, Göle, Sarıkamış, Kağızman, Kandilli, Ağri, and Doğubayazıt have successfully halted and destroyed Ankara movements in the provinces of Kars, Iğdir, and Ardahan into the full control of the ARA and Soviet units in the region under disguise. Nationalist Guerrillas have been successfully eradicated throughout the provinces using the NKVD units in Turkey and local ARA secret police units to flush out dissent in the region through harsh reprisal and brutal tactics against guerrilla units. Though three provinces were now liberated and the death of thousands of ARA soldiers who have now begun to be replaced with not Turks, but Armenian Volunteers from the Soviet Union and those still left on Turkey post-genocide who have begun to see the conflict as not one regime change in Turkey, but one of Armenian Liberation of Western Armenia under the benevolent hands of the ARA and the Soviet Union. Soon the ARA would become 52% Turkish, 40% Armenian, and 8% Kurdish leaving many of the Turkish nationalists in the Kars Konsey and ARA leadership wary of Armenian Interests in the cause of liberation! Clashes in the ARA would occur in a swift clash between a Armenian majority ARA unit the 3rd Rifle Guard and a Turkish Majority unit of the ARA the 1st Rifle Guard in the streets of Kars leaving 6 Turks and 2 Armenians dead. Armenian units would also be recorded as performing far better in conflict against Anti-Revolutionary Forces than Turkish and Kurdish units, this has been attributed to former Soviet Red Army training and the idea of fighting to reclaim motherland for Armenian Units.[/pre]

[pre]The Soviets would also begin to pump the Kars Government with Armenian politicians and Revolutionaries many of who would begin to challenge Turkish Nationalists and a large population of Armenian Civilians of Turkey and the Soviet Union would begin to move into controlled regions as many called this a opportunity to return to the Motherland. Soviets would also begin to pressure the Kars Konsey to allow and allocate rights to the Armenian Diaspora returning to liberated land as many Turks began to leave liberated zones as Armenians entered the regions and resettled. As this occurred a silent coup of power in the Kars Konsey as the Soviet influence would begin to divide the separate Turkish factions in the government by assassinations and moving people to the Soviet Union for training and education leaving their positions vacant allowing a Armenian replacement to be placed in. The low population of Eastern Turkey would leave these areas susceptible to ethnic changes as the migration continued.[/pre]

[list][list][pre]WORKERS OF THE WORLD UNITE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]ТРУДЯЩИЕСЯ МИРА ОБЪЕДИНЯЙТЕСЬ![/pre][/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Islahh, Alaroth

[list][pre]May, 1940 |Education Square, Kassala, The British Imperial Crown Colony Of The Sudan[/pre]

SUDAN CALLS FOR ARMS; CONSCRIPTION CAMPAIGN BEGINS[/list]

At the foot of Mount Taka in the eastern capital of the Kassala Province, long lines would begin to gather in and around Education Square in the center of the city. The lines lead up to three tables sitting at the center of the square, each table manned by two people who are dressed in either the military uniforms of the Sudan Defense Force or the British Royal Army.

Long lines of mostly young, able-bodied men have formed here in response to an official call to arms issued by the colonial government in Khartoum. Though many speculated about the foreign government's calls, it wasn't until both the National Unionist Party and the National Confluence Worker Party threw their full support and backing behind the calls to arms that Sudan's young sons began signing up in droves, both here in Kassala and across the country.

Many of those signing up have come in search of adventure, a job, an opportunity, but also primarily, to conform to fears raised by Sudanese nationalists and rumors that the Italian fascist empire would sooner than later strike the British realm and Sudan, especially as it sits between ItalyÂ’s ambitions of connecting its Italian East Africa possessions and Italian Libya. With Kassala being the closest city to the Italian border, many of the cityÂ’s residents had legitimately believed that the few liberties they had enjoyed under the British crown would become threatened by the fascist and prejudiced elements of the Axis Forces.

By the end of the conscription campaign, the SDF had gone from having 5,000 personnel to having over 20,000 personnel ready for basic combat training at the many military camps set up across the country. The colonial authorities have been pleased with the successful conscription rate. However, many in Khartoum are seeking to have 60,000 personnel ready by the end of July this year.

To help the conscription campaign, The Confluence and other Nationalist groups, as well as the Imperial offices in Khartoum, have commissioned a series of posters using representation of the dark-skinned people of Sudan in order to inspire and encourage Sudanese young men to sign up for the war effort and for the protection of the Sudanese homeland.

The SDF has also announced that it will soon be updating its equipment as it awaits shipments of guns, artillery, transport vehicles, and other weapons from allied nations and fellow brotherly colonies in arms in order to help the defense of Sudan.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Philanialle, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

Nileia wrote:[list][pre]May, 1940 |Education Square, Kassala, The British Imperial Crown Colony Of The Sudan[/pre]

SUDAN CALLS FOR ARMS; CONSCRIPTION CAMPAIGN BEGINS[/list]

At the foot of Mount Taka in the eastern capital of the Kassala Province, long lines would begin to gather in and around Education Square in the center of the city. The lines lead up to three tables sitting at the center of the square, each table manned by two people who are dressed in either the military uniforms of the Sudan Defense Force or the British Royal Army.

Long lines of mostly young, able-bodied men have formed here in response to an official call to arms issued by the colonial government in Khartoum. Though many speculated about the foreign government's calls, it wasn't until both the National Unionist Party and the National Confluence Worker Party threw their full support and backing behind the calls to arms that Sudan's young sons began signing up in droves, both here in Kassala and across the country.

Many of those signing up have come in search of adventure, a job, an opportunity, but also primarily, to conform to fears raised by Sudanese nationalists and rumors that the Italian fascist empire would sooner than later strike the British realm and Sudan, especially as it sits between ItalyÂ’s ambitions of connecting its Italian East Africa possessions and Italian Libya. With Kassala being the closest city to the Italian border, many of the cityÂ’s residents had legitimately believed that the few liberties they had enjoyed under the British crown would become threatened by the fascist and prejudiced elements of the Axis Forces.

By the end of the conscription campaign, the SDF had gone from having 5,000 personnel to having over 20,000 personnel ready for basic combat training at the many military camps set up across the country. The colonial authorities have been pleased with the successful conscription rate. However, many in Khartoum are seeking to have 60,000 personnel ready by the end of July this year.

To help the conscription campaign, The Confluence and other Nationalist groups, as well as the Imperial offices in Khartoum, have commissioned a series of posters using representation of the dark-skinned people of Sudan in order to inspire and encourage Sudanese young men to sign up for the war effort and for the protection of the Sudanese homeland.

The SDF has also announced that it will soon be updating its equipment as it awaits shipments of guns, artillery, transport vehicles, and other weapons from allied nations and fellow brotherly colonies in arms in order to help the defense of Sudan.

Rhodesia, having stockpiled and actively producing a large variety of modern equipment but lacking larger amounts of manpower needed to man them (due to labor and conscription laws, white Rhodesians remain the largest manpower pool for the Armed forces) swiftly reported its excess to the fellow Colonial Powers in both Africa and overseas. This was done in the hope that they might equip themselves with Rhodesian made arms and thus bolster the numbers available to the Empire as a whole. Sudan having already been close to Rhodesia prior to the breakout of hostilities (Rhodesian training operations within Sudan, along with small scale arms shipments) was one of the first to receive shipment of said articles :

- 40,000 Units of 1908 Pattern Webbing

- 40,000 Units of Pattern 1907 bayonets

- 40,000 Units of Mark I (1917 Pattern, 1936 Refurbish) Steel Helmets

- 800 Small box respirator (1917 Pattern Gas Masks)

- 42,000 SMLE Mk III (1912 & 1916 Patterns)

- 800 Vickers machine guns (1918 Pattern)

- 120 QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- 42 Ordnance SBML two-inch mortar

- 12 QF 3.7-inch AA gun

- 102 Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- 12 Cruiser Mk III Tanks

- 24 Carro Veloce L3/35 R 45 Tank-Destroyers (armed with 45mm M1937, built in Rhodesia with interchangeable parts with Italian base-model)

- 64 45 mm anti-tank gun M1932

- 24 PZL P.24A Fighters (Rhodesian made-stock)

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Philanialle, Nileia, New Provenance

May,1940

______________________________________________

ILLITERACY WITHIN THE MILITARY

______________________________________________

With the transition towards a more guerilla specialise military force to counterweight the much more powerful military neighbours came with a major issue only now rising to the surface.A high majority estimated to be around 87% to 90% of the military are illiterate which became a problem as with the transition,a emphasis on communication between each branch of the military being put out with the navy being effectively used as a way to know if a possible overseas attack is approaching and to alarm the army and the other branches of the army that there will be enemies arriving on the shoreline.

To counter this problem it was decided that for both new and old recruits will be put into daily classes which will last for 1 hour and 30 minutes,to teach them how to read and write with the navy being given a new protocol to have a letter written and one ship return back to land to deliver the letter to a member of the army or a member of high ranking within the army to alarm them on possible overseas attackers.

______________________________________________

IN MALAY

______________________________________________

Dengan peralihan ke arah pasukan tentera yang lebih khusus gerila untuk mengimbangi jiran tentera yang lebih berkuasa datang dengan isu utama yang kini timbul ke permukaan. Majoriti tinggi dianggarkan sekitar 87% hingga 90% daripada tentera adalah buta huruf yang menjadi masalah seperti peralihan, penekanan pada komunikasi antara setiap cabang tentera dihentikan dengan tentera laut digunakan secara berkesan sebagai cara untuk mengetahui sama ada kemungkinan serangan di luar negara semakin hampir dan untuk mencemaskan tentera dan cabang tentera lain yang akan ada musuh yang tiba di pinggir pantai.

Untuk mengatasi masalah ini, diputuskan bahawa untuk kedua-dua rekrut baru dan lama akan dimasukkan ke dalam kelas harian yang akan berlangsung selama 1 jam 30 minit, untuk mengajar mereka membaca dan menulis dengan tentera laut diberi protokol baru untuk mempunyai surat. bertulis dan satu kapal kembali ke darat untuk menyampaikan surat itu kepada anggota tentera atau anggota berpangkat tinggi dalam tentera untuk mencemaskan mereka mengenai kemungkinan penyerang luar negara.

______________________________________________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Philanialle, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, New Provenance

[list]1940년 06월 | 1940 June

[list]

[sup]Hanseong | 한성[/sup]

Empire of Greater Korea[list]

[sup]Korea Prepares For War[/sup][/list]

| [sub]As Europe is engulfed in flames by the march of the German War Machine with the occupation of western Poland; Czechoslovakia; The Netherlands; and Belgium and the onwards march into France. The Japanese Occupation Government who works with Emperor Geon has begun preparations to move KoreaÂ’s forces (which is largely made up by the Imperial Japanese Army) into a state of readiness. The threat of war looms over the Asian theatre; the war in China was seen as only the begin as rumours swirled about the Dutch East Indies after the collapse of the Kingdom of the Netherlands in Europe.[/sub] |

| [sub]For Korea and its Japanese influenced Government there is no current expectation that Korea will become involved in the war directly, however the possibility has caused rifts within society and the Imperial Family. Many Koreans fiercely hold onto their identity in private and feel agitated at the thought of fighting a war for the Japanese and their expansionism. Behind the private walls of Gyeonghuigung Palace, where Crown Prince Yi U resides with his family, there was extreme dissatisfaction with the news, although this was not conveyed to others outside of the Palace.[/sub] |

| [sub]For Yi U the concept of fighting on behalf of the Japanese against neutral forces was a betrayal of KoreaÂ’s national values, his dissatisfaction was apparent. Although serving in the Japanese Imperial Army himself, not that he had much choice, it had allowed him insight into the ways and motives of Japan's military government. Expansion. Why should Japan not be allowed a large Empire? He understood their desire given Europe's conquests; but the age of Empire's was eroding while Japan was trying to fill in the cracks so it could grab it's final chance.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Crown Prince U: “Preparation for war. Decoded as Japan seeks new territory as the world is distracted by Heilder’s advance. Fighting their immoral wars so their own people don’t suffer as many loses. I can’t stand this arrangement.”[/sub]

[sub]Lady Park Chan-ju: “Neither can the people; his highness, your father, is making preparations for Japan’s eventual fall, for now we must wait. A painful wait.”[/sub]

[sub]Crown Prince U: “What if Japan doesn’t fall; the world is under the thumb of Heilder, and the American’s do nothing but watch the world burn. We cannot take on the Imperial State as a rag-tag group of hopeful nobles. Look how China crumbled. Three-thousand years crushed under the marching boots of the Japanese. What hope do we have?”[/sub]

[sub]Lady Park Chan-ju: “The people. The people that hold onto their heritage; the people that shun your brother; no matter how long we wait, even if we are long gone and dead. Korea will live on forever. In the hearts and minds of the people that cherish it dear.”[/sub][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, New Provenance, Maziya

[list][sup]

(Kuomintang) Republic of China / (國民黨)中華民國

[/sup]

CONFLICTING VIEWS OF JAPANÂ’s WAR IN CHINA

日 本 對 華 戰 爭 的 矛 盾 觀 點

[sub]May of 1940 | 1940 年 5 月 一 Spring

[/sub]

[list]

[sub]

Resistance and Collaboration | 合作與抵抗:[/sub]

[sub]With pride in China's prowess, Chiang's press office announced last week that 97 Japanese officers and 1,800 soldiers were killed in fierce battles in Henan province as Chinese forces raided Kaifeng, the first provincial capital retaken by Japan since the outbreak of the war. A few hours later, a Japanese military statement said that Chinese forces had entered the Kaifeng area at 5 a.m. but withdrew at 2 p.m. According to Japanese estimates, 150 Chinese were killed and 5 Japanese were killed, including a Japanese major. Unfortunately, the next day, Chiang Kai-shek's spokesman admitted that the Chinese were withdrawing from “the first occupied castle”.[/sub]

[sub]On May Day, 150,000 Japanese troops initiated the primary pressure campaign of spring 1940 in opposition to Chinese forces at the plateau in northern Hupeh and southern Honan close to Hankow, sometimes referred to as the bomb-gutted “Chicago of China”. The object of the campaign became to achieve victory of an astounding degree sufficient enough to justify a lasting and respectable reputation via means of the Imperial Japanese Government in their Chinese collaborator at Nanking, multiple-turncoat Wang Jingwei. Neither the victory nor the popularity occurred in line with schedule, however. Soon the broadcasting stations of Free China began playing jubilant descriptions of the methods in which the Japanese spring pressure campaign had become routed, claiming 50,000 Japanese soldiers had been killed. Japanese Special Ambassador General Nobuyuki Abe, who arrived to advise the Wang regime and negotiate Japanese rights in northern China, endured to loaf around doing nothing. [/sub]

[sub]The Japanese military's rescue statement stated that as a result of the spring offensive, “ten Chinese divisions were destroyed,” however, as the Chinese and Japanese statements were confused this week, it became clear that on the occasions that Japanese forces had attacked in bulk, the Chinese had cleverly dispersed and immediately regrouped to harass the Japanese flanks. In one particular case, the Chinese army announced that it had captured 52 Japanese artillery units, 54 tanks, and 100 trucks. However, the Tokyo press continued to increase Japanese respect for Wang's collaborationist government. Unlike most other countries, it is apparent that Japan possesses a strong preference for drunken politicians. Several Japanese prime ministers were even noted for their “naughty” activities. Thus, in the eyes of the Japanese, when the Tokyo Hochi Shimbun (News) cited Yakichiro Suma, director of the Japanese Foreign Ministry's Intelligence Service, several decades ago about a personal acquaintance with Wang Jingwei, there was a large acceptance of Wang's collaborationist government.[/sub]

[sub]》 BEIJING, People's Republic of China 一 “Even at that time, I could feel the patriotism of Mr. Wang and his zeal to build a new China,” said Suma. “Even if you don't get him he's pretty drunk. It seems that in the summer of 1931, when he established the central government in Guangdong against Chiang Kai-shek, I gave him a can of Akita from my hometown and drank with him one night at his house in Dongshan [Canton Suburbs]. Instead of warming up from small cups like we do, he drank cold sake from a large glass and swallowed it with a large gulp. But he showed little sign of drunkenness. I believe he is more acceptable as a gentleman than anyone in the entire Kuomintang [Chinese government]. Remember his partiality. I think I'll send him a big keg. The only downside is that he has to take better care of his health. He has diabetes and alcohol is prohibited. If his wife or his secretary grabs the keg, he loses the game.”

[/sub]

[sub]

[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Osivoii, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, New Provenance, Maziya, Nileya

[list]JUNE 1940

[sub]THE MAGINOT LINE — FRANCO-GERMAN BORDER, Metropolitan Francais[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub]DIE INVASION IN FRANKREICH, ZWEITER TEIL[/sub]

[pre]THE INVASION OF FRANCE, PART TWO[/pre][/list][/list]

| With the encirclement of the substantial portion of the Allied Forces on the European Continent in the North of France and in Belgium, German motorized infantry and armored Panzer divisions which arrived after the brunt of the invasion had successfully broken through the Allied lines and sent the enemy into frenzied and disorganized retreats began the push westward towards Paris. Rommel and his Panzer divisions held the "Steel Corridor" that ran from the Ardennes, turning north in a maneuver that resembled a sickle all the way to the English Channel. While Rommel and the German armies held the Allied Forces in the north of France around Dunkirk and in Belgium, Gert von Rundstedt commanded the German armies that pushed southwards into the rest of France. Some of the best Allied units in the north had seen little fighting, and despite having a numerically (but not technologically) superior armored force, the French failed to use it properly to mount a counterattack against the German military. As a result, German armored units were able to push further southward, with Paris set to fall within weeks. Allied forces attempted to break out from the encircled areas in northern France, around Arras and Dunkirk, but failed even after achieving surprise initial success. |

| By the end of May, the best and most modern Allied armies had been sent north and lost in the resulting encirclement. The French lost many heavy weaponry and their best armored formations. In total, the enemy lost an estimated 61 divisions in Fall Gelb, forcing the French to face the prospect of defending a long front from Sedan to the Channel with a severely weakened French Army now lacking significant Allied support. To add to their stresses, on 5 June the Germans launched the second phase of their invasion of France, Fall Rot. The second offensive launched on the Somme and Aisne. During the next three weeks, the Wehrmacht suffered strong resistance from a rejuvenated French Army, after they expected a swift and easy advance. The French armies had fallen back on their lines of supply and communications and thus were know closer to repair shops, supply dumps, stores and sources of supply. The successful Dunkirk evacuation of over 112,000 French soldiers as well as the British Expeditionary Forces (BEF) served as a significant motivation for the Allies. Losses were recovered and replaced, and morale rose. French attempts to defend Paris from the German breakthrough forces succeeded, and the German offensive on Paris. The German Heer (Army) relied on the Luftwaffe to silence French artillery in order to allow for the German forces on the ground to advance forward, slowly but surely. The French Air Force attempted to halt advances and crossings after three days but failed. On 10 June, Paris became an open city and the German 18th Army was deployed against Paris. Attempts to resist the approaches on the capital but failed when their lines broke in several places. The city of Paris, capital of France, fell on the 14th of June, 1940. |

| The following telegram was transmitted back from the commander of Army Group A from Paris, on 15 June 1940. It was received by the State Chancellery later that evening. |

[list][list][pre]DANZIG MAIN OBJECTIVE SECURED. PARIS UNDER GERMAN SPHERE. FALL GELB SUCCESS. FALL ROT IN PROCESS, INITIAL SUCCESS.[/pre][/list][/list]

| At the same time as the execution of Fall Rot, phase two of the German Invasion of France and the French Military Campaign, Army Group C to the east was to help Army Group A encircle and decisively capture or defeat the French Forces on the Maginot Line. The goal was to encircle and destroy the French forces in the Metz region with its fortifications to prevent a French counteroffensive from Alsace-Lorraine against the German forces on the Somme. Heinz Guderian's XIX Corps advanced southward to the French border with Switzerland to trap the French in the Vosges Mountains. At the same time, the XVI Corps would attack the Maginot Line from the west, advancing into its vulnerable rear to take the cities of Verdun, Toul and Metz. On 15 June, the day after the fall of Paris, Operation Tiger was launched, a frontal assault across the Rhine and into France. Attempts to break the Maginot prior to this had failed, but now it succeeded as at the time of the attack, French forces had been preparing to withdraw. While the Germany had reinforcements composed primarily of First World War vintage artillery that could not pierce the heavily armored fortresses along the Maginot Line, it was numerically superior compared to the French, whose forces along the line were already skeletal. |

| At first, the battle was difficult and little progress was made against the French, who despite all odds were still strongly resisting. Nonetheless, each fortress was overcome one by one. Operation Kleiner Bar was also launched, wherein five assault division of Armeekorps VII crossed the Rhine into the Colmar area to advance to the Vosages Mountains. They were equipped with heavy artillery and mortars numbering over 400 units. On 17 June, Guderian's XIX Corps reached the Swiss border and the Maginot Line and its troops were cut off from the rest of France. Most units surrendered on 25 June, with the German commanders subsequently claiming they had taken over half a million prisoners. While some fortresses continued fighting despite appeals for surrender, the last finally surrendered on 10 July under protest. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Osivoii, Pontianus, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Islahh, Maziya, Nileya, Austria Dpr

[list][list]APRIL 1940

[sub]Falling Upwards[/sub][/list]

[pre] C H A M B E R L A I N - M U S T - G O [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre]

King George VI —

From Canada to the Indian Raj,

from Australia to Nigeria, from

the Caribbean to East Africa —

H.R.H. reigns united an Empire &

Commonwealth, Allied War Effort.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

HOUSE OF COMMONS, THE PARLIAMENT — MORNING

[sub]LONDON, Great Britain Gb[/sub]

[list][list][sub]🄻🄾🄽🄳🄾🄽 🄳🄰🄸🄻🅈 🄼🄰🄸🄻[/sub]

𝗚𝗘𝗥𝗠𝗔𝗡𝗦 𝗘𝗠𝗕𝗔𝗥𝗞 𝗢𝗡 𝗡𝗢𝗥𝗪𝗘𝗚𝗜𝗔𝗡 𝗖𝗔𝗠𝗣𝗔𝗜𝗚𝗡;

𝗪𝗔𝗚𝗘𝗗 𝗔𝗚𝗔𝗜𝗡𝗦𝗧 𝗪𝗔𝗥 𝗖𝗔𝗕𝗜𝗡𝗘𝗧 𝗜𝗡,

𝗛𝗢𝗨𝗦𝗘 𝗢𝗙 𝗖𝗢𝗠𝗠𝗢𝗡𝗦! 𝗣𝗥𝗜𝗠𝗘 𝗠𝗜𝗡𝗜𝗦𝗧𝗘𝗥

𝗖𝗛𝗔𝗠𝗕𝗘𝗥𝗟𝗔𝗜𝗡 𝗨𝗡𝗗𝗘𝗥 𝗙𝗜𝗥𝗘.[/list][/list]

| Pale and nearly ancient, NEVILLE CHAMBERLAIN, Prime Minister, stood before the In-GovernmentÂ’s dispatch box. Frail but attentive, the PRIME MINISTER remained standing amid the onslaught of jeering that verbrated across the chamber . . . The overbearing weight of the fall of Norway passed through official War Office blackouts. That Berlin had been able to santch up yet another neutral state from under British naval guns, as the phony war drew to its enduring wake . . . ELLEN WILKINSON, M.P. and Labourite stood. |

[list]| EDWARD FITZROY, [sub]Right Honourable Speaker[/sub] | “The Right Honourable from Jarrow.”

| ELLEN WILKINSON, [sub]Labourite M.P.[/sub] | “Thank you, Mr. Speaker — Prime Minister, millions of Britons seek to know, nay, demand — how the Volk Staat could grip Norway with a mere few thousand or so men and three brass bands!”[/list]

| The JEERING and SHOUTING supported WILKINSON, one of the few women serving in the House of Commons and Chairman of the Labour Party. The PRIME MINISTER attempted to invoke the War Office blackout order to avoid discussion, but did not convince. Sir ARCHIBALD SINCLAIR, leader of the Liberal Party, M.P. and a Scottish landowner, among the pro-Churchillian crowd. |

[list]| SIR ARCHIBALD SINCLAIR, [sub]Liberal M.P.[/sub] | “I hope, I HOPE — demands for a grand inquest are heard. That it is not too late for meak and laize counsels to sit once and for all. I marvel at the FALSE PROPHETS telling us, declaring to us that the Germans are missing their schedule . . . . That we have TURNED a corner? — And now, apparently — We’re ten TIMES ready, prepared and confident than this country was six months ago, just as the Prime Minister’s prophecy that his Munich, and his alone meant ‘Peace in our time’!”[/list]

| SIR SINCLAIR, who despite being Liberal leader, stood well with the Tories, got resounding support too. The PRIME MINISTER could no longer use the so-called War Office “necessity of secrecy”. |

[list]| NEVILLE CHAMBERLAIN, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “I have, my Right Honourable friends, my friends — an interim report to assure our United Kingdom . . . Although we have been aware, for many months at the time, of German troop and transport accumulations upon and within Baltic ports, we were, in coordination with our Allied front, unprerpared for the German thrust northward.”[/list]

| SHOUTING, BOOING and JEERING interrupted for a moment. |

[list]| EDWARD FITZROY, [sub]Right Honourable Speaker[/sub] | “ORDAH! ORDAH! . . . The Prime Minister.”

| NEVILLE CHAMBERLAIN, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “The mining of waters coastal to Norway occurred purely by curious chance with the coup witnessed in Oslo . . . The Norwegian-Danish invasion that began on the 8th, must be put into context with the 14th arrival of the first of British naval forces on the 14th at Namos . . . and the first of our forces did not arrive Åndalsnes until the 17th . . . The Royal Navy had been unable, UNABLE, to succeed in an interruption of steady German reinforcements across the Skagerrak, and for that, the German air power prevented our efforts to land tanks and artillery in Southern Norway, nevertheless, forces in question had been able to achieve a successful retirement.”[/list]

| The information presented before the House of Commons was beyond cold comfort, they were solidified, mortified. |

[list]| NEVILLE CHAMBERLAIN, [sub]The Prime Minister[/sub] | “The Northwestern Expeditionary Force had to withdraw from both Namsos and Åndalsnes, although only before the face of overwhelming difficulties. The capture of the Trondheim town had been not possible . . . NEVERTHELESS, I am SATISFIED that when discussing the BALANCE of the advantage where it lies presently, is with the ALLIED forces . . . However it should come as no shock, none at all — that German designs have no moral hindrance to the invasion of Holland and Belgium. Their hordes will be hurled against their innocent neighbors. Britons should stand ready, for any attempt to invade the western portion of our United Kingdom.”[/list]

| Without question, the pointless reassurance that the “balance” was on the allies side, yet the gloomy prediction that the Low Countries were next did not sit well with the views of the House of Commons. The desire to turn the Norweigan withdrawal into some kind of victory, was laughable at best — Falling Upwards. |

[list][list][sub][pre]THE BRITISH CAN TAKE IT.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

| Falling Upwards, the belief that Norwegian “requirement” of British forces was somehow a good thing swayed not a single Briton. The British PUBLIC at-large was however divided into two camps; the “Chamberlain must go” and the “Chamberlin must DO SOMETHING.” |

LABOUR PARTY REGIONAL CONFERENCE — MORNING

[sub]SOUTHAMPTON, Great Britain Gb[/sub]

| Leader of the London County Council and Spokesman of the “CHAMBERLIN-MUST-GO” camp, HERBERT MORRISON, Labourite M.P. had three on his list as he spoke before the Labour Party Regional Conference in Southhampton. His list however was certain. |

[list]| HERBERT MORRISON, [sub]Labourite M.P.[/sub] | “Three men, THREE in total that ought to be on their way. The Prime Minister, Sir John Simon and Sir Samuel Hoare. Those last two of course, are the Exchequer Chancellor and the Air Secretary. I have my suspicions, that THESE men are the primary reason for the relative WEAKNESS of our war effort. The best way they’ve ought to serve the country is to step down by way of resignation . . . The EFFORTS of Lord Stanhope, to turn Norway’s withdrawal into a “Falling Upwards” situation, a victory of sorts? — Is the type of IRRESPONSIBILITY based on the believe the “British can’t take it”, someone've ought to tell his lordship that we CAN in fact take it, even if His Lordship merely cannot.”[/list]

[sub][pre]Faulty, feeble and foolish. All the foresight and striking power in diplomacy and in strategy are on the side of the Germans; — All the blunders, the ineptitude, the slackness on the part of the Allies." [/pre]

—DAVID LLOYD GEORGE, Prime Minister

during the Great War/ tenure ‘1916 to ‘1922[/sub]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Osivoii, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya, Finlandee

[list][pre]01 June 1940 | World War Two (Great Liberation War)[/pre]

[pre]0800 HRS | WAR PLAN GREEN - KASSALA, SUDAN;[/pre][/list]

[sub]The order to initiate pre-war mobilization came on the 16th of April, 1940 — just over a month ago. Since that time, the South African Intelligence services initiated counter-intelligence operations to confuse their foreign counterparts from Belgium to Germany, Italy, and even the Allies to an extent. The greatest concern being that the full breadth of the Commonwealth in Africa’s plan would fall into the wrong hands when traveling back to war-torn Europe. From Pretoria, a covert effort was under taken to bring the phony war to a head upon Poland’s fall. But, with the invasion of Denmark and Norway, followed by the Low Countries and France, the worst fears of South African officials were confirmed. That the 7 months which passed were enough time for the Volks to direct their war machine towards the western powers. Thus, once their operation commenced a communique was issued to each of the Commonwealth Governments involved, to begin ‘Operation Draco’, otherwise known as War Plan Green against the Italian Empire (Adriatican Islands/Sudesam).[/sub]

[sub]Thus, on the 1st of June an ultimatum would be hand delivered to Italian Officials in East Africa on behalf of South Africa and Sudan, demanding their immediate surrender, at the same time that a similar document would be delivered to officials in Libya on behalf of the Commonwealth in Africa by Egypt. With such documents delivered, South African forces would take up their mobilized positions and await an answer.[/sub]

[list][pre]❈ 1ST SOUTH AFRICAN DIVISION — SOUTHEAST OF KASSALA, [15.22262° N, 36.48399° E];[/pre]

[spoiler=Composition][list][pre]⍂ I. Cape Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ II. Cape Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ III. Cape Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ IV. Â’Port ElizabethÂ’ Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍄ I. Maritz Fusiliers Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,360 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Bofors 40mm L/60 AA Guns (Towed)[/list]

[pre]⍄ I. Cape Field Artillery Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,480 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Ordnance QF 2-pounder AT Guns (Towed)

- 8 [I]BL 60-pounder Heavy Gun (Towed)[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]The over 18,000 men of the 1st Division would gather after their trek by rail and road at the Eritrean Border in Italian East Africa. There, the individual regiments prepared to mount a motorized advance into the coastal territory in support of the Sudanese Defense Force. From Kassala, the Division would strike in a pincer action towards the coast to capture the strategic port of Massawa. Air support would be provided by 10 Hawker Hurricane Fighters, and 10 Bristol Blenheim light bombers from local airfields.[/sub]

[pre]❈ 2ND SOUTH AFRICAN DIVISION — SOUTH OF GEDAREF, [BASHUNDAH — 12.96832° N, 36.14182° E];[/pre]

[spoiler=Composition][list]

[pre]⍂ V. Cape Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ Cape Guards Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ VII. Transvaal Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂VIII. Transvaal Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍄ II. Durban Fusiliers Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,360 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Bofors 40mm L/60 AA Guns (Towed)[/list]

[pre]⍄ II. Vrystaatse Field Artillery Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,480 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Ordnance QF 2-pounder AT Guns (Towed)

- 8 [I]BL 60-pounder Heavy Gun (Towed)[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]Gathering in the brush beneath the Ethiopian Highlands, the 2nd Division prepared for a dismounted advance towards Gondar and Bahir Dar. This force would be supported by 10 Hawker Hinds, providing close air support.[/sub]

[pre]❈ 3RD SOUTH AFRICAN DIVISION — SOUTH OF AD-DAMAZIN, SUDAN [KURMUK – 10.58500° N, 34.26524° E];[/pre]

[spoiler=Composition][list]

[pre]⍂ IX. Transvaal Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ X. Transvaal Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ XII. Transvaal Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ Pretoria Guards Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍄ III. Durban Fusiliers Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,360 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Bofors 40mm L/60 AA Guns (Towed)[/list]

[pre]⍄ III. Natal Field Artillery Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,480 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Ordnance QF 2-pounder AT Guns (Towed)

- 8 [I]BL 60-pounder Heavy Gun (Towed)[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]South of Ad-Damazin, the 3rd Division gathered for a mixed motorized and dismounted push into Abyssinia along the highland road towards the cities of Ghimbi and Nekemet. Troops here are to be supported by 15 Hawker Hurricanes, and 10 Bristol Blenheim bombers for close air support and enemy supply line raiding.[/sub]

[pre]❈ KINGÂ’s SOUTH AFRICAN DIVISION — SOUTH OF PORT SUDAN, SUDAN [SUAKIN – 19.10753° N, 37.31265° E];[/pre]

[spoiler=Composition][list]

[pre]⍂ XIV. SA Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ XV. SA Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ XVI. SA Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ XVII. SA Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍄ IV. Newcastle Fusiliers Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,360 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Bofors 40mm L/60 AA Guns (Towed)[/list]

[pre]⍄ IV. Transvaal Field Artillery Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,480 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Ordnance QF 2-pounder AT Guns (Towed)

- 8 [I]BL 60-pounder Heavy Gun (Towed)[/list]

[pre]⌻ Royal South African Armored Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 2,548 Soldiers (6 Rifle and 2 Heavy Weapons Companies + Crews)

- 82 [I]Matilda II Infantry Tanks

- 41 [I]Cruiser Mk IV Tanks

- 12 [I]Universal Mortar Carriers

[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]Acting as a counter to any counter offensive mounted by the Italians, this force would be on stand by after the assault begins to provide break-through support as needed to troops along the Red Sea Coast. Here, a detachment of heavy bombers (8 Handley Page H.P.54 Harrows) and 6 Hawker Hurricane Fighters.[/sub]

[pre]❈ SOUTH AFRICAN EXPEDITIONARY FORCE — NORTH OF PORTUGUESE MOZAMBIQUE , [EXACT POSITION CLASSIFIED];[/pre]

[spoiler=Composition][list]

[pre]⍂ XVII. SA Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ XVIII. Windhoek Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍄ IV. Kokstad Fusiliers Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,360 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Bofors 40mm L/60 AA Guns (Towed)[/list]

[pre]⌻ II. SA Cavalry Guards Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 2,548 Soldiers (6 Rifle and 2 Heavy Weapons Companies + Crews)

- 82 [I]Matilda II Infantry Tanks

- 41 [I]Cruiser Mk IV Tanks

- 12 [I]Universal Mortar Carriers

[/list]

_________________________________________

[pre]⍚ 3rd Cruiser Squadron[/pre]

[list]- 2 Province–class Heavy Cruisers (HMSAS Cape, HMSAS Transvaal)

- 1 [I]Dido–class Light Cruisers (HMSAS Kamappa)[/list]

[pre]⍚ 4th Cruiser Squadron[/pre]

[list]-3 Town–class Heavy Cruisers (HMSAS Ulundi, HMSAS Brandfort, HMSAS Richmond)[/list]

[pre]⍜ Destroyer Force A[/pre]

[list]- 4 Tribal–class Destroyers[/list]

[pre]⍜ Destroyer Force B[/pre]

[list]- 4 I–class Destroyers[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]After taking up position in the neutral waters of Mozambique, the South Africa Expeditionary Force would put to sea en route to Italian Somaliland. Ahead of the main force of 6 troop ships, under escort of Destroyer Force B, the main fleet comprised of the 3rd and 4th Cruiser Squadrons would follow the scouting Destroyer Force A. Their target, 3 small towns along the coast where which a beachhead is to be established for the further deployment of South African ground and air forces into Somalia. To the extent possible, these forces would be escorted by maritime patrol aircraft of the Fw Condor type to spot potential enemy fleets, and conduct anti-submarine search and destroy operations. This force would arrive off the Somali coast shortly after the Ultimatum time ended.[/sub]

[list][list][spoiler=OOC Disclaimer]This post is to serve as formal notification of our intent to declare war upon Italy (and Abyssinia) with the goal of ‘Liberating’ those territories. This operation is a joint exercise between South Africa, Egypt and Sudan. This is an alternate history event.[/spoiler][/list][/list]

____________

[pre] [/pre][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[list]JUNE 1ST 1940

[sub]The Defence of Egypt — Farouk’s Army Mobilises [/sub][/list]

[pre] W A R P L A N G R E E N [/pre]

REAF EL-MANDARA, ALEXANDRIA — DAYBREAK

[sub]ALEXANDRIA GOVERNATE, Kotakuan Ii[/sub]

[list][list][sub] https://youtu.be/lY8uTaUM8Bg[/sub][/list][/list]

| El-Mandara had previously served as a constricted civilian and chiefly REAF base. The Department of Transport had further largely confined the constrained civilian travel that was previously permitted, amid growing concern in Cairo as well as among Farouk's higher echelons about the sense of an impending military confrontation with Italy. |

| Sudanese-born General MOHAMAD NAGUIB, who had been appointed as Chief of Air Staff (CAS) of the Royal Egyptian Air Force last year, 1939, has arrived by flight from Cairo. He had been previously posted to the Turkish Civil War, where 8000 Egyptian soldiers found themselves engaged. These 8000 men were to be slowly and gradually reduced in order to be reintegrated into the larger Egyptian force that was to be deployed several miles from the Libyan border. Naguib remained emotionless and quiet, a classified document code named “War Plan Green” from His Majesty King Farouk I residing in his right hand as he made his way to the inner office from Hangar 2 |

[list]| FAROUK [sub]King of Egypt and the Sudan[/sub] | "I’ve never trusted those devilish Italians, even before the days of Hussein. They are an opportunistic bunch, we must be prepared at once to protect our homeland.”[/list]

[list]| MOHAMMAD NAGUIB [sub]Egyptian General and Chief of Air Staff[/sub] | "Your Majesty, whilst we must be prepared we mustn’t be too hasty and heavy handed. This war has been largely confined to the European continent so far. The logistical lines within North Africa are inefficient for Italy to operate a large scale operation, and Italy will be focused on their European ambitions . . .”[/list]

[list]| FAROUK [sub]King of Egypt and the Sudan[/sub] | "Whilst you are right, General, we mustn’t let our guard down. We do not want to be in the position of Ethiopia, or Libya . . . being under Italian occupation is a fate far worse than mobilisation. Their focus on their European ambitions is precisely why we should strike now, with the element of surprise we can liberate Libya. In fact, I have had communication with Prime Minister Jan Smuts of the Dominion of South Africa for a joint operation in North and East Africa to rid the continent of their fascist filth. I wish for a report on our current divisions, regiments and battalions in the Matrouh Governate, and the transference of the 1st Armoured Division stationed in Alexandria to El-Salloum at once to prepare for an offensive”[/list]

[list]| MOHAMMAD NAGUIB [sub]Egyptian General and Chief of Air Staff[/sub] | "As you wish your majesty, I shall have the report provided to you by the end of the week. . . where we can then proceed to mobilise in El-Salloum for an offensive against Italy ”[/list]

[list]| FAROUK [sub]King of Egypt and the Sudan[/sub] | "Our first point of attack should be the . . .”[/list]

MATROUH GOVERNATE

[sub]ROYAL SUMMARY of the REPORT on

HIS MAJESTYÂ’s STANDING ARMY AND RESERVE FORCES[/sub]

[pre]His MajestyÂ’s standing army in the Matrouh Governate stands as follows, comprised of the following areas of El Salloum, Marsa Matruh, El Nagalia and Sidi Bareani proceeds of the following Regular Troops AND Reserve Army Units in the District;[/pre]

[list][pre]░▒ 2nd Armoured Division

░▒ 1st Bn. The Alexandria Regiment

░▒ 2nd Bn. The El Alamein Regiment

░▒ 2nd Bn. The Royal Cairo Regiment

░▒ 3rd (El-Salloum) Royal Artillery Regiment

░▒ 7th (Marsa Matrouh) Armoured Regiment

░▒ 8th (El-Salloum) Armoured Regiment

[/pre][/list]

[pre]His MajestyÂ’s Government commands by the Royal War Office and in coordination with the Royal Egyptian Armed Forces in the mobilisation of the following;[/pre]

[list][pre]░▒ 1st and 2nd Armoured Divisions

░▒ 12 x Armoured Regiments

░▒ 16 x Infantry Regiments in coordination w/ the REAF

░▒ 25 x T-26 Light Infantry Tank

░▒ 25 x Char D1 Light Tanks

░▒ 25 x FIAT 611B Armoured Car

░▒ 20 x FIAT 3000 (37mm Variant)

░▒ 10x Carro Veloce L3/35 R (45mm Variant)

░▒ 20x GLT-30 Type B Katastroféas Dexamenón (Desert Modification)

░▒ 10 x Vickers Mark E

to deploy and forty the Matrouh Governate with outposts in El-Salloum for an offensive into Libya. [/pre][/list]

[pre]His Majesty also declares the mobilisation of the Royal Egyptian Air Force, and Royal Egyptian Navy, coinciding with the mobilisation of the Royal Egyptian Army [/pre]

[pre]The Kingdom of Egypt has also began to supply small arms to Sudan, including rifles, submachine guns and pistols. Whilst it is expected for South Africa to supply more heavy weaponry to Sudan. [/pre]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Pontianus, Cascadla, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[list]THE KINGDOM OF ARABIA - AL-MAMLAKAH AL-ARABIYAH

[sub]"Allah, Al-Malik, Al-Watan"[/sub][/list]

All The King's Horses...

June, 1940

-

Amidst a historic mobilization and re-armament, Arabia condemns the Pact of Steel and vows support to Kotakuan Ii and the Praetoria Ultimatum.

______________

As Europe spiraled into total war, Arabia looked on with a tentative gaze. In the late 1930s, Germany seemed to be embarking on an ethno-nationalist crusade not unlike ArabiaÂ’s own. Paired with a shared interest in anti-communism, some in the Royal court viewed alliance with Italy and Germany as a proper course of action. Such feelings were tempered by ArabiaÂ’s ties to Britain and America and those countries' negative relations to the fascists. But given that the diplomatic conflicts in Europe were peripheral at most to Arabia, little pushback was given to King AbdulazizÂ’s decision to stay out of the war, even as Egypt itself declared war on the Pact of Steel. And then Poland fell. And the Netherlands. And Belgium. And now as panzerkorps swept across France and Allied armies crumbled, the strategic calculus changed drastically. Italy seemed poised to conquer North Africa, German forces could be in Syria by the end of the year, and if Egypt fell the Red Sea could be under fascist control.

This European conflict was no longer a distant spat to Riyadh, but an immediate existential threat. When it became clear France was to be lost, King Abdulaziz commanded his son and Foreign Minister, Prince Faisal, to make contact with London. It was only his second time going to London, since his first diplomatic trip at just thirteen years old. The first time he had resided for 5 months, courting British nobility and quickly learning English. There as just a boy he had virtually been on vacation if not for his royal duties. But now, 21 years later, his return was under much grimmer circumstances. Meeting with British diplomats he implored, in spite of BritainÂ’s own war with Germany, that they support a proposed rearmament program in lieu of ArabiaÂ’s quite possibly imminent involvement in the Second Great War. Receiving the green light from Britain, Faisal also met with representatives of several American companies whilst in London, where he secured further weapons arrangements.

With proper weapons secured, Faisal returned home with his nation secured. Now the Royal Arabian Army could move forward with a major armament and mobilized program. The plan had come to fruition in a rare show of unity between the Traditionalist and Reformer factions of the royal court. Prime Minister Saud and Deputy PM Azimi had come to an agreement that would unify the court behind the effort. The RAA would mobilize 25,000 reservists, bringing its active element to 80,000 men with funding to call up 50,000 more soldiers should the nation enter a state of war.

[spoiler=Weapons Acquired]

from Britain:

25x Cruiser Mk.IV tanks

50x Vickers 6-ton tanks

200x Bren Carriers

50x Hawker Hurricane fighters

16x Bristol Blenheim light bombers

70,000x Lee-Enfield rifles

from America:

40x M3 scout cars

10,000x M1919 machine guns

2,000x M2 Browning machine guns

100x M116 howitzers[/spoiler]

The creation of a modern and formal military establishment was a first for Arabia, just over a decade removed from the Ikhwan Rebellion. Even during the Yemeni-Arabian War of 1934, Abdulaziz had disbanded much of the standing army raised to fight the war, retaining just 50,000 lightly equipped soldiers. But now the Defense Minister, Prince Mansour, set about a rapid mobilization and organization of the RAA. Anticipating the force would remain for the foreseeable future, he ordered the establishment of 3 new training academies, one for officers, one for NCOs, and a separate air force academy. Quite similar to the sparse western deserts of Egypt, Arabian divisions began extensive training and exercises to prepare for possible combat. Additionally, Arabia had acquired five Castle-class corvettes from Britain. Still technically under the aegis of the RAA, the nascent Arabian navy was dubbed the ‘Red Sea Squadron’ and deployed to Jeddah for its crews to be trained and prepared for operations. It was expected the ships would provide logistical support and security for the shifting of Arabian forces to the Egyptian theater or the Mediterranean.

It was then news broke of a massive shift in the African Theater. With Egypt joining South Africa and Sudan in issuing an ultimatum to Italian possessions in East Africa and Libya, conflict was all but assured. In a formal diplomatic communique to Berlin and Rome, the Foreign Ministry condemned the German campaigns of 1940, ItalyÂ’s annexation of Albania, and called on Italy to conform to the African ultimatum. It was additionally stated that the Kingdom of Arabia would act militarily to defend Egypt, should it come under any sort of attack from Italy or Germany.

________________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh

[list][pre]June, 1940 |Port Sudan, Red Sea, The British Imperial Crown Colony Of The Sudan[/pre]

SUDAN MOBILIZES ON THE ITALIAN BORDER[/list]

A month has passed since the Sudanese conscription campaign went into overhaul.

1,500 personnel of the SDFÂ’s Red Sea 1st regiment stationed at the harbor in Port Sudan have been ordered to aid in the unloading of a recent shipment of weapons that had just arrived from Rhodesia by sea. Their orders are to unload the weaponry from the ship and load it onto two trains, one that is set to carry the weapons to a base south of Tokar, and the other west towards Kassala. From Port Sudan, an additional 10,000 will be transported by train to a base at Tokar.

In addition, a shipment of small arms from Egypt was due to arrive soon at Atbara in the Berber province of northern Sudan. With the city of Atbara seeing amongst the highest rates of conscription, it is on equal footing with Khartoum and Port Sudan. The SDF would have 15,000 personnel along with the weaponry received from Egypt shipped off down the Atbara river by road in a convoy of transport trucks, small and medium transport vehicles.

[list][list]SDF Unit Make Up:[/list][/list]

In total, 25,000 units have been put into mobilization. At Tokar, 10,000 from Port Sudan in the Red Sea, and then 15,000 mobilized to Kassala from up the river in Atbarah. Each unit would be armed with 1908 Pattern Webbing.

The SudanÂ’s Defense Force Units stationed at Kassala and at Tokar:

[list][pre]KASSALA PROVINCE

• 1st Shendi Battalion. Kassala (1,000)

- (100) Camel Mounted Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

-(7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

- (5) Cruiser Mk III Tanks

•2nd Shendi Battalion. Kassala (1,000)

- (15) Carro Veloce L3/35 R 45 Tank-Destroyers

•1st Berber Battalion. Kassala (1,000)

- (100) Mounted Camel Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (6) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (6) QF 3.7-inch AA gun

•2nd Berber Battalion. Kassala (1,000)

- (14) Ordnance SBML two-inch mortar

•3rd Berber Battalion. Kassala (1,000)

- (14) Ordnance SBML two-inch mortar

•1st Atbarah Brigade. Kassala (5,000)

- (500) Mounted Camel Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (20) 45 mm anti-tank gun M1932

- (30) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

•2nd Atbarah Brigade. Kassala (5,000)

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (20) 45 mm anti-tank gun M1932

- (30) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

RED SEA PROVINCE:

•1st Port Brigade. Tokar (5,000)

-(500) Mounted Camel Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (20) 45 mm anti-tank gun M1932

- (30) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

•1st Port Battalion. Tokar (1,000)

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (6) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

•2nd Port Battalion. Tokar (1,000)

- (5) Cruiser Mk III Tanks

•3rd Port Battalion. Tokar (1,000)

- (5) Carro Veloce L3/35 R 45 Tank-Destroyers

•4th Port Battalion. Tokar (1,000)

- (100) Mounted Camel Units

- (6) QF 3.7-inch AA gun

•5th Port Battalion. Tokar (1,000)

- (100) Mounted Camel Units

- (14) Ordnance SBML two-inch mortar[/pre][/list]

With mobilization plans set just kilometers from the border of Italian East Africa, additional plans are in the making as the colonial authorities and the SDF seek to station additional troops at Al Qadarif in Kassala Province. An additional presence is seen to be needed to join up with other colonial troops at Kurmuk, right on the border, as well as at the capital of the Funj Province, Ad-Damazin.

With troops mobilized on the Ethiopian border, the colonial government of Khartoum has joined the demands and calls of its fellow imperial brothers in declaring an ultimatum for the Italian colonies. Surrender. The threat of fascism and the Empires of hate on the African continent must and should come to an end, and the sons and daughter of Sudan are prepared to sacrifice for that cause, to sacrifice for victory to the homeland.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, New Provenance

[list][list]JULY 1940

TOKYO, JAPAN — EAST ASIA[/list]

[list][list]東京からのご要望は、フランス大使にお手渡されます。!

[pre]DEMANDS FROM TOKYO ARE HANDED OVER TO THE FRENCH AMBASSADOR![/pre][/list][/list]

| The unhappiest man in Tokyo was Mr. CHARLES ARSENE-HENRY, French Ambassador to Japan, who studied Japanese language and literature, and especially Japanese poetry, was taught by a Japanese minstrel, which makes Ambassador CHARLES ARSENE-HENRY perfectly qualified. The Ambassador was surrounded by nationalists. In addition to the total disasters that befell France, it also looked like something bad was coming in Asia — the end of Western Empires in the East. Ambassador Arsene-Henry was quite uneasy. The British and French, especially in East Asia, were far too polite, considerate and sophisticated to be able to see the world revolution unfold than to say how they are going to stop it. Ambassador Arsene-Henry’s troubles began when Paris asked for an armistice. The Imperial Japanese Army spokesman in Canton told the press: |

[list][list]インドシナが飛行機で中国に兵器を送ることを再検討することを拒否した場合、日本軍はインドチナと敵対的な距離を得ることになります。

[pre]“If Indochina refuses to reconsider sending armaments by planes to China, the Japanese Army will get involved to distance Indochina from hostility.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| Mr. Arsene-Henry totally rejected the fact that the armaments went from Indochina to China. Shortly after, the Foreign Office in Tokyo demanded the maintenance of the status quo of French territory — that is, that absolutely no one will be able to take it, except the Japanese Empire itself, excluding even the allies of Tokyo, Germany and Italy. At home, protests by nationalist extremists called on Japanese government officials to occupy the territory once and for all in order to “protect” and thus cut off foreign meddling and Chinese supplies. Former Foreign Minister NAOTAKA SATO took a trip to Berlin and Rome representing the Foreign Ministry to please Japan’s allies. From the Ministry of Foreign Affairs to the French Embassy in Tokyo, your demands are handed over to Ambassador Arsene-Henry. |

[list][list]i)日本の当局に、インドシナのガソリン、トラック、貨物列車のストックパイルの完全な在庫を提供します。

ii)日本の税関当局へのアクセスを許可し、在庫を頻繁に確認します。

iii)中国への国境を越えた輸送を管理する権限を、陸軍兵士に与えることができます。

[pre]i) Provide Japanese authorities with a complete inventory of gasoline, truck and freight train stockpiles in Indochina.

ii) Authorize access to Japanese customs authorities to check stocks frequently.

iii) Authorize Imperial Army soldiers to control transport across the border to China.[/pre][/list][/list]

| It was very difficult for the French ambassador, but on the advice of Bordeaux, who had been defeated by Herr Heidler, he submitted to the demands. But the Japanese were still not satisfied. It was centralized several military units by the Imperial Japanese Army, such as an aircraft carrier, on the island of Hainan, right in front of an Indochinese port located in Haiphong. The Imperial Army was reported moving troops down from the Yangtze area, with 100,000 men already stationed in Hainan. A ground blockade was made by the Army around British Hong Kong. The defense of Indochina, which was practically 50,000 native men, was almost without air support, probably would not last much longer without British support from Singapore. In the eyes of Japan’s militarists, the occupation of Indochina was an incredible prospect. It would make the disheartened civilians in Japan a little more cheerful and in the China campaign — cutting off Chiang Kai-shek’s war supply lines. When the U.S. fleet is transferred from the Pacific Ocean to the Atlantic Ocean, Tokyo will put into practice its plans to drive Westerners out of Asia once and for all. Successfully or not, Japan has already managed to have great dominions of respect in its hands. Japanese made Ambassador Arsene-Henry sign a document, the same one the British signed about a year ago — confirming Japanese rights in China, ensuring that nothing will stop the Japanese from maintaining peace and order. Peace and the New Order, once realized, will be the end of Western interests in Asia. French Ambassador Arsene-Henry sighed and signed the Japanese document. |

Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Pontianus, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Maziya

[list][list]JULY 1940

TOKYO, JAPAN — EAST ASIA[/list]

[list][list]新たな首相閣僚の選択です!

[pre]NEW PRIME MINISTERIAL SELECTION![/pre][/list][/list]

| It is no wonder that in nine years, ten Cabinets have fallen in such a short time. But the fall of the last Cabinet of Premier MITSUMASA YONAI was quite unusual. Behind the scenes, with no spotlight illuminating the political stage, the Japanese military forced Yonai’s resignation. The Army’s reason was that the Yonai Cabinet did not follow the “dynamic policy” that the Army adopts. For the selection of a new Premier of Japan it is always common to be long, mysterious and intriguing behind the scenes, but the choice was made by a thought-provoking decision. Quickly, after receiving the resignation of yet another Premier, His Majesty Emperor HIROHITO called his new Lord Guardian of the Privy Seal, Marquis KOICHI KIDO, a traditional adviser in the choice of officers. Marquis Kido asked for a brief moment to reflect. This reflection was so quick, for his mind had already made up its mind. This was the mind of His Majesty, the mind of the Army, the mind of the 90-year-old statesman KIMMOCHI SAIONJI, and even frighteningly the mind of the people. This unanimous choice was, in fact, a new event for the country. His Majesty has chosen Prince FUMIMARO KONOYE to be the new Premier. |

| At a consultative conference that was attended by six former Premiers, including Prince Konoye himself (Premier from 1937 to 1939). Everyone at the conference chose Konoye. Kindo reflected with the old statesman Saionji, then advised His Majesty. After 24 hours since YonaiÂ’s resignation, the Emperor gave orders to Prince Konoye to form a new Cabinet. Upon receiving the EmperorÂ’s order, Prince Konoye told the Imperial Army and Imperial Navy what he stood for and directed them to present a list of candidates for ministers in his Cabinet. With the list in hand, Konoye called three men. The first man, YOSUKE MATSUOKA, former president of the monopolistic South Manchuria Railway, assumed the post of Foreign Minister, the second man, Gen. HIDEKI TOJO, Director General of Military Aviation Lieutenant, assumed the post of War Minister and the third man, ZENGO YOSHIDA, YonaiÂ’s Navy Minister chose to stay at the Navy Ministry. |

| With these three men appointed to their posts, Premier Konoye met with them to present his policies. All supported the strengthening of diplomatic relations with the Axis; changes among Japanese diplomatic officers (chauvinists will be added); establishment of an “East Asian stability zone” (a sphere wholly controlled only by Japan in Asia); review again the relations between Japan and the USSR, aiming at rapprochement with the Russians; ending “trust” on Washington and London; Members affiliated with a party will not be appointed ministers, but at least until the founding of the new single nationalist party, which Prince Konoye is planning, takes place. Minseito was the only party that said nothing about supporting the idea of a single party. Premier Konoye completed his cabinet calmly and unhurriedly. He preferred talking on the phone to talking face-to-face with candidates. What was clear was that the Big Four — Konoye, Matsuoka, Tojo, Yoshida — would run the show. For other ministries, he chose not influential politicians but efficient bureaucrats, two businessmen and a journalist who became a self-employed politician. Through these tactics, Prince Konoye has shown to have brilliant ideas, the new Premier has put Japan on the path of what he thinks and wants: authoritarianism. Some observers expected Konoye to end up bored, the Army restless, or the Emperor cautious. Meanwhile, Japan was adopting its imitation of Volkism which was being well coordinated. Furthermore, Konoye’s East Asian policies were written for something every Japanese would want: make the West friendly or drive them out of Asia. A people rooted in Japanese poetry thought so favorably that the man who was Premier when the Chinese Incident occurred was the one who would end it — with glory. |

Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Maziya

[list]JULY 1940

[sub]Prelude (I) — Austrian Communists in Exile[/sub][/list]

[pre] Z E N T R A L K O M I T E E [/pre]

Moskau, UdSSR

[sub]Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, Osivoii[/sub]

[list][list][sub]https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vne1E6VH23s[/sub][/list][/list]

| It was the age of imperial revanchism and petty bourgeois reaction. Wherever the Fascists arrived, they declared hunting season on Communists. The task of revolution remained in sight as objective necessity, but what was thought to be a possibility in the years of economic depression had by now regressed into a utopia. The task has been shelved, deferred until some later date. Much had been lost, and what was at stake now was bare survival. |

| Two years after the anschluss, which had sealed Austria's future in the clutches of German fascism, the last stragglers of the interwar Communist Party of Austria arrived in the Soviet Union, that wellspring of proletarian revolution. The party apparatus, which had been thoroughly consolidated in the period following the Great War, was scattered in the wind by the counterrevolution. The successive moves beginning in 1933 from Vienna to Prague, from Prague to Paris, and from Paris to Moscow, left the party disorganized. Exiles remained throughout the European continent and increasingly in America. Some heroes held out in Austria itself to engage in antifascist resistance and sabotage the German war machine. However, the most important members of the leadership were in Moscow, and they were determined to act. Though the revolution would have to wait, the party was obligated to prepare itself. Once the hour of liberation arrived, they would pick up the pieces and carry on where they had left off. |

| At the very front was Johann Koplenig, Chairman of the Communist Party since the 20s and chiefly responsible for the bolshevization of the Party. He was accompanied by Friedl Fürnberg, Ernst Fischer, Hermann Köhler, Erwin Zucker-Schilling, Friedrich Hexmann, Franz Honner, Willi Frank and Leo Gabler, among other leading functionaries. Together, they made up the provisional Central Committee of the Austrian Communist Party in exile (DE: Provisorisches Zentralkomitee der Kommunistischen Partei Österreichs im Exil). Although forced to rein in their militancy due to the 'hot peace' between the Soviet Union and Nazi Germany, the Austrian Communists knew that open confrontation between bourgeois-capitalist fascism and international, proletarian socialism was inevitable. |

| Certain of their eventual victory, the Austrian Communists set forth to formalize their central leadership in anticipation of 'Day X': |

Austria Dpr wrote:[pre]J U L I , 1 9 4 0

E r k l ä r u n g des provisorischen Zentralkomitees der Kommunistischen Partei Österreichs im Exil zur P a r t e i f ü h r u n g

Декларация Временного ЦК Коммунистической партии Австрии в изгнании об партийное руководство

Declaration of the Provisional Central Committee of the Austrian Communist Party in Exile regarding Party Leadership

(1.) In accordance with the principles of Marxist-Leninism and the example set by Comrade Joseph Stalin, as well as in the interest of the revolutionary masses during the hour of struggle which has befallen them;

(2.) The Communist Party of Austria in Exile, present in fraternal Moscow, elects to the position of First Secretary of the Provisional Central Committee comrade Johann Koplenig, and to the position of member of the Provisional Central Committee the comrades of the Standing Committee.

(3.) The Provisional Central Committee is tasked by the members to organize, to the extent possible, the re-formation of the Party Apparatus, in-keeping with the requirements of political-military struggle and existing party directives, procedures, and principles, with a view to the present extreme circumstances;

(4.) The Committee is further obligated to convene a general party congress of the whole membership for the purpose of holding leadership elections when such a time arrives that the Austrian Republic is liberated from occupation.[/pre]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Pontianus, Ranponian, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance

[pre]| JULY 1940 |[/pre]

[list][list][list][pre]USSR ★ UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

Союз Советских Социалистических Республик CCCP |[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

THE PEOPLESÂ’ REPUBLIC OF ARAS FOUNDED IN THE THREE LIBERATED PROVINCES OF TURKEY:

KARS IS NOW CAPITAL OF THE PEOPLESÂ’ REPUBLIC OF ARAS, ARMENIANS GAIN A STRONG FOOTHOLD IN THE MOSCOW APPOINTED GOVERNMENT OF ARAS!

НАРОДНАЯ РЕСПУБЛИКА АРАС, ОСНОВАННАЯ В ТРЕХ ОСВОБОЖДЕННЫХ ПРОВИНЦИЯХ ТУРЦИИ:

КАРС ТЕПЕРЬ СТОЛИЦА НАРОДНОЙ РЕСПУБЛИКИ АРАС, АРМЯНЕ ЗАНЯЛИСЬ В МОСКВЕ НАЗНАЧАЮТ ПРАВИТЕЛЬСТВО АРАС!

[pre]The three liberated provinces have now begun to shift in allegiance from Turkish liberation to Soviet salvation. The Armenian population has surged as Soviet officials supported the վերադարձ [Veradardz] Movement to shift the demographics back to Armenian majority/Strong minority in the three provinces. The Turkish presence has dwindled in the Kars Konsey as Armenian Revolutionaries would fill the seats when Soviet NKVD would assist in turning the Turks against each other through factionalism.[/pre]

[pre]On July 2nd Turks in Kars would commit a Pogrom against the new Armenian Settlers in Kars that lasted 3 days which had to be put down by the 3rd Rifle Guard of the ARA and the 9th NKVD Rifle Division using lethal force to fire on crowds of Turks attempting to enter Armenian settlement zones. Leading to the death of 35 Turks and 430 injured or killed Armenians in the 3 days. The Kars Pogrom would set the Kars Konsey as Armenian delegates demanded justice to be brought upon those in the Konsey who facilitated and incited the Pogrom to scare and stop the spread of Armenian settlement in the region.[/pre]

[pre]Executive Chairman of the Kars Konsey Mihri Belli was deemed responsible for the Kars Pogrom by a NKVD investigation conducted swiftly after the Pogrom occurred against Armenian Civilians. This caused a tense situation as Armenian delegates demanded the arrest and execution of the Executive Chairman leading to what the Turkish Nationalists of the Konsey to call the Armenian Coup as on July 12th. Fifty armed soldiers of the ARA marched in during a heated argument and began to fire on the Turkish guard in the Kars Valiligi killing a number of Turkish soldiers and even wounding Executive Chairman Mihri Belli in the firefight in the chamber. A young Armenian Revolutionary Anton Kochinyan would enter the chamber once oppositional elements were forcibly removed and give the official announcement of the arrest of Micro Belli by the Government of the now established PeoplesÂ’ Republic of Aras. The Kars Konsey was in a stunned state as Turkish elements saw an Armenian takeover happen right in front of them. A majority of the Turkish delegates would stand up and March out of the Kars Valiligi. A swift vote would take place by the newly founded Communist Party of Aras naming Anton Kochinyan as General Secretary of the Communist Party of Aras and he would also be the Executive Chairman of the Kars Konsey leaving him the sole power in the impromptu PeoplesÂ’ Republic which would now take on the responsibility of defending the PeoplesÂ’ Republic of Aras [PRA] and promote the annexation of Aras into the Soviet Union. 10.000 Disguised Soviet soldiers would begin to enter Aras to prevent a drop in defense capabilities due to the defection of Turkish units and to show the Soviets will to protect the region to the ARA now being referred to as the Aras Red Army![/pre]

[list][list][pre]WORKERS OF THE WORLD UNITE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]ТРУДЯЩИЕСЯ МИРА ОБЪЕДИНЯЙТЕСЬ![/pre][/list][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh, Alaroth, Austria Dpr

| LETTERS TO FREEDOM ; THE TREATY OF CONGO IS SIGNED BY BELGIUM |

[sub]27th of June, 1940[/sub]

| The surrender of the Belgian King to the invading Germany came through to Congo as a shock. The invasion of Belgium, came to Congo as a sad and fear-struck reality of the new world that has began to take over. The Belgian government, now in exile in London, a new puppet regime in Belgium installed and the fall of France becoming a reality, the Queen Dowager and the First Representative of Congo, Gloria Banza, found themselves amidst a secret campaign of lobbying the British and American leadership to release Congo from the Belgian rule. The operation has been nicknamed as Letters to Freedom by the Queen and Mrs Banza. Letters which contain highly sensitive information.

The aim of the operation was to get the British and American leadership to pressure the Belgian government in exile to releasing Congo and granting it independence, in order to preserve Congo's resources on the side of the now standing alone Britain and keep the Germans away from any thoughts of touching Congo. Despite initial resistance from the Belgian Prime Minister Perlot to give in, the continuation of pressure went on as long as Mrs Banza and the Queen Dowager reached out to the leaderships of Britain and America. Finally, Prime Minister Perlot gave into the pressure when the Americans made it clear that they will not take no as answer, and that in order to the win the war, a free Congo is a necessary creation. With the Belgian government in exile, holding little power or status, Prime Minister Perlot finally gave in on 26th of June, a day or so after France capitulated. Many speculate that the fall of France showcased to Perlot, the grave situation Europe was now in.

On the 27th of June, a treaty that was composed by the Queen Dowager and Mrs Gloria Banza, was sent to Mr Pierlot to sign. The Treaty was officially named the TREATY OF CONGO, an act which officially makes Congo an independent state. Mr Pierlot signed the document in the early afternoon, at 4:30 P.M of London Time. Now, officially, from the 28th of June, 1940, the Self-Governing Colony of Congo has become the United Tribes of Zaire. The Queen Dowager of Congo, as according to the treaty will remain with her title but will not hold any official position within the country anymore, instead Her Majesty will become an adviser to the First Representative of Congo, a position which now officially will become the leading power source of Zaire. The country has also been officially renamed to the United Tribes of Zaire. The Belgian government will no longer hold any power over its former colony. A moment of history has happened.

However, the puppet regime in Belgium has not recognised the treaty and King of Belgium, Leopold the III has not and will not sign the treaty. Nonetheless, both Britain and the United States of America are around the first in the world to recognise the new country within Africa. As Europe is busy with war, it seems that the Queen Dowager and Mrs Banza managed to capitalise on the right timing of the situation, and operation Letters to Freedom will most likely go down in history as one of the more impressive battles to an independent state. Resources from Zaire will be doubled to Britain and the United States, Mrs Banza stated.

In her speech to the people of Zaire, Mrs Banza stated the following. The speech was published in the newspapers and transmitted through radio stations.

[list][ FIRST REPRESENTATIVE OF CONGO, Gloria Banza ]: "Mes camarades hommes et femmes. Aujourd'hui, nous marquons une date historique dans nos calendriers alors que nous nous dirigeons vers l'avenir en tant que peuple d'une nation libre, d'un pays libre. Nous ne sommes en aucun cas faibles, nous ne sommes en aucun cas stupides mais nous avons de l'espoir et nous sommes fiers ! Nous avons accompli tant de choses en si peu de temps, et nous continuerons notre voyage d'auto-préservation, d'autodétermination, d'auto-libération. Ce n'est que le début de notre voyage, un voyage qui rendra notre patrie, le Zaïre, libre, libérée, enrichie et prospère. Mon peuple, aujourd'hui est un jour de réjouissance malgré la guerre qui ne manquera pas de nous atteindre tôt ou tard. Soyez prêts à vous battre, soyez prêts à vivre, soyez prêts à travailler dur pour un avenir que personne ne pourra jamais nous enlever. Un avenir rempli de lumière, d'amour et de courage. Gloire au Zaïre !"[/list]

The United Tribes of Zaire have been formed, a new era has began, an era that filled with war, rage, brutality and the unknown has brought hope and freedom to a people. The brutal balance of life and justice, as may say. |

LETTERS TO FREEDOM ; HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL AND ONLY SEEN BY THE TWO PARTIES OFFICIALLY

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1712579

[spoiler="My place in history has now been secured...but I didn't realise it will be at such cost. My people in Belgium need me, and I will do all I can to protect them from the vicious wrath of Germany." - Queen Dowager of Congo, Elisabeth]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Asharken, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Maziya, Finlandee

THE COALITION

The lone colonies of Egypt, South Africa, and Sudan had sent a list of terms in an ultimatum, the Italian East African Government would tactically try to pressure the population into joining their side, or at least neutrality. First, 3 sets of liaisons would be sent to the socialists in Addis Adaba, the royalists in Gojjam, and the Lij Iyasu coalition in Harar. They would be tasked with trying to turn them to the Italian side, by truthfully displaying the unfairness and backstabbing of the colonies. The terms had stated a dissolution of the region, meaning that Somalia, Ethiopia, and Eritrea would become independent nations, their fate decided by Sudan and South Africa. This alone was enough to ward off any support of the foreign invasion, as firstly, the British themselves had not become involved. Secondly, balkanization was not in anyone's eyes a desirable thing. To finish off negotiations, the liaisons promised independence after the campaign was over, meaning that all they had to do was defend their land from the foreigners and that was it. Sudan was not an exemplary nation in the eyes of the populace, seeing their actions in the Mahdist War, and suspicious aspirations for Western Eritrea, despite the nation already having a big Islamic population. South Africa was just muddling their fingers to gain any form of influence and was highly looked down upon. It would be clear that a racist, apartheid nation would not be negotiated with. Overall, the negotiations were successful, and the coalition against foreign intervention was forming internally. The Pretoria Ultimatum would be rejected.

The mobilization was a concern as well, leading to the mobilization of their own forces. A recruitment campaign would be started as well, to encourage natives to help defend their region from external domination. There are 290,476 soldiers in total. 91,203 soldiers are Italian. 199,273 men are natives, joining the Colonial Corps.

Army - each artillery group is 12 pieces of artillery - 18,000 men per each divisions - 16 divisions -

65th Grenadiers of Savoy

[spoiler=equipment]

10th Grenadiers Regiment

The Grenadiers Battalion

II Grenadiers Battalion

"Uork Amba" Alpine Battalion

11th Grenadiers Regiment

The Grenadiers Battalion

II Grenadiers Battalion

Bersaglieri battalion of Africa

11th Legion CC.NN. of the AOI Assault (I Btg. Arnaldo Mussolini and III Btg. Italo Balbo ; Consul Ugo Grèsele)

60th Artillery Regiment "Grenadiers of Savoy"

I 65/17 somed artillery group (12 pieces)

II Artillery group sung by 65/17 (12 pieces)

"Cavalieri di Neghelli" squadron group

Heavy machine gun battalion

four companies (9 weapons each)

1st Genius Company of Africa

2nd Genius Company of Africa

Health section

Subsistence section

39 L3/35 tankettes

[/spoiler]

This division was one of the highly trained ones in the army, entrusted in the Italian East African front. It would be stationed in Teseney, aiming to advance toward Kassala. Accompanied by 12 Ca.133 bombers, 6 SM. 81 bombers, and 10 CR.42 fighters.

Hunters of Africa

[spoiler=equipment]

210th " Bisagno " Infantry Regiment

I Battalion

II Battalion

211th " Pescara " Infantry Regiment

I Battalion

II Battalion

III Battalion CC.NN.

XV Battalion CC.NN.

a 65/17 artillery group

XVIII Mixed genius battalion of Africa

divisional services

24 medium tanks

[/spoiler]

1st Eritrean colonial division

[spoiler=equipment]

st Brigade - gen. b. Hen

1st Eritrean Battalion Group

The "Turitto" Indigenous Battalion

VI "Cossu" Indigenous Battalion

XVI Battalion Indigenous "Adi Caieh" Native Battalion

5th Indigenous Battalion Group

VII "Prestinari" Indigenous Battalion

XV "Billia" Indigenous Battalion

I Mountain Artillery Group (since 65/17 )

III Brigade - gen. b. Cubeddu

2nd Eritrean Battalion Group

III "Galliano" indigenous battalion

11th Indigenous Battalion

6th Eritrean Battalion Group

II "Hidalgo" Indigenous Battalion

XIII "Roma" Indigenous Battalion

XXIV Indigenous Battalion

III Mountain Artillery Group (from 65/17)

[/spoiler]

This was another Italian division, and it is stationed in Sebderat, collaborating in its goal in Kassala, Accompanied by 12 Ca.133 bombers, 6 SM. 81 bombers, and 10 CR.42 fighters.

3rd colonial division (same division template for every other colonial division)

[spoiler=equipment]

II Brigade -

3rd Battalion Group

V Indigenous Battalion

XXI Indigenous Battalion

7th Indigenous Battalion Group

IV Indigenous Battalion

XIX indigenous battalion

XXII Indigenous Battalion

II Mountain Artillery Group (from 65/17 )

IV Brigade

4th Eritrean Battalion Group (

IX indigenous battalion

XII Indigenous Battalion

XVII Indigenous Battalion

8th Eritrean Battalion Group

VIII Indigenous Battalion

XX Indigenous Battalion

IV Mountain Artillery Group (from 65/17)

332 machine guns

207 heavy machine guns

[/spoiler]

This division is stationed in Saata along the river, for potential reinforcements.

2nd Eritrean colonial division

[spoiler=equipment]

st Brigade - gen. b. Hen

1st Eritrean Battalion Group

The "Turitto" Indigenous Battalion

VI "Cossu" Indigenous Battalion

XVI Battalion Indigenous "Adi Caieh" Native Battalion

5th Indigenous Battalion Group

VII "Prestinari" Indigenous Battalion

XV "Billia" Indigenous Battalion

I Mountain Artillery Group (since 65/17 )

III Brigade - gen. b. Cubeddu

2nd Eritrean Battalion Group

III "Galliano" indigenous battalion

11th Indigenous Battalion

6th Eritrean Battalion Group

II "Hidalgo" Indigenous Battalion

XIII "Roma" Indigenous Battalion

XXIV Indigenous Battalion

III Mountain Artillery Group (from 65/17)

[/spoiler]

This division is in Ras Kasar, positioned to march along the coast, accompanied by 12 Ca.133 bombers, 18 SM. 81 bombers, and 15 CR.42 fighters.

4th colonial division

This division is in Gaghet, planned to advance at Kerora.

21st colonial division

Defensively stationed in Sanja.

22nd colonial division

Defensively stationed in Metema.

23rd colonial division

Defensively postured in Asosa.

24th colonial division

Defensively postured in Bulen.

25th colonial division

In Gambela, postured to march to Fami, accompanied by 12 SM.81 bombers, and 10 Cr.32 fighters.

26th colonial division

In Balala, planning to advance to Kibish, accompanied by 12 SM.81 bombers, and 10 Cr.32 fighters.

101st Somali Colonial Division

Garrisoned along coast, based in Jamaame,

102nd Somali Colonial Division

Garrisoned along Somali coast, based in Mogadishu.

Colonial division of the Harar

Garrisoned in Degeh Bur, based in Harardhere.

Blackshirt Division

Garrisoned along Somali Coast, based in Eyl.

Air Force

[spoiler=Northern Sector]26th Group, at Gondar

11th Squadron (6 × Ca.133)

13th Squadron (6 × Ca.133, at Bahar Dar, converting to SM.81)

27th Group, at Dessie

18th Squadron (6 × Ca.133)

52nd Squadron (6 × Ca.133)

118th Squadron (6 × Ca.133, converting to SM. 81)

28th Group, at Zula and Gura

10th Squadron (6 × SM.81)

19th Squadron (6 × SM.81)

29th Group, at Mille, Dessie, Sciasciamanna, Yavello

62nd Squadron (6 × SM.81)

63rd Squadron (6 × SM.81)

412th Squadron (9 × CR.42 - 4 at Massawa, 5 at Gura)

413th Squadron (9 × CR.42 at Assab)

414th Squadron (6 × CR.42 at Gura)

Gasbarini Group, at Agordat

41st Squadron (6 × Ca.133)

Northern Sector General Staff Squadron (6 × Ca.133)

[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Western Sector]

4th Terrestrial Bomber Group (Lieutenant-Colonel Branca)

14th Squadron (6 × SM.81, at Diredawa)

15th Squadron (6 × SM.81, at Diredawa)

44th Group

6th Squadron (6 × SM.79, at Diredawa)

7th Squadron (6 × SM.79, at Diredawa)

49th Group

61st Squadron (6 × Ca.133, at Jimma)

64th Squadron (6 × Ca.133, at Jimma)

65th Squadron (6 × Ca.133, at Neghelli)

66th Squadron (3 × Ca.133, at Yavello)

110th Squadron (9 × Ro.37, at Diredawa)

410th Squadron (9 × CR.32, at Diredawa)

411th Squadron (9 × CR.32, at Addis Ababa)

[/spoiler]

[spoiler=Southern Sector]

25th Terrestrial Bomber Group (Major Santagata)

8th Squadron (6 × Ca.133, at Gobwen)

9th Squadron (6 × Ca.133, at Lugh Ferrandi)

Southern Sector General Staff Squadron (7 × Ca.133, at Mogadishu)

[/spoiler]

The bombers throughout would plan to focus on intensity bombings of major cities in squadrons of 6, which were in turn accompanied by fighter squadrons of 9. Heavy bombings would be planned for Kassala, Khartoum, Al Qadarif, Port Sudan, Al-Damazin, and Wad Madani, in order to disrupt supply lines and decrease morale. Chemical weapons were a hotly discussed topic, but the resolution was to avoid usage. The Navy post will be posted by Italy.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Defense of the Heart[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh

A Calm Island in the Middle of Storm

As the war rages trough several countries of Europe and nations choose their sides, the Kingdom of Yugoslavia reafirm it's stance of military neutrality and good relations with it neighbours. The Yugoslav government has pursued several ways to keep it's international policy, focusing mainly in the adoption of commercial and political agreements, as also the reinforcement of the Royal Yugoslav Armed Forces.

Behind the Scenes: Game of Puppets

The Prince-Regent Paul is a strong suppoerter of the Yugoslav neutrality, but even he knows that this can't be kept without major sacrifices. While for the world Yugoslavia presents itself as neutral, behind the scenes the Yugoslav leadership has made secret agreements with the leaders of Germany and Italy, looking to expand the export of natural resources, such as coal and iron, all of the vital for the maintenance of their war machine. Along this the Yugoslav government have allowed the forces of the Pact of Steel to pass trough it territory towards Albania and Greece. This particular agreement have provoked some resistance from part of the Yugoslav High Command, mainly from officers more aligned with the Allied cause, which has raised concerns towards the government about a possible military coup atempt.

New Wings for the Air Force

The famous Yugoslav company Rogožarski have officially presented for the Royal Yugoslav Air Force another prototype of a military aircraft produced locally. The Rogožarski R-313 is a two-seat twin-engined monoplane designed multi-purpose aircraft aimed to perform roles as fighter/light bomber/reconnaissance at the air force. The company have confirmed that the plane would enter in mass production in the next year, with the Yugoslav Air Force already confirming the aquisition of at least 100 units in different variants.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Asharken, Ranponian, New Provenance

[list][list][list][pre]RÉPUBLIQUE FRANÇAISE

FRENCH BUREAUCRACY

MINISTÈRE DE LA GUERRE[/pre][/list]

______

MINISTRY OF WAR: METROPOLITAN FRANCE UNDER OCCUPATION GIVES RISE TO A NEW REGIME & RESISTANCE

[sub]FREE FRANCE & VICHY FRANCE | PARIS, JULY 1940 [/sub][/list]

[sub]| HELM OF WARFARE, TROISIÈME RÉPUBLIQUE - | With the surrender of Paris to the German invasion forces and the substantial capitulation and withdraw of any remaining French forces, on 22 June 1940, the Second Armistice at Compiègne was signed by France and Germany. A new form of military government was formed under the German occupation forces and Marshal Philippe Pétain as it's head of state which would serve to replace the Third Republic and German military occupation began along the French North Sea and Atlantic coasts and their hinterlands. The new Vichy regime retained the zone libre (free zone) in the south. Meanwhile all of France's colonies fell under allied control and the occupation of Free French Forces. A number of French naval vessels, including the new class of Richelieu-class and Alsace-class battleships had been deployed to allied zones and ports by Free French Naval Forces before they could fall into the hands of the German occupation forces. Those ships that could not be withdrawn quick enough were scuttled by the new Vichy government and disarmed or sabotaged to prevent possible future use by the Germans. In the meantime, a large number of resistance pockets dubbed La Résistance had began popping up all over France. Their primary goal would be nothing less than sabotaging the German occupation forces and their equipment while also ambushing unsuspecting convoys of German troops moving throughout the French countryside. Their use of guerilla warfare tactics would show to be quite effective.[/sub]

[sub]Unfortunately for the prospecting German occupation forces, most of France's riches and national treasures such as paintings like the iconic Mona Lisa, Coronation of Napoleon, Louis XIV and others as well as crown jewels and other artifacts had been successfully removed from France in the coming days of France's suspected capitulation. Most of the artifacts had been loaded onto boats and aeroplanes and taken to safety in allied Britain where they would be kept in storage. General Charles de Gaulle whom had been given supreme command and authority over the Free French Forces would begin plotting with other allied commanders an eventual liberation of Metropolitan France. Though that liberation seemed far off, De Gaulle did not hesitate to muster his forces and assist in allied landings and attacks. The bulk of Free French Forces had been concentrated in France's African colonies where railway lines could easily transport units quickly from one end of the continent to the other. France's initial army of 5,000,000 men had dwindled to just under 1.6 million. General de Gaulle had ordered the immediate shoring up of defenses along the North Coast of Africa and along the borders with Libya and Somalia. Over 680,000 colonial troops remained stationed throughout Africa while another 370,000 remained in French Indochina, 280,000 in allied Great Britain, and 220,000 in the Levant. Over 900 French aeroplanes to include fighters, bombers, and transports had been evacuated to Britain during Operation Dynamo. Those planes would now be in use by the Free French Air Forces.[/sub]

[sub]Thankfully for the allies, all of France's aircraft carriers had been evacuated as well to prevent use by the Germans. In fact 4 out of 8 of France's aircraft carriers had been operating in the Pacific at the time of the German occupation. The other 4 had been hastily removed from French ports at the beginning of the invasion to prevent substantial damaging from German Luftwaffe bombing raids. French naval positioning's in the Caribbean and near Saint Pierre & Miquelon were ordered to remain periodic by General Charles de Gaulle in order to maintain a show of presence and security for France's overseas territories. Whilst the future of France looks dark, General Charles de Gaulle along with the Free French Forces and the Resistance fighters will continue to fight on with the allies for absolute victory and the liberation of Europe. |[/sub]

[list]______[/list]

[list][list][pre]VIVE LA RÉPUBLIQUE!

VIVE LA FRANCE!

VIVE LÂ’EMPIRE![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]𝐄𝐌𝐁𝐑𝐀𝐂𝐄 𝐂𝐎𝐋𝐎𝐍𝐈𝐀𝐋𝐈𝐒𝐌

𝐂𝐎𝐌𝐌𝐎𝐍𝐖𝐄𝐀𝐋𝐓𝐇 𝐎𝐅 𝐋𝐈𝐁𝐄𝐑𝐓𝐘[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Alzarikstan

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Bescania

Canovia

Cascadla

Federated Arab Emirates

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Osivoiii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Paseo

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Sudesam

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Zabrowka

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Asharken, Pontianus, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Austria Dpr

[list]JULY 1940

[sub]HM GOVERNMENT-IN-EXILE — LONDON, UNITED KINGDOM[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]| HET RIJK IN OORLOG: REORGANISATIE VOOR ONDERSTEUNING[/pre][/list][/list]

[LIST][LIST][pre]| THE EMPIRE AT WAR: REORGANISATION FOR SUPPORT [/pre][/list][/list]

| The invasion of Belgium, Luxembourg and the Netherlands proved to be a quick and concise victory for the German wehrmacht. The 7 day affair saw Dutch forces overrun and in time incapable of mounting a serious defence of their country. Despite eventual surrender, Dutch forces were successful in the Battle for the Hague and the Dutch people continued to manage a stiff resistance in the occupied mainland. Of most importance however, HM Queen Wilhelmina and her government successfully escaped the ill fates of potential capture and have established continued governance-in-exile in London where the war effort and Free Areas of the Empire shall be managed and governed.

In London, it was imperative of Her MajestyÂ’s Government-in-exile to mobilise the free empire in the Americas and Asia for its own continued defence and in defence of the allied effort. However with the surrender in Europe and the myth of superiority all but gone throughout the empire, all knew that the empire's own existence was only a matter of time. Eventually the ugly face of awakened national consciousness would surge amongst those in the Caribbean and the East Indies and ultimately create an unstoppable wave of independence, and potentially hostile newly independent regions. Reform of the crippled empire was needed to prolong its life long enough to defeat the Berlin-Rome axis as well as placate the nationalist feelings of imperial subjects and channel them toward the war effortÂ…for their own sake [eventual guaranteed independence] and for the empire.

Reform would come in the form of the Kingdom Charter 1940. The Kingdom Charter organises the empire into 4 autonomous and equal communities namely the Netherlands (proper), the East Indies, the Netherlands Antilles, and Suriname each under the sovereignty of the Kingdom of the Netherlands and HM Queen Whilhelmina. The Netherlands (proper) would further have jurisdiction over New Guinea where it would remain an overseas dependency. Devolved powers would be given to the Volksraad in the East Indies, Suriname and the East Indies to legislate in all areas outside the reserved for the affairs of the Kingdom of the Netherlands. The Kingdom would have competence over national sovereignty and defence, foreign relations, nationality and citizenship, supervision of constituent governing bodies, and emergency powers. The heads of governments of each region would constitute the Council of Ministers, with its chair being the Prime Minister of the Netherlands. The passing of the charter by the HM Government-in-exile provides revolutionary-like change to the empire, giving its once colonised subjects newfound political say within their respective territories. More importantly however, it is the hope of the HM Government that such changes tames and channels the inevitable rise of nationalism into a direction more favourable to the government.

Reorganisation for the sake of the war effort was crucial. Under the charter, the unification of armed forces and colonial forces and the Kingdoms sovereign right in defence will allow for the massing of a considerable force to aid in the defence of the state from her enemies. Although a large force may be conscripted and trained and in time used to defeat Her MajestyÂ’s enemies, they will remain seriously under-equipped, and in the case of the Air Force, virtually incapable of maintaining the skies. Despite such bleakness, a large force of new moderately trained troops will be of great use to the Kingdom of the Netherlands, and the allied war effort. In time and with the help of her allies, such a potential force will liberate the Netherlands and Western Europe, and rid the world of the fascist plague growing from the halls of Germany and Italy, and in the pits of the Far East. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Asharken, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance

July,1940

______________________________________________

ANY CHANCES OF A JAPANESE INVASION

______________________________________________

The prime minister and sultan of Maziya held a parliament meeting to discuss the Japanese Empire.With its current war in China going well for them,members of parliament are starting to worry that perhaps the Japanese would set foot into other nations within Asia however to try and calm down those fears in the parliament prime minister,Juaidi Asyrafil spoke up.

[B]"The Japanese probably would not be attacking our neighbours and with only a few independent countries within Asia,most being in a much more powerful nation sphere of influence.The colonies such as British Malaya,British Sarawak,British North Borneo and the Dutch East Indies will most likely case scenario not be invaded by the Japanese."

His words partially lowered down those talks of a possible Japanese invasion however some members are asking."But what if they do decide to invade the independent nations and colonies in Asia?" that question once again sparked chaos in the parliament as nobody knows what should their course of action be if the Japanese ever begins expanding into South East Asia.The sultan would speak up.

[B]"Rather then we all just sit here and do nothing but worry about a invasion what about if we try to settle things with the Japanese diplomatically perhaps get a deal for them to not invade us or perhaps make a deal with the United Kingdom for them to guarantee us protection if the Empire of Japan invades."

______________________________________________

IN MALAY

______________________________________________

Perdana menteri dan sultan Maziya mengadakan mesyuarat parlimen untuk membincangkan Empayar Jepun. Dengan peperangan semasa di China berjalan lancar untuk mereka, ahli parlimen mula bimbang bahawa mungkin Jepun akan menjejakkan kaki ke negara lain di Asia walau bagaimanapun untuk mencuba dan meredakan ketakutan itu dalam perdana menteri parlimen, Juaidi Asyrafil bersuara.

[B]"Orang Jepun mungkin tidak akan menyerang jiran kita dan dengan hanya beberapa negara merdeka di Asia, kebanyakannya berada dalam lingkungan pengaruh negara yang lebih berkuasa. Tanah jajahan seperti British Malaya, British Sarawak, British North Borneo dan Belanda Hindia Timur kemungkinan besar senario kes tidak akan diceroboh oleh Jepun."

Kata-katanya sebahagiannya merendahkan perbincangan tentang kemungkinan pencerobohan Jepun namun beberapa ahli bertanya."Tetapi bagaimana jika mereka memutuskan untuk menyerang negara dan tanah jajahan merdeka di Asia?" soalan itu sekali lagi mencetuskan huru-hara dalam parlimen kerana tiada siapa yang tahu apa tindakan mereka sekiranya Jepun mula berkembang ke Asia Tenggara. Sultan akan bersuara.

[B]"Sebaliknya, kita semua hanya duduk di sini dan tidak berbuat apa-apa selain bimbang tentang pencerobohan bagaimana jika kita cuba menyelesaikan masalah dengan Jepun secara diplomatik mungkin mendapatkan perjanjian agar mereka tidak menyerang kita atau mungkin membuat perjanjian dengan United Kingdom untuk mereka menjamin perlindungan kepada kami jika Empayar Jepun menyerang."

______________________________________________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Asharken, Ranponian, Metropolitan Francais, New Provenance

July 1940

2nd Republic of Liberia Proclaimed

On July 1, 1940, the Second Republic of Liberia has been proclaimed. The very next day the first election of the second republic would begin. This election would would begin the process of desegregation. For the next 5 days, electoral officials would travel across the country. collecting votes off all 21-year-old and older persons regardless of religion, race, creed or sexuality. The results were overwhelmingly in favor of the Liberian National Congress and its allies. The candidate that won the most votes was Robert Kingsley of the LNC.

Within days President Robert Kingsley would sign the new 2nd Republican Constitution into force. Thus, ending one party rule and segregation. Liberia was in a new age surrounded by war and destruction. Kingsley and Tubman had negotiated for 12 years for this day to come. Seeing that a one party, one minority rule, would not last into the near future. Monrovia was static with tens thousands of Kingsley's supporters who traveled across the country. He spoke from a podium with Tubman at his side proclaiming a new era for Liberia.

Kingsley would in his first week of office would sign into law, the Liberian National Defense Act, the Grand Society, and the National Industry and Infrastructure Acts into law. The Liberian National Defense Act would make the Liberian Frontier Force into the Liberian Defense Forces, to establish a modern navy, army and air force. Requests to be sent to South Africa, Rhodesia, the now independent Congo, Egypt and the United States to help build a state-of-the-art defense force capable of defending Liberia. The Grand Society the next act helps form benefits of all Liberians regardless of Race. The series of laws would help bring economic development to all parts of the country, to help develop educational opportunities for all, and housing. The National Industry and Infrastructure Act would bring investment into manufacturing and industry. Infrastructure would see heavy investments in an effort to modernize and develop the country.

Nonador Paseo Kotakuan Ii Ranponian Paramountica

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh

RED SEA FLOTILLA

Another vital part of the defense of Italian East Africa was the navy. It would be tasked with making sure primarily that no landings occurred to divert the war effort, and secondarily to provide assistance along the coast with naval bombarding, and then to raid Sudanese and South African convoys, making sure not to specifically provoke any convoys from the rest of the Empire.

Boats

3rd Destroyer Division (1,600-ton full load displacement)

4x Sauro class Destroyers

5th Destroyer Division (2,600-ton full load displacement)

3x Leone class Destroyers

1x Navigatori class Destroyer

21st Motor Torpedo Boat Squadron

9x torpedo boats

81st Submarine Squadron

2x Archimede class Submarine

2x Brin class Submarine

82nd Submarine Squadron

2x Brin class Submarine

1x Perla class Submarine

1x Adua class Submarine

The Flotilla would be accompanied by 10 CANT Z.506 Airone and 10 Caproni Ca.314 bomber/maritime patrol craft, who would be tasked with spotting and attacking enemy ships, to harass and deter them from landing, and would additionally be accompanied by 10 cr.32 fighters to defend them.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Defense of Our Sea[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

BRITISH FORCES IN AFRICA - THE LION AWAKES

July 1940

British Forces in Africa which had been slowly built up before the war had now been receiving rapid reinforcement and resupply for the trials ahead, not in the least a bolstering of its Naval Arm to combat the Italians in Eastern Africa. While Rhodesia, South Africa, Sudan and a collection of other Colonial Forces would form the bulk of the "solution" for the Italians on Land it would be the Royal Navy and Air Force to defeat them at Sea and in the Air, which would be vital in securing the sea-lanes approaching the Suez from the south. In Egypt too however the British Forces were preparing for an Italian blow against their lines, hastily reinforced by a mix and mash of forces from Britain including survivors from Dunkirk. At the current time British Forces within Africa consist of just shy of a quarter of a million men, barely enough to hold the line alone if not for the valiant Colonial Allies adorning the Fronts.

Overall Strategy would consist of an assistive push into Italian East Africa and a Defensive focus in Libya, at least until the Forces in East Africa are freed up to assist in an offensive against the Italians centered there. From bases in Sudan and Kenya British Aircraft would harass infrastructure and aerodromes within East Africa, along with Torpedo Bomber attacks against Italian Naval targets within the area. And while Reconnaissance Aircraft in the area keep a vigilant eye open for Italian Naval formations, two large British Task Forces (One stationed in Sudan one in Yemen) would vigilantly stand ready to steam forth and engage them to achieve a Naval knockout of the Italians. Thus the battle for East Africa was of a closing British Fist around one tentacle of the Italian Empire in Africa, squeezing it ever tighter and refusing it any access to supplies or replenishment.

[spoiler=EAST AFRICAN COMMAND (EAC) :]

Manpower : 62,000 Personnel arranged into 5 Divisions (1 - Armored, , 4 - Infantry)

Gloster Gladiator(Fighter) - 88

Hawker Hurricane (Fighter) - 22

Hawker Hart (Attack) - 62

Bristol Blenheim (Medium Bomber) - 22

Fairey Swordfish (Torpedo Bomber) - 40

De Haviland Express (Transport) - 6

Airspeed Envoy (Transport) - 22

Universal Carrier - 80

Humber Armored Car - 60

Matilda II - 44

Cruiser MKIV - 88

QF - 2 pounder (AT) - 22

3 Inch Mortar Carrier - 42

4.2 inch Mortar Carrier - 46

BL 6-inch 26 cwt howitzer - 64

QF 25-pounder gun - 182

[/spoiler]

[spoiler=INDIAN OCEAN COMMAND (IOC) :]

Convoy Escort & Submarine Hunting Duties :

Hastings-class sloop (DDE) — 4

Shoreham-class sloop (DDE) — 4

Grimsby-class sloop (DDE) — 4

Kingfisher-class sloop (DDE) — 4

C-class cruiser (CL) - 1

Danae-class cruiser (CL) - 1

D-Class Destroyers (DD) - 2

Scouting Force :

D-Class Destroyers (DD) - 6

Force A (Yemen) :

County-class cruiser (CA) - 1

C-class cruiser (CL) - 1

Danae-class cruiser (CL) - 1

A-Class Destroyers (DD) - 4

C-Class Destroyers (DD) - 3

Force B (Sudan) :

County-class cruiser (CA) - 1

C-class cruiser (CL) - 1

Danae-class cruiser (CL) - 1

A-Class Destroyers (DD) - 4

C-Class Destroyers (DD) - 3

[/spoiler]

[spoiler=EGYPTIAN FRONTIER COMMAND (EFC) :]

Manpower : 158,000 Personnel arranged into 12 Divisions (2 - Armored, 1 - Motorized, 9 - Infantry)

Hawker Hurricane (Fighter) - 120

Bristol Blenheim (Medium Bomber) - 106

Fairey Swordfish (Torpedo Bomber) - 42

De Haviland Express (Transport) - 12

Airspeed Envoy (Transport) - 40

Universal Carrier - 200

Humber Armored Car - 122

Matilda II - 44

Cruiser MKIV - 140

QF - 2 pounder (AT) - 122

3 Inch Mortar Carrier - 40

BL 6-inch 26 cwt howitzer - 104

QF 25-pounder gun - 200

[/spoiler]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, New Provenance, Islahh, Sudesam

[list][sup]Commonwealth of Australia / Gemenebest van Australië

[/sup]

NIEUW HOLLANDÂ’s PREMIER EXTENDS OFFERS TO DUTCH GOVERNMENT-IN-EXILE

[sub]Leeuwin, Nieuw Holland 一 Commonwealth of Australia | July 1940

[/sub]

[list]

[sub]

Since the outbreak of the war, Nieuw Holland premier Peter Dannenberg's private residence had become more or less the primary administrative office for the state's government. The one-story stone ranch, with a distinctly pointy roof, was situated some several hundred meters inland from the great bay north of the Kaap Leeuwin, lying on wooded coastal plains. The estate lay only half an hour from the outskirts of the historic city of Leeuwin, founded by Dutch merchants in the early 18th century, a city regarded as one of the foremost cultural centers of Nieuw Holland in addition Lustenn, its northern neighbor two-hundred kilometers up the coast. Though Leeuwin and its surrounding centers had historically been the center of Nieuw Holland's government, that position had been usurped by Lustenn, which had gained a vast economic prestige since the turn of the century. This was something Dannenberg had privately despised, thus as one of his administrative measures initiated in the onset of the war, he had begun quietly shifting numerous government operations to “more convenient” locations surrounding Leeuwin. This operation involved the movement of a vast collection of some thirty workers and an entire library to his quiet coastal estate, now his primary residence. It was at this lonely residence he learned of the sudden destruction of the Dutch nation in Europe. [/sub]

[sub]Nieuw Holland possessed a unique relationship with its far-gone former colonial mother nation. While unmistakably Australian and of a British dominion, the cultural heritage of Dutch civilization was certainly felt in the state's traditions and values. Though much of the connection to the Netherlands proper had been lost since the acquisition of Nieuw Holland by the British Empire, many politicians in the state still shared intimate personal or family connections, though not in place of sufficient loyalty to the British crown. Premier Dannenberg was one of these politicians, and was particularly appalled by the sudden capitulation of the Netherlands to the Volkists. Though clearly lacking the authority to unilaterally conduct foreign relations on his own, it was at his residence on Kaap Leeuwin that the Premier would write to Her MajestyÂ’s Government-in-exile. Hardly a poet, Dannenberg would blandly write the following:[/sub][list][sub]

[/sub]

[sup]. . . . .

Staat van Nieuw Holland, Gemenebest van Australië

PREMIERÂ’S OFFICE LEEUWIN

24 July 1940] TO HER MAJESTYÂ’S GOVERNMENT-IN-EXILE AT LONDON [/sup]

[sup]PREMIER P.W. Dannenberg—

Her Majesty Queen Whilhelmina

[to be extended to the Prime MinisterÂ’s office],

I first and foremost extend my greatest offers of condolence to

your well-being and the continued endurance of the Dutch

civilization. It is with great sorrow I have come to learn of the

utterly deplorable invasion of the Netherlands by Germany. This

type of aggression has occurred in the greatest violation of peace,

respect for life, and the preservation of sacred civilization. It is

completely incompatible with the shared values of our civilizations,

and serves as a clear mark of GermanyÂ’s unacceptable aggression

unleashed upon Europe and the world. It is the goal of my nation

and my people to actively resist this clear cut disregard for peace

and life, and I have actively committed myself to such a goal in all

ways fit. As the premier of Nieuw Holland, I believe our lands share

a common system of values and respect for Dutch civilization. Our

bond exists in the many cultural traditions appreciated here and in

your nation. The Dutch language itself is one spoken in both, one

that I wish receives complete respect. I owe this landÂ’s success to

the success of yours. It is with these shared values and traditions

in mind that I am wholeheartedly disgusted by this gross violation

of the NetherlandsÂ’ sovereignty by Germany. As a state premier,

my responsibility is firstly to my state and my people, but I believe

it is also my responsibility to stand for greater human values.

Indeed, I also believe our people may be seen as closer to one than

outsiders may think. I can't help but feel a direct responsibility to

both nations. Thus, I have deeply considered the following

propositions. Firstly, I will in all my capacity support the efforts of

the Netherlands to regain and retain control of its civilization across

the world. I hope this will include material and even physical support.

Secondly, I extend my state as a location for Her MajestyÂ’s

Government-in-exile to exist as to support the continued

administration of the Netherlands and its territories. Our government

can support this proposition in many ways. Lastly, I will continue to

engage in discussion with my dominion's government to assist the

Netherlands in all ways possible in addition to those I can accomplish

as a state premier.[/sup]

[sup]With both our lands in mind, I extend my best regards to our

collective survival in the face of the unacceptable aggression exhibited

by Germany.[/sup]

[sup]. . . . .

[/sup]

[/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

[/list][/list]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Ranponian, Nileia, New Provenance, Sudesam

| UNITED TRIBES OF ZAIRE ; A NATION AT BIRTH ; A NATION AT RISE |

[sub]19th of July, 1940[/sub]

| The independence of Zaire, has become now historic. As the war rages in Europe, and is now steadily reaching Africa, the birth of the United Tribes of Zaire comes at a time of turbulent moment. However, the First Representative of Zaire, Mrs Gloria Banza, will not be hindered nor stopped by such a dangerous moment. Instead, the Reorganisation of Zaire Act has been passed through the National Congress which changes the country, it's structure and it's governance completely. Furthermore, major projects have went into major stages of planning and pre-start around Zaire. In the meantime, Zairean resources have began to make their way to the United States of America and the United Kingdom, in quantities not seen before; only furthering the development and prosperity of Zaire.

The Reorganisation of Zaire Act contains the following ground-breaking changes.

[list]FIRST REPRESENTATIVE - The First Representative of Zaire will be the main power source of Zaire. The executive power source of Zaire.

[list] - Elected Every Ten Years.

- Elected only by the people of Zaire.

- Official Head of State.

- Supreme Commander of the Zairean Armed Forces.

- Forms the Zairean Finest Assembly.

- Main Diplomatic Force of Zaire.[/list]

ZAIREAN FINEST ASSEMBLY - The Zairean Finest Assembly will be the main source of legislative power and secondary source of executive power in Zaire.

[list] - Members will be elected by the First Representative of Zaire on a five year basis.

- Acts as a governing body of Zaire.

- Responsible for law making, implementing and advising to the First Representative.

- Composed of 20 Experts in their respective fields ; 1 Expert of Agriculture ; 2 Experts of Society ; 2 Experts of Foreign Affairs ; 2 Experts of Education ; 2 Experts of Military ; 3 Experts of Economy ; 2 Experts of Welfare and Family ; 1 Expert of Faith ; 2 Experts of Culture ; 2 Experts of Tribe Matters ; 1 Main Adviser to the First Representative.[/list]

NATIONAL CONGRESS OF ZAIRE - The secondary source of legislative power. The main voice of people in legislation.

[list]- Members will be elected every two years.

- 60% of the Members Elected by the People / 40% Elected by the Zairean Finest Assembly.

- Each region will have 40 members of the National Congress to elect.

- Responsible for Law and Regulations Creation and Passage.

- Elects the Head of the Zairean Finest Assembly ( Second Highest Power Position in the Country ).

- Political Parties allowed in these elections.[/list]

BREAK UP OF ZAIRE - Zaire will be broken up into five new regions. Each region will consist of between four and six provinces. ( https://i.imgur.com/6MEUTxa.png ).

[list] - The new five regions of Zaire are ; Zaire Enrichi ; Zaire Vert ; Zaire Industriel Nord ; Zaire Industriel Sud ; La Diamant du Zaire.

- Each region will have it's own First Governor, who will be elected by the Zairean Finest Assembly every four years.

- Each region will have it's own Regional Congress, which will have run the provinces of the region. It will be elected every three years.

- The First Governor will be the main executive power source of each region.

- Each region will have a main goal and reason for existence within the United Tribes of Zaire ; Zaire Enrichi the Financial Centre and Trade Centre of Zaire ; Zaire Vert the Agricultural and Tourist Centre of Zaire ; Zaire Industriel Nord the Heavy Industrial and Mining Hub of Zaire ; Zaire Industriel Sud the Light Industry and Mining Hub of Zaire ; La Diamant du Zaire the Mining and Business Heart of Zaire.[/list]

BELGIAN-BORNS IN ZAIRE - All Belgians in Zaire will be able to live peacefully as citizens in Zaire. However, they shall be forbidden from running for the office of the First Representative of Zaire. All Belgian government officials that have been arrested a few months earlier will be moved along the countryside and will return to Europe once the situation allows for it.

FASCIST AND COMMUNIST PARTIES - All Fascist and Communist parties, movements and influences are barred and banned from the United Tribes of Zaire.

CHURCH AND THE STATE - The Church will be allowed to continue it's presence within Zaire and it's position will be protected. The Church will hold one expert in the Zairean Finest Assembly, in regards to Faith. However, the Church will not be allowed to become politically involved or active within the state of Zaire, instead remaining with its symbolical role.[/list]

| The reorganisation of the structural power of the United Tribes of Zaire also comes at a time of cooperation between Zaire and friendly nations. With Zaire actively supporting the British in their war against the Germans in Europe, going into active and vibrant trade with the United States of America, with investments expected soon, Zaire has also turned to Estado Novo and South Africa. Zairean military officers will be trained by Estado Novo officers in the exchange program that will last up to a year, to prepare Zairean officers for a modern warfare that is coming so close to home. With the events in Angola and Mozambique, Mrs Banza had made it clear that Zaire will strive for good relations with its neighbour.

In the meantime, South Africa and the United Tribes of Zaire have come to finalise a deal regarding the Queen Dowager Dam that will begin construction in 1941 and is expected to finish in 1945. The Queen Dowager Dam will have four major dams constructed in that time period, which is aimed at supplying at least ninety percent of Zairean need for energy, and sixty percent will be ready for export. That will then increase when another four dams will be built between 1946 and 1950, through which one hundred percent of Zairean energy needs will be met, and Zaire will be able to increase the export of the energy from the dam to the rest of Africa by one hundred percent. The Queen Dowager Dam is aimed to provide the majority of electricity needs to Southern, Eastern, Western, Central and Sub-Saharan Africa by 1951. In aiding this project, South Africa and Congo will split the costs of the project, with South African companies retaining thirty-percent of profit from the dam.

Mrs Banza stated in an interview to the Zairean Times;

[list][ FIRST REPRESENTATIVE OF ZAIRE, Gloria Banza ]: "Il est impératif que le Zaïre prenne le contrôle de son économie. Mon plan est de faire du Zaïre le cœur économique et industriel de l'Afrique au début de 1950. Oui, nous aidons nos sœurs et frères européens, mais n'oublions pas que nous devons aussi nous améliorer, nous devons progresser. La réorganisation du Zaïre, ainsi que les investissements à venir, notre rôle actif dans l'effort de guerre contre les forces fascistes et nos industries en expansion, nous rendent très importants pour la croissance de l'Afrique. Nous n'avons pas besoin d'idées radicales au Zaïre, nous avons besoin de solutions pratiques aux problèmes des gens, nous avons besoin d'actions visionnaires pour enrichir notre peuple."[/list]

[spoiler="We do not need radical ideas, what we need are practical solutions to people's problems and visionary actions that will aim to enrich our people." - First Representative of Zaire, Gloria Banza]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Ranponian, Nileia, New Provenance

[list]1940년 08월 | 1940 August

[list]

[sup]Hanseong | 한성[/sup]

Empire of Greater Korea[list]

[sup]Gyeongbokgung Palace[/sup][/list]

| [sub]Emperor Geon and Crown Prince U walked along the paths of the majestic gardens as the midday heat burned down on them. The two brothers had drifted apart since KoreaÂ’s annexation by the Empire of Japan in 1910; one choosing to keep his heritage and the other assimilating into Japanese culture, rumours even suggested that the Emperor went by a Japanese name in private.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Prince Wu: “You don’t usually summon me here brother, so I assume I am in line for some sort of demotion?”[/sub]

[sub]Emperor Geon: “Very presumptive of you, however one could conclude that this is a demotion of sorts, although it will give you more freedom to be a thorn in my side.”[/sub][/list]

| [sub]The Crown Prince would give a quizzical look to his brother as he spoke, heÂ’d come accustomed to the fact he was being pushed further and further away from power due to his dislike of the occupational government.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Emperor Geon: “Premier Senjūrō Hayashi has requested that I invest my son Prince Yi Chun as the official Crown Prince, thus demoting you back to the rank of Prince.”[/sub]

[sub]Prince Wu: “Hardly a surprise decision, but your ability to willingly follow the occupiers still surprises me; I often think you might be some illegitimate child of fathers considering the ease with which you bend your knee to these savages.”[/sub][/list]

| [sub]Prince Wu would wince as he felt a ringing pain in the back of his head as Emperor Geon smacked him. Stumbling forward he gently rubbed the now throbbing spot.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Emperor Geon: “I will not be belittled or insulted by the likes of you; I am your Emperor, regardless of your relation to me I demand you show the respect of the office I hold.”[/sub]

[sub]Prince Wu: “You’re not an Emperor. You’re a puppet of the Japanese, doing their bidding; following orders like a lost puppy. It no longer surprises me that I was fathers favourite growing up. You betrayed the office you seek to protect when you willingly accepted the chance to hold it under their guiding hand. Doesn’t it ever make you paranoid? How they watch your every move; listen to every word you speak to make sure they keep your people under their grasp? You’re a traitor to Korea Kenichi.[/sub] |

[sub]Emperor Geon: “Your words cannot hurt me Wu, you refused to move with the times; you fail to see the potential Korea has under this arrangement; you talk down about this nation so I think you’ll find you’re the only traitor here. I will lead Korea into a new found age of glory, once the war is won I’ll be worshipped like a god and be the greatest ruler that Korea ever had.[/sub] |[/list]

| [sub]Prince would smirk before bursting into laughter at his brother's bold claim, taking several steps back looking back up to him.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Prince Wu: “Don’t be a fool Geon; Emperor Yunghui sort the past and it failed; you seek the present, and look at the chaos that has brought the world; I seek the future. Once Prince Chun is invested and Crown Prince which I fully accept; don't think for one moment it means I am happy about it. As I will never accept you as Emperor, if you're the last Emperor we ever have God help us all.”[/sub][/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Ranponian, Nileia, New Provenance

The New Delhi Tribune/नई दिल्ली ट्रिब्यून [sub]August 1940[/sub]

[sub]Volume 16, Issue 1 /खंड 15, अंक 2 [/sub]

[sup][Lahore Resolution Proposed By All-India Muslim League, Mixed Responses Across The British Raj!!][/sup]

[sup]Today in the city of Lahore, where members of the All-India Muslim League has formally announced the declaration of independence from British India. Muhammad Zafarullah Khan author of the Lahore resolution and member of the All-India Muslim League and was presented by A. K. Fazlul Huq, the Prime Minister of Bengal, was a formal political statement adopted by the All-India Muslim League on the occasion of its three-day general session. The resolution called for independent states as seen by the statement:[/sup]

[sub]That geographically contiguous units are demarcated regions which should be constituted, with such territorial readjustments as may be necessary that the areas in which the Muslims are numerically in a majority as in the North Western and Eastern Zones of (British) India should be grouped to constitute ‘independent states’ in which the constituent units should be autonomous and sovereign.[/sub]

[sup]Muhammad Ali Jinnah's address to the Lahore conference was, according to Stanley Wolpert, the moment when Jinnah, a former proponent of Hindu-Muslim unity, irrevocably transformed himself into the leader of the fight for an independent Pakistan.[/sup]

[sup]The welcome address was made by Sir Shah Nawaz Khan of Mamdot, as the chairman of the local reception committee. The various draft texts for the final resolution/draft were deliberated over by the Special Working Committee of the All India Muslim League. The resolution text, unanimously approved by the Subject Committee, accepted the concept of a united homeland for Muslims and recommended the creation of an independent Muslim state.[/sup]

[sup]The full text of the resolution document was as follows:[/sup]

[sub]"THE LAHORE RESOLUTION"[/sub]

[sub]Resolved at the Lahore Session of All-India Muslim League held on 22nd-24th March, 1940.[/sub]

[sub](1) While approving and endorsing the action taken by the Council and the Working Committee of the All Indian Muslim League as indicated in their resolutions dated the 27th of August, 17th and 18th of September and 22nd of October, 1939, and 3rd February 1940 on the constitutional issues, this Session of the All-Indian Muslim League emphatically reiterates that the scheme of federation embodied in the Government of India Act, 1935, is totally unsuited to, and unworkable in the peculiar conditions of this country and is altogether unacceptable to Muslim India.[/sub]

[sub](2) Resolved that it is the considered view of this Session of the All India Muslim League that no constitutional plan would be workable in this country or acceptable to Muslims unless it is designed on the following basic principle, namely that geographically contiguous units are demarcated into regions which should be so constituted, with such territorial readjustments as may be necessary, that the areas in which the Muslims are numerically in a majority as in the North-Western and Eastern Zones of India, should be grouped to constitute “Independent States” in which the constituent units shall be autonomous and sovereign.[/sub]

[sub](3) That adequate, effective and mandatory safeguards should be specifically provided in the constitution for minorities in these units and in these regions for the protection of their religious, cultural, economic, political, administrative and other rights and interests in consultation with them; and in other parts of India where the Mussalmans are in a minority, adequate, effective and mandatory safeguards shall be specially provided in the constitution for them and other minorities for the protection of their religious, cultural, economic, political, administrative and other rights and interests in consultation with them.[/sub]

[sub](4) This Session further authorizes the Working Committee to frame a scheme of constitution in accordance with these basic principles, providing for the assumption finally by the respective regions of all powers such as defense, external affairs, communications, customs and such other matters as may be necessary.[/sub]

[sup]In response to the Lahore Resolution, The All India Azad Muslim Conference gathered in Delhi to voice its support for an independent and united India. Allah Baksh Soomro, the leader of the conference, stated "No power on earth can rob anyone of his faith and convictions, and no power on earth shall be permitted to rob Indian Muslims of their just rights as Indian nationals." The participants primarily belonged to the working class of Muslims in British India. The Azad Muslim Conference crticizing the move by the All-India Muslim League that the creation of Pakistan would be "impracticable and harmful to the countryÂ’s interest generally, and of Muslims in particular." It called on Indian Muslims to work with Indians of other faiths to gain Indian independence from British rule.[/sup]

[spoiler=“You must not lose faith in humanity. Humanity is an ocean; if a few drops of the ocean are dirty, the ocean does not become dirty.”

- Mahatma Gandhi]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

NosautempopulusCo

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Ranponian, Nileia, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

[list][list]AUGUST 1940[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Provisional Government of Anatolia

Anadolu Geçici Hükümeti[/list][/list][/list]

[list]Turkish National Army Falls back amid cutting of supply lines and plummeting morale[/list]

| Within the past several weeks, Turkish fighting lines have been pushed back to the point of breaking. ARA troops have moved in on National division positions, and have used all Turkish tactics against their enemies to an effective degree. National Unity Committee Major General Refet Bele has ordered the defense line to fallback and take up entrenched positions along the Eastern mountain range until further notice, as the war seems to grind to a screeching halt after several months of advance on enemy positions, and just as much time taken on the part of the enemy to retake their former territory. |

| The Grand National Assembly met last week to draft a letter of terms for a white peace, although many nationalist proponents are saying that the more socially moderate camp are only caving to their “comrades' ' on account of ideological similarity. This comes off of many from the nationalist side of the CHP calling for state visits to Berlin in spite of the events in Europe, the nationalists citing that Turkey would be in need of an ally who is “ever increasing in influence and might”. |

| Little is known what the government intends to do at this time, as nothing has come from the office of the President himself, nor from his Prime Minister. It was said that Prime Minister Inonu was to meet with the leaders of the Anatolian Military Council to discuss further plans between Ankara and the Council in regards to the conflict, yet no reports have been confirmed that they had ever met or have a set date to meet. All that is known is that the nation waits with bated breath as the government seeks to create terms to meet the Soviets by, and what that means for the future of the young Republic. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Nileia, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Islahh, Sudesam

Septermber 1940

Massive Projects Bring Life To Liberia

Inorder to make Liberia a more modern state projects must be completed. Among the first orders of bussines is to build water and electricity infurstructure. The construction of 3 hydroelectric dams are expected to help generate 50% energy needs of the country. The plants will be built along the saint paul river, farmington river, and saint john river. Furthermore, 4 oil power plants are set to provide 50% energy needs with surplus. All dam reservoirs will be built to provide water to urban settlements. Construction started on all 7 powerplants in August and are set to be completed between 1942 and 1944. Powerlines, water and sewage pipes will be laied in urban areas first before expanding to rural areas. Completion for this is expected by 1945.

Inorder to improve connectivity throughout the country, the paved roads and railways must be constructed. While roads connecting urban coastal settlements are in fair to bad condition with many roads being dirt paths through the jungle. The Ministry of Transportation has ordered the contrsuction of 7,000 miles of road with 90% being paved by 1950. Another issue is a lack of railroads, inorder to solve this, to construct an additional 1,000 miles of rail for passager and cargo service by 1950.

Inorder to fix the education process, new schools will be constructed in rual and urban areas. All projects will be constructed via public private partnerships. All of those that work for these projects will be paid a minimin wage.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Ranponian, Nileia, New Provenance

RHODESIA COMMISSIONS SHIPS FROM ESTADO NOVO / NATIONAL SERVICE INTRODUCED

September 1940

Rhodesia has today signed a vitally important deal with the Estado Novo for the construction of six Marcílio Dias-class destroyers (itself based on the US Mahan Class) for use within the Indian Ocean to protect Rhodesian and by extension Imperial shipping. By conducting this naval enlargement it would enable Royal Navy Vessels assigned to convoy duties within the Indian Ocean to be freed up for usage particularly within the Atlantic where the German U-boat menace threatens to starve Britain into submission. Costs of the deal were not disclosed by the Colonial Government, who traditionally had kept a rather transparent record of financial expenditure, however with the war waging on and taking the full attention of the Government this was not cause for complaint by the Tax-paying Population.

-----

A further Military action was taken with the introduction of "Total National Service" which would affect whites of both Genders until the conclusion of the "current conflict". This bill mandated that all Males between the age of 18 and 42 join any of the existing Military services in Rhodesia, and those who are unable to on health grounds join a "secondary" (Police, Militia) service instead. Women of that age would be conscripted for work in the Factories and other Administrative Duties however would be "exempt for two 10 month periods in the case of pregnancy" in order to ensure continued birth rates. All Individuals between 16 and 42 and over 42 would be required to sign up for "alternate" services which includes volunteering work on farms, transport of vital goods within Cities or as assistants in Military and Government Offices.

For Rhodesia it was a radical step which equated in essence to total mobilization of the Citizenry, and the omittance of the black Population made it possible to have said total mobilization without unrest from the Tribal regions. In fact it was received with an extremely positive note from the Tribal Chiefs that had cooperated with the Rhodesian Government since the establishment of their special status, stating that it was a move of extreme good faith on the part of the Federal Government not to "snatch away the autonomy previously granted to fight a European war". It was very descriptive of the separation of powers that still existed between the Tribal and Federal Governments, and aided in removing any hostile or aggravated motivations by Black Nationalists. Above all it gave the Tribal Chief considerable support for their governance of their own regions, and made it such that they could ensure loyalty for the foreseeable future.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Nileia, New Provenance, Alaroth

| THE TURKISH CIVIL WAR |[/B]

The Peace Of Anatolia: Treaty of Diyarbakir

September, 1940

-

After nearly five years of grinding political and military conflict that engulfed Anatolia, peace returns along vastly different political lines than before.

_______________

To any outside observer, the Turkey of 1940 must seem completely unrecognizable compared to even five years ago. Then Turkey was a strong nation, politically and socially unified behind the Presidency of Mustafa Kemal Ataturk. But even a man of his public stature could not dodge the effects of the Great Depression. The economic effects and the government's weak response gave way to a socialist wave in the 1935 elections, allowing political upstart Mihri Belli to force a coalition government with Ataturk in which he would be Prime Minister. When Ataturk fell ill, Belli assumed total control of the government and steered Turkey directly towards the Soviet Union. Local ‘Red Militias’ ran rampant and Turkey even joined the now-defunct Black Sea Pact, a defensive treaty that would have ushered Turkey into the Soviet sphere of influence permanently. But Belli was not without opposition. The National Unity Committee, composed of conservative politicians and military leaders, was formed to depose him. When Ataturk began to recover and Belli’s future seemed in jeopardy, things spiraled quickly.

A Soviet-trained revolutionary army crossed the border suddenly, and Belli and his cabinet fled to their territory. The Red Militias initiated a campaign of violence in their communities, purging perceived bourgeois sympathizers and counterrevolutionaries. With the technically legitimate government having defected to the Anatolian Red Army, Ataturk and his allies declared the Provisional National Government in Ankara, with the NUC and military assuming vast powers for the duration of the war effort. As the PNG and ARA clashed across the countryside, another faction emerged. Composed of Arabs, Kurds, Armenians, and others opposed to Ataturk as well as the communists, the Anatolian Military Council seized control of all of southeast Turkey.

AtaturkÂ’s government leveraged support for European nations like Greece and Germany while the ARA took direct assistance and even ununiformed troops from the Soviet Union. Meanwhile, a force of nearly 20,000 from Egypt and Iraq came to AMC territory to push back the communists with armor and heavy weapons, and Kurdish fighters streamed across the border. With a superior industrial base and population, the Ankara government had the upper hand in conventional military engagement, but ARA benefited from the mountainous geography of East Turkey and from the employment of guerilla insurgent tactics. Recognizing their inferior population and manpower situation, the AMC elected to adopt a defensive strategy. Their borders were fortified and they resisted more than one ARA offensive but mounted no major operations of their own. This allowed them to stay on stable if not friendly relations with Ankara.

For much of 1937 and 1938, a brutal stalemate endured. AnkaraÂ’s offensives continually stalled in the face of Red Militia sabotage and suspiciously Slavic-looking ARA recruits. The Turkish Army lacked the expertise and heavy equipment needed, especially aerial and armored capacity. It wasnÂ’t helped by often high rates of local resistance amongst poor rural citizens and ethnic minorities like Kurds and Armenians. It was then the ARA began to preach increasing ethnic nationalism, especially towards Armenians. But over time the Turkish Army took the upper hand. Two major failed offensives left gaps in ARA forces that allowed considerable Turkish advances.

Over the course of the war, the Anatolian Military Council underwent a serious internal change. Whilst initially composed of many Turks, Armenians, and Arabs, the AMC became increasingly Kurdish-dominated as it mobilized an estimated 150,000 troops for the conduct of the war. Still, material and logistical support from the Arab states were crucial to the AMC's survival and the group’s Vice-Chairman and military leader, Ubayd Hamdan, was an Arab himself. But as the war ground on, with Ankara and the ARA both seemingly bleeding each other dry, feelings began to change. Talk shifted from peaceable reintegration or autonomy to outright Kurdish independence. In late 1939, Hamdan died when his plane was shot down over the front in eastern Turkey. He was replaced by Mulla Mustafa Barzani, a leading tribal figure in Iraqi Kurdistan who had come to prominence by leading tens of thousands of Kurdish fighters into what he proclaimed to be the “Great Homeland.” It was with his rise to power under Chairman Ihsan Nuri that relations with the Nationalist government worsened considerably. The AMC moved to appoint its own legislature, ceased to recognize Turkish law, levied its own taxes, openly conducted its own diplomacy, and moved its capital to the Kurdish majority city of Diyarbakir. A similar process took place within the ARA as it was slowly driven back into the Turkish east as Armenian nationalists and socialists came to dominate the political and military sphere. What was once a purely ideological proxy war had devolved into a campaign of ethnic separatism and rejection of Turkish nationalism.

By early 1940 the war was seemingly entering a second phase. It was increasingly clear that the ARA lacked the resources and manpower to truly defeat the Ankara government, but as Armenian nationalists came to dominate the group, that objective itself was swept aside. And while great gains had been made by the Turkish Army, they had come at the cost of incredible casualties and attrition. Guerilla actions had pushed Turkish supply lines and logistics to the brink, and the necessities of total war had driven mass discontent in the Turkish public. Meanwhile, the Kurds held a vast swath of territory and neither they nor the Nationalists wanted to initiate direct hostilities. If the Turkish Army attempted to defeat the Kurds, the war would be extended possibly by years as the economy continued to deteriorate and the world spiraled into its own enormous conflict. It was in this context all combatants agreed to a ceasefire in April and a peace conference in Diyarbakir.

The ceasefire had been organized in large part by Mustafa Barzani, who was directly promoted to Chairman of the AMC in December 1939 at Ihsan NuriÂ’s behest. His rise to domination of the Kurds had come on the back of a major public propaganda campaign surrounding his figure and the Barzani clan, a leading family amongst Kurds. Mustafa himself had curried favor with the Arabs after developing a personal relationship with Arabian Foreign Minister Faisal bin Abdulaziz Al Saud. This relationship was furthered by the beginning of a great Kurdish migration out of Iraq to BarzaniÂ’s Great Homeland. The AMCÂ’s Kurdification peaked shortly before the peace conference when Barzani declared that they would be represented not as the Anatolian Military Council but as the Kurdish Republic.

Beleaguered after four years of fighting, representatives from each faction gathered in the AMC capital of Diyarbakir. Heading into negotiations, each side had to compromise its own expectations. Ankara knew it couldnÂ’t hope to preserve TurkeyÂ’s territorial integrity, but hoped to minimize Kurdish land gain and the geographic influence of the Soviet Union. The Kurds meanwhile had a single-minded goal: statehood. The Armenians similarly sought as much land as could be taken whilst still ending the war immediately, due to an increasingly war-wary Soviet benefactor. After 5 weeks of negotiation, in which time events in Europe and Africa only spiraled further, the representatives emerged:

[spoiler=The Treaty of Diyarbakir: Signed 17 August, 1940]The Treaty of Diyarbakir

For the purpose of bringing a peaceful conclusion to all hostilities and conflict in Anatolia and the Caucasus.

-

Signatory Parties:

The Second Republic of Turkey (Alaroth)

The Kingdom of Iraq (Islahh)

The PeopleÂ’s Republic of Aras (Osivoii)

The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (Osivoii)

The Kurdish Republic (Greater Kurdistane)

The Kingdom of Arabia (Asharken)

The Kingdom of Egypt (Kotakuan Ii)

Provided Map:

______

- ARTICLE I: The sovereign territory of Kurdistan will be recognized as the provinces of Malayta, Adyaman, Sanliurfa, Mardin, Diyarbakir, Elazig, Bingol, Mus, Agri, Batman, Siirt, Bitlis, Sirnak, Van, Hakari, the Iraqi provinces of Dohuk, Erbil, and the parts of Nineveh east of the Tigris River

- ARTICLE II: The sovereign territory of Ara will be recognized as the provinces Ardahan, Kars, Igdir, and the district of Dogubayazit in Agri

- ARTICLE III: Turkey, Iraq, Kurdistan, and Aras will mutually recognize the borders established by this treaty as the sovereign land of each country

- ARTICLE IV: Turkey, Aras, Kurdistan, and the Soviet Union will agree to a Non-Aggression Pact with each other

- ARTICLE V: The Soviet Union reserves the right to station military forces in Aras as determined to be necessary by the Soviet Union

- ARTICLE VI: No Arab military forces will be permanently garrisoned on Kurdish territory and the peacetime numbers of the Kurdish Armed Forces will not exceed 100,000 personnel for the next 15 years

- ARTICLE VII: The leading role of the Barzani Clan, including Mulla Mustafa Barzani, in Kurdistan will be recognized by all signatory powers

- ARTICLE VIII: The peaceful resettlement of any and all ethnic minorities to their homeland will be permitted by the signatory powers with financial incentives for resettlement. This includes Kurdish resettlement in Kurdistan, Turkish resettlement in Turkey, and Armenian resettlement in Aras

- ARTICLE IX: All military forces will withdraw to their respective country and all hostilities will cease, with a state of peace now recognized between all signatory powers

Signatories:

Major General Refet Bele, Chairman of the National Unity Committee (Turkey)

Anton Kochinyan, General-Secretary of the Communist Party of Aras (Aras)

Faisal bin Abdulaziz Al Saud, Minister of Foreign Affairs (Arabia)

Vyacheslav Molotov, PeopleÂ’s Commissar for Foreign Affairs (USSR)

Arshad Al-Umari, Minister of Foreign Affairs (Iraq)

Lieutenant General Mustafa Barzani, President of the Provisional National Council (Kurdistan)

Hussein Sirri Pasha, Minister of Foreign Affairs (Egypt)[/spoiler]

In the weeks and months following the signing of the Treaty, an immense demographic shift would begin to occur across Anatolia and Mesopotamia. Kurds, in the hundreds of thousands, began to stream towards their nascent homeland. Many in Turkey, especially those concentrated in Istanbul, fled persecution and blame for the many woes of Turkey. Turks in Kurdistan fled too, partially at the behest of Ataturk and partially for fear of violent reprisals being taken out by local Kurds who had once been victims themselves. These were the tensest interactions between refugees and governments, and incidents of violence on both sides were not unheard of. More amicable was the departure of the Armenians who found a degree of solidarity with the Kurds, both victorious self-liberating ethnic minorities.

At the end of the Turkish Civil War, the sun set on a shattered land. What was once a tri-continental empire spanning millions of kilometers now could not even claim sovereignty over the whole of Anatolia. Cities and industries are laid in ruins as mothers of all ethnicities grieve for their lost sons. Two decades after the abolition of the Ottoman Empire, Mustafa Kemal Ataturk reigned over what seemed a broken husk, militarily defeated and economically crippled. But while no justice could ever be delivered, the brutality of the Armenian Genocide had now been softened by the victorious PRA. And after decades of their own persecution and suppression, including a snubbing at the Treaty of Sevres, the Kurds had finally achieved nationhood. While overshadowed by even greater atrocities in Europe and Asia, the Turkish Civil War would undoubtedly leave a permanent scar on the Middle East and Anatolia, changing hearts and minds for generations.

_______________

OOC- Post regarding Kurdistan coming very soon. By agreement of all involved, including Turkey, land rights for the Kurdistan spot will be shared between me, Kota, and Islahh.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paseo, Amsterwald, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Nileia, Puerto Somoza, New Provenance, Islahh, Alaroth

Vancouver Straits wrote:[list][sup]Commonwealth of Australia / Gemenebest van Australië

[/sup]

NIEUW HOLLANDÂ’s PREMIER EXTENDS OFFERS TO DUTCH GOVERNMENT-IN-EXILE

[sub]Leeuwin, Nieuw Holland 一 Commonwealth of Australia | July 1940

[/sub]

[list]

[sub]

Since the outbreak of the war, Nieuw Holland premier Peter Dannenberg's private residence had become more or less the primary administrative office for the state's government. The one-story stone ranch, with a distinctly pointy roof, was situated some several hundred meters inland from the great bay north of the Kaap Leeuwin, lying on wooded coastal plains. The estate lay only half an hour from the outskirts of the historic city of Leeuwin, founded by Dutch merchants in the early 18th century, a city regarded as one of the foremost cultural centers of Nieuw Holland in addition Lustenn, its northern neighbor two-hundred kilometers up the coast. Though Leeuwin and its surrounding centers had historically been the center of Nieuw Holland's government, that position had been usurped by Lustenn, which had gained a vast economic prestige since the turn of the century. This was something Dannenberg had privately despised, thus as one of his administrative measures initiated in the onset of the war, he had begun quietly shifting numerous government operations to “more convenient” locations surrounding Leeuwin. This operation involved the movement of a vast collection of some thirty workers and an entire library to his quiet coastal estate, now his primary residence. It was at this lonely residence he learned of the sudden destruction of the Dutch nation in Europe. [/sub]

[sub]Nieuw Holland possessed a unique relationship with its far-gone former colonial mother nation. While unmistakably Australian and of a British dominion, the cultural heritage of Dutch civilization was certainly felt in the state's traditions and values. Though much of the connection to the Netherlands proper had been lost since the acquisition of Nieuw Holland by the British Empire, many politicians in the state still shared intimate personal or family connections, though not in place of sufficient loyalty to the British crown. Premier Dannenberg was one of these politicians, and was particularly appalled by the sudden capitulation of the Netherlands to the Volkists. Though clearly lacking the authority to unilaterally conduct foreign relations on his own, it was at his residence on Kaap Leeuwin that the Premier would write to Her MajestyÂ’s Government-in-exile. Hardly a poet, Dannenberg would blandly write the following:[/sub][list][sub]

[/sub]

[sup]. . . . .

Staat van Nieuw Holland, Gemenebest van Australië

PREMIERÂ’S OFFICE LEEUWIN

24 July 1940] TO HER MAJESTYÂ’S GOVERNMENT-IN-EXILE AT LONDON [/sup]

[sup]PREMIER P.W. Dannenberg—

Her Majesty Queen Whilhelmina

[to be extended to the Prime MinisterÂ’s office],

I first and foremost extend my greatest offers of condolence to

your well-being and the continued endurance of the Dutch

civilization. It is with great sorrow I have come to learn of the

utterly deplorable invasion of the Netherlands by Germany. This

type of aggression has occurred in the greatest violation of peace,

respect for life, and the preservation of sacred civilization. It is

completely incompatible with the shared values of our civilizations,

and serves as a clear mark of GermanyÂ’s unacceptable aggression

unleashed upon Europe and the world. It is the goal of my nation

and my people to actively resist this clear cut disregard for peace

and life, and I have actively committed myself to such a goal in all

ways fit. As the premier of Nieuw Holland, I believe our lands share

a common system of values and respect for Dutch civilization. Our

bond exists in the many cultural traditions appreciated here and in

your nation. The Dutch language itself is one spoken in both, one

that I wish receives complete respect. I owe this landÂ’s success to

the success of yours. It is with these shared values and traditions

in mind that I am wholeheartedly disgusted by this gross violation

of the NetherlandsÂ’ sovereignty by Germany. As a state premier,

my responsibility is firstly to my state and my people, but I believe

it is also my responsibility to stand for greater human values.

Indeed, I also believe our people may be seen as closer to one than

outsiders may think. I can't help but feel a direct responsibility to

both nations. Thus, I have deeply considered the following

propositions. Firstly, I will in all my capacity support the efforts of

the Netherlands to regain and retain control of its civilization across

the world. I hope this will include material and even physical support.

Secondly, I extend my state as a location for Her MajestyÂ’s

Government-in-exile to exist as to support the continued

administration of the Netherlands and its territories. Our government

can support this proposition in many ways. Lastly, I will continue to

engage in discussion with my dominion's government to assist the

Netherlands in all ways possible in addition to those I can accomplish

as a state premier.[/sup]

[sup]With both our lands in mind, I extend my best regards to our

collective survival in the face of the unacceptable aggression exhibited

by Germany.[/sup]

[sup]. . . . .

[/sup]

[/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

[/list][/list]

[list]AUGUST 1940

[sub]HM GOVERNMENT-IN-EXILE — LONDON, UNITED KINGDOM[/sub][/list]

[list][list][pre]| VERKLARING AAN DE PREMIER VAN NIEUW HOLLAND[/pre][/list][/list]

[LIST][LIST][pre]| STATEMENT TO THE PREMIER OF NIEUW HOLLAND [/pre][/list][/list]

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1572010

Paseo, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Nileia, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

[list][list][list][pre]GRANDE ESTADO NOVO

A UNIÃO-ESTADO PLURICONTINENTAL DAS NAÇÕES PORTUGUESAS

GLÓRIA A DEUS, GLÓRIA A SALAZAR, GLÓRIA A VARGAS[/pre][/list]

______

COMPLETION OF LARGE SCALE RAIL PROJECTS PROMPTS FURTHER INTEGRATION ACROSS ESTADO NOVO; GRAND MARSHAL DECLARES THE ESTADO NOVO A "IMPÉRIO MODERNO"; TRANSPORT PLANES PRIORITIZED FOR DEVELOPMENT AND COMPLETION FOR 1942

[sub]1ST GREATER ESTADO NOVO ADMINISTRATION | LISBON & RIO DE JANEIRO, AUGUST 1940 [/sub][/list]

[sub]| The 1937 announced infrastructure rejuvenation plan crafted by Getulio Vargas reached its completion and operational status across the Estado Novo. In Brazil, 6 major ports/coastal cities would become connected via an extensive rail system that cuts through Brazil's interior, seeking to combine the minerally abundant northern and central Brazil to the main metropolitan and industrial zones along the coast. In Portugal proper, 10 coastal villages/cities/port regions became connected to the interior to reinforce the Estado Novo's maritime reach and dispersing of industrial development from their epicenters along the coast into the interior of the nation. With 6 areas connected to the new 10 zones in Portugal, these 16 strategic zones are then reinforced by extended maritime trade routes in the South Atlantic with the completed Angola rail network and in the Southern Indian Ocean with the completed Mozambique network. In Angola, the new rail network connects the interior to 5 new port zones while in Mozambique, the interior is connected by 6 port regions, bringing the total number of new maritime projection zones to 27. As resource deposits and industrialization become integrated, the Estado Novo looks to capitalize on this intended effect by further expanding the Estado Novo's Merchant Marine Fleet to have a presence in the South Atlantic, Indian Ocean, Oceania, and the Mediterranean.[/sub]

[sub]Additionally it is further believed the secondary intention for this large scale rail network is to reinforce the growing Estado Novo's military capabilities as personnel, weapons, equipment, and resources can be quickly transported now by rail connections. It is further anticipated that some of the coastal and interior rail locations and supply facilities will include small-scale airports intended for both commercial flights but also to increase the capabilities of the Estado Novo airliner industry. Additionally, the Supreme National Assembly of the Estado Novo passed a legislation prompting an adjustable wage in accordance to inflation rates, living standards, and specialized work as the Estado Novo economy begins to show life of major recovery and sustainment. In Angola and Mozambique, the National Union Party established a joint caucus called the Caucus Sindical Nacional para a Coordenação e Representação das Relações Afro-Portuguesas (National Union Caucus for the Coordination and Representation of Afro-Portuguese Relations) which is intended to combine both the National Union Parties of Angola and Mozambique and to send representatives of Portuguese Africa to the Supreme National Assembly. The NUUAP, after their formation, would make a declaration order to give tribes the option on whether to integrate fully into the new political structure or remain to their own accord but recognize certain regulations of the central authority pertaining to defense, public health, education, and sustainable infrastructure.[/sub]

[sub]Upon hearing the completion of this major rail project, Grand Marshal Carmona wrote a statement for national newsletters that the Estado Novo is the demonstration of a functioning "IMPÉRIO MODERNO" or "Modern Empire". Carmona continued in his statement that the Estado Novo stands to represent the true values of Lusotropicalism, referring to the accepted theory that Portugal's warmer climate, and having been inhabited by Celts, Romans, Visigoths, Moors and several other peoples in pre-modern times, the Portuguese were more humane, friendly, and adaptable to other climates and cultures. Additionally, components of Lusotropicalism celebrate both actual and mythological elements of racial democracy and civilizing mission in the Portuguese Empire, encompassing a pro-miscegenation attitude toward the colonies or overseas territories. Demonstrating the uniqueness of the Estado Novo's position, the Supreme National Assembly passed a historical law based on one of the main policies of the National Union Party and 1910 Portuguese Revolution indicating that all Blacks, Indigenous, Asians, and Mixed Races within the domain of the Estado Novo are granted full recognizable citizenship and rights for which the Estado Novo Constitution explicitly states and proclaims, prompting the Estado Novo as the first major imperial nation to truly uphold and provide full citizenship to African and Indigenous citizens.[/sub]

[sub]Militarily speaking, the Estado Novo has approved blueprints for a transport aircraft that could also be used for paratrooper operations as the Estado Novo looks to formulate a military that is effective in utilizing the jungle and African terrain. The new project entitled the Trogon-42 Large Transport, Maritime Patrol, & Bomber Plane and is intended to be ready for service in 1942-1943. The bulk of the developing and testing will occur in Angola and Mozambique with final testing in Brazil:[/sub]

[list][pre]Crew: 9

Length: 96 ft

Wingspan: 139 ft

Height: 25 ft 5 in

Powerplant: 4 × Motorav Ignacio-AVB122 16-cylinder air-cooled radial piston engines

Propellers: 3-bladed constant-speed propellers

Maximum speed: 276 mph

Range: 3,870 miles

Service ceiling: 20,000 ft

Guns: 2 × 20 mm MG cannons in dorsal turrets; 1 × 20 mm MG in tail; 2 × 20 mm MG at waist; 1 × 20 mm MG in gondola; 2 × 13 mm MG in gondola

Bombs: ~ 6,800 lbs of bombs[/pre][/list]

[sub]With an addition to this new aircraft, the Estado Novo would begin a secret program to begin the development of an anti-ship guided munition entitled the Marcão-933:[/sub]

[list][pre]Mass: 2,200 lb

Length:13 ft

Width: 10 ft

Diameter: 1.75 ft

Warhead: High Explosive

Warhead weight: 670 lbs[/pre][/list]

l

[list]______[/list]

[list][list][pre]UNION-STATE OF PORTUGUESE NATIONS!

GLORY TO GOD!

THE BASTION OF CATHOLICISM![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]EMBRACE GOD AND

THE ESTADO NOVO[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Alzarikstan

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Federated Arab Emirates

Finlandee

Free Kievan Rus

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Osivoiii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Paseo

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Sudesam

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Zabrowka[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Nileia, New Provenance, Islahh

| THE KURDISH REPUBLIC - KOMARA KURDÃŽ |

Homeland At Last: The Kurdish Nation Crystalizes

October, 1940

-

Forged in the crucible of war, the Kurdish Republic shapes itself in the image of the liberator Barzani.

_______________

In 1933, on the day of his 30th birthday, Mustafa Barzani was no more than a local Kurdish sheik in Iraq, albeit a known nationalist and rebel. Now just a few months before his 38th birthday, he was the undisputed leader of a Kurdish national revolution that had finally brought self-determination to his people. His rise through the AMC and hand in its Kurdification had been relatively swift, taking advantage of the social instability and chaos of the Turkish Civil War. Over the course of the war, Barzani had established his authority in the country, rising from a militia commander in the National Defense Brigades to a staff general, Vice-Chairman, and finally Chairman of the Anatolian Military Council. This rise had been supported by his people, the Barzani tribe, a leading force in internal Kurdish politics. Following Barzani and his personal militia, well over a hundred thousand Iraqi Kurds undertook voluntary exile to Turkey. In the past, such exiles had been fleeing ethnic persecution in the given country. But now, Kurds saw a true opportunity for their own country, free from any such violence.

With over a hundred thousand fighters increasingly personally loyal to him, Barzani moved to consolidate his control over the AMC. As Chairman, he purged all non-Kurd members of the Council and intentionally alienated or exiled Turkish elements in the National Defense Brigades. Additionally, he established his own political organ, the Kurdish National Party, in which he served as General Secretary. In a founding declaration released to the public just before the Diyarbakir Peace Conference, Barzani declared the dissolution of the AMC and the creation of the Provisional National Council of the Kurdish Republic. This was met with incredible praise amongst Kurds who saw their dream being realized. The press hailed him as a military and political genius and his personal control of the NBD became absolute. Still, skepticism about the peace conference remained and it was not until it was ratified that any opposition or criticism slinked away. Mustafa Barzani had single-handedly created Kurdistan.

After the treaty, Barzani called a Constituent Assembly in Diyarbakir for the purpose of formulating a government. Dozens of the most prominent tribal leaders and representatives gathered and drafted a constitution. Under the draft, the Kurdish Republic would officially be a unitary semi-presidential republic, with many powers in the hands of the President. They would be Supreme Commander of the KAF, directly control foreign policy, nominate all regional governors for legislative approval, as well as appoint and dismiss the Council of Ministers. The legislature would be the Kurdish National Assembly, composed of 145 members in a single house. The President would be elected to six-year terms without limit by popular vote. Islam would be the state religion. Some decried it as authoritarian, even mirroring European fascism. But with no other political figures to look to, nor any other army to challenge him, who could defy Barzani? The constitution was approved by a 94% majority and presidential and legislative elections were scheduled for the following month. Whilst other parties formed to contest the KNP, none dared field their own presidential candidates. And when the dust settled, all but 37 seats had fallen to the KNP anyways. Barzani won unanimously and was inaugurated as President of the Kurdish Republic on October 19, 1940.

A grand National Day celebration was organized in the capital of Diyarbakir. The city was renamed to its Kurdish title of AMED in an elaborate ceremony. 15,000 troops marched in the streets with tanks and armored cars as biplanes roared overhead. President Barzani appeared at the head of the Parade in elaborate military garb and was even the subject of his own ceremony in which he was promoted to Generalissimo of the Kurdish Armed Forces. Additionally, the National Assembly saw fit to bestow upon him the title of “Father of the Nation” and “Prince of the Kurds”, in honor of his relative Mahmoud Barzani who had once claimed the title of King. Despite having virtually awarded himself such titles and accepting them, publicly Barzani denied their use. Outside of official documents, the press often referred to him as “Mela Mustafa” or Preacher Mustafa. His cult of personality reached almost religious reverence as he often appeared casually in the streets of Amed, dressed only in traditional tribal clothing. But he also took up a sprawling mansion estate, formerly occupied by the Governor of Diyarbakir Province, as a personal residence.

Sufficiently deified, Barzani set about the actual governance of his nation. As his Prime Minister, he appointed Qazi Muhummad, a leader amongst Iranian Kurds who had been a part of the great migration at the end of the Civil War and was a fervent supporter of the KNP. Effectively the chief domestic administrator under BarzaniÂ’s direction, Muhummad set about the further organization of the national bureaucracy. In short order he had the National Assembly pass laws allocating permanent funding to the Army, establishing a national Civil Service, and ordering the nation's first census. The outcome estimated a population of 3.4 million accounting for a great number of new settlers. To many of the seats on the Council of Ministers, Barzani appointed other prominent Kurdish nationalist rebels, as well as prominent sheiks and other senior members of the Barzani tribe. Such reflected the tribal nature of KurdistanÂ’s national character and the supreme role of the Barzani tribe itself. To the roles of Foreign Affairs and Defense Minister, he appointed his elder brother, Ahmed Barzani, a longtime fellow rebel.

Broadly establishing Kurdistan’s foreign policy, President Barzani stated :"The policy of our young Republic shall be peaceful cooperation and coexistence with all who respect us and seek the same. Whilst our relationship with the Arab people is both long and complicated, their efforts towards our national liberation are unquestionable. We cannot forget the many thousands of Iraqi and Egyptian volunteers who fought by our side in commitment to the freedom of Kurdistan and the defeat of communism. It is the generosity of their governments that facilitated the creation of our nation. Though a different people, the interests of Kurds and Arabs are inextricably linked at this time. We find ourselves linked too to the global struggle of all democracies against the tyranny and brutality of fascism. Forget not that it was the fascist regimes of Greece and Germany that gave the most support to Turkey in their genocidal oppression of our people. This nation is a republic of the people and will remain so long as I live. Let it be known that Kurdistan cannot and will not undertake offensive wars with those countries that harbor Kurdish people. The stability and prosperity of the Kurdish nation cannot be jeopardized with more bloodshed and violence. We call on all Kurdish people: come to your home.”

______________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Nileia, New Provenance, Islahh, Kyntos, Alaroth

[list][pre]September, 1940 |GovernorÂ’s Palace, Khartoum, The British Imperial Crown Colony Of The Sudan[/pre]

FINALLY HERE, THE SUDANESE PARLIAMENT[/list]

Three months had passed since the Sudan Defence Force, under the command of Lieutenant-General William Platt, had mobilized 25,000 soldiers on the Italian border as a part of the East African Campaign. In those four recent months, nothing short of mounting tensions could be observed between the Allies and Axis forces on the Sudanese-Abassinyan border as soldiers and ammunition continued to pile up on either side of the border.Â

In these brief three months of fake peace, which many in the colonial government have called the "African version" of the phony war, a decision long awaited has finally been fulfilled. Nationalist, Unionist, Mahdist, and even elements of the colonial leadership had unanimously agreed upon officially establishing the Sudanese Parliament, five years after it had been declared by the colonial government in June of 1935.Â

Originally, the first session of the agreed upon Sudanese parliament was to be convened just one year after the declaration in June of 1936. However, the colonial government had found obstacles in getting the imperial government in London to go along with the establishment of a parliament in the Sudanese Colony, as they had found many doubts in doing so.Â

In recent months, as the Empire was bogged down by conflict in Europe, threats made by nationalist elements in Sudan, along with pleas made by the colonial government of Khartoum, had finally caused London to rethink the colonial policy and officially allow the Sudanese Colony to establish the Sudanese Parliament within a date in 1940.Â

As preparations have already been made for the establishment of a parliament, clear instructions have been sent out to the individual 15 provinces that make up the colony of Sudan. Each province must appoint and send a delegation of representatives synonymous with the population of that region.

[list]THE PROVINCES AND THEIR REPRESENTATIVES IN PARLIAMENTÂ

Â

Wadi Halfa, Halfa Province :| 2 Representatives

Dongola, Dongola Province :| 3 RepresentativesÂ

Abu Hamad, Berber Province :| 6 Representatives

Bor Sudan, Red Sea Province :| 7 RepresentativesÂ

Kassala, Kassala Province :| 6 RepresentativesÂ

Khartoum, Khartoum Province :| 11 RepresentativesÂ

Sennar, El Funj Province :| 7 RepresentativesÂ

Kosti, White Nile Province :| 5 RepresentativesÂ

Kadugli, Nuba Province :| 4 RepresentativesÂ

El Obied, Kordofan Province :| 5 RepresentativesÂ

Nyala, Darfur Province :| 7 RepresentativesÂ

Wau, Bahr El GhazalProvince :| 3 RepresentativesÂ

Malakal, Upper Nile Province :| 4 RepresentativesÂ

Juba, Equatoria Province :| 5 Representatives

[/list]

Though, at first, the appointment of delegates and representatives by the Provincial leadership made many Nationalist and Unionist elements suspicious of the undemocratic manner in which this was done. Speaker Maffey and Governor Khalil, on the other hand, have both assured the competing parties that delegations from across Sudan must convene in Khartoum to draft and decide on new sets of colonial laws and policies, as well as to clearly define the role of the new Sudanese Parliament in the administration of the Sudanese colony, while also being representative of all the various ethnic, religious, and linguistic groups in Sudan.

Despite the doubts, many in Khartoum would celebrate the opening of the official first Sudanese Parliament on the first of September, 1940, the body is set to meet at the same location of the GovernorÂ’s Palace in Khartoum.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance

[list]OCTOBER 1940

[sub]LUFTWAFFE AIRFIELD D — BERLIN, New Provenance[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub]DIE DEUTSCHE LUFTWAFFE STARTET DIE OPERATION LETZTES LICHT ZUR VERSORGUNG DES ITALIENISCHEN OSTAFRIKA MIT WAFFEN UND VERSTÄRKUNG[/sub]

[pre]GERMAN LUFTWAFFE LAUNCHES OPERATION LETZTES LICHT (LAST LIGHT) TO SUPPLY ITALIAN EAST AFRICA WITH ARMS, REINFORCEMENTS[/pre][/list][/list]

| Together, German and Italian forces had launched separate invasions of the French Republic earlier in the year to jointly defeat the French faster. However, Italian successes were rather limited on the Franco-Italian front, and the Italian invading forces had to be relieved by arriving German armored and motorized infantry divisions from the north. The alliance between Germany and Italy, however, remained strong nonetheless, as both Berlin and Rome recognized the importance of having each other's backs, especially with most of Europe now against the duo, collectively known as the Axis Powers. German support divisions had been dispatched to Italy to support in their operations in France, but beyond that little support was provided by Germany to Italy. The German Chancellor, while a supporter of the Rome-Berlin Axis's existence and a supporter of Mussolini, viewed the Italian military as 'rather unorganized', stating to the Foreign Minister and Minister for War at a Cabinet meeting; |

[list][list][pre]Italian forces, Italian campaigns, all very unorganized [...] They may not even survive a full heads-on attack on their colonies in the Horn [of Africa] and in North Africa [...][/pre][/list][/list]

| The Chancellor's skepticism of Italy's ability to stand alone against the Allied Powers did not, however, hinder in any shape or form Germany's support for Italy. Its support behind Germany and its colonies in East Africa and North Africa were strategic to winning the war effort, especially amidst the united effort by Sudan, Egypt and South Africa to place pressure on and completely occupy the Italian colonies in East Africa and Libya. With the launching of assaults by Allied forces on these colonies, the Chancellor immediately convened his Cabinet, before the presence of several foreign policy experts and experts on Africa, to discuss the possibility of aid deployments to Italian East Africa, through the deployment of arms and possible reinforcements. The Foreign Minister and Defense Minister, as well as the Minister for War an the Minister for the Armed Forces, all declared the deployment of reinforcements and arms to East Africa in particular as 'reasonably feasible'. However, a major problem stood out: The capacity and range of Germany's transport aircraft, which would at this stage of the war likely be the only way of moving supplies to East Africa, through stops in Rome and Tripoli. |

| The most commonplace and capable German transport bomber in operation with the Luftwaffe at this time was the Heinkel He 111. With a maximum rage of 2,300 km (1,400 miles), maximum speed of 440 km/h (270 mph) and a service ceiling of 6,500 meters (21,300 feet), the He 111 was extremely capable for its role as a transport bomber, but in the case of flying supplies out to Italian East Africa, which is wholly separated from Italy and Libya by Sudan and Egypt, would be insufficient for the Munich-Rome-Tripoli-Asmara original flight plan. The distance between Tripoli and Asmara in particular served as a major problem, which greatly surpassed the 2,300 km maximum range of the He 111 at 3,242 km. However, after conferring with Italian authorities a flight plan was deduced that would allow for Germany's He 111 transports to fly to Asmara in Italian East Africa to keep it supplied with guns and light weaponry. At this stage, Germany ruled out any weaponry aid shipped by sea due to the complexities of such a plan. |

| Germany's He 111 transports would fly first from Munich, Germany to Rome, then to Benghazi, then to the town of Al-Jawf in Libya, home to Buma Airfield, the main access point to Italian East Africa, then all the way to the city of Asmara in northern Italian East Africa. In each stage the aircraft would have to refuel in order to complete each leg with reasonable fuel margins. The next issue, however, would be the fact these planes would be flying over Sudan, enemy territory. The preliminary plan at this time is to fly the planes over Sudan at night and over sparsely populated areas, and at high altitude (between 5,000 to 6,500 meters) to avoid detection. The Chancellor and his Cabinet reviewed proposal to send fighter escorts to keep the line open, but the Cabinet threw the plan out the window as it would potentially strain resources. The Chancellor and Minister for the Armed Forces, as well as Minister for Air, signed off on the plan in early October. Germany would be transporting light arms like rifles, machine guns, ammunition, grenades, as well as helmets and uniforms to support the Italian East African forces. A contingency of Heer troops numbering 500 would also be deployed after the arms. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Sudesam

[list]OCTOBER 1940

[sub]CAEN AIRFIELDS — CAEN, OCCUPIED FRANCE, New Provenance[/sub][/list]

[list][list][sub]DIE SCHLACHT UM BRITANNIEN: VORLÄUFER DER OPERATION SEALION[/sub]

[pre]THE BATTLE OF BRITAIN: PRECURSOR TO OPERATION SEALION[/pre][/list][/list]

| Following the capitulation of France in June to the invading German forces, the German Wehrmacht now stood - truly - mighty over the rest of Europe. France and the Low Countries had fallen, Denmark and Norway had fallen as well, and Germany's armies now marched and carried strength and German unity from the Pyrennes all the way to the Vistula and Narvik in the North Sea. Now, the final threat to Germany's total hegemony over Europe stood alone. The British Empire had rallied valiantly, gathering its colonial territories and "Commonwealths" behind it, failing to defend France from German occupation but succeeding in uniting itself into a strong opponent of the Chancellor's goal of uniting Europe under one, red flag. Churchill's Britain was a formidable enemy, but not even they could survive the onslaught about to begin, orchestrated for the first time wholly by the Luftwaffe - Germany's air forces. |

| Germany's planned invasion of the British Isles, known as Operation Sealion, had been in planning since the final stages of the French Campaign. The defeat of the British Government and the British military was necessary to prevent any Allied bouncebacks on the European continent for the foreseeable future, to allow Germany's forces and resources to replenish sufficiently and to allow Germany to turn its focus southward, to the Balkans, and eastwards, to the Soviet Union, whose threat to Germany's control over Europe remained. Operation Sealion began rapid preparations in spring and summer 1940, but a serious issue came to light: German forces needed COMPLETE air superiority to successfully invade Britain, according to the Luftwaffe's top experts and the High Command itself. As a result, the Chancellor signed off on a directive ordering the Luftwaffe to establish strategic superiority and supremacy over the British Isles. |

| In July 1940, the Luftwaffe began the Battle of Britain with coordinated strikes and regular attacks on ports, shipping facilities, and coastal-shipping convoys. Portsmouth in particular received the brunt of this attacks, as well as other major ports along the British coastline, particularly in the south. An air and sea blockade was also established in coordination with the Kriegsmarine, the German Navy, to begin the process of suffocating Britain to death by cutting off their supply. This would later be followed up on by the U-boat deployments into the North Atlantic, which began its operations in mid-1940. On 1 August 1940, the Luftwaffe began by directive operations to establish full air superiority over the Royal Air Force (RAF) and the British Isles, with the aim of completely incapacitating RAF Fighter Command. 12 days later, on 13 August, the Luftwaffe switched its operations again, this time targeting RAF airfields and infrastructure. As the Battle of Britain progressed, factories involved in aircraft production as well as strategic infrastructure were also targeted. |

| While the Luftwaffe was generally effective in destroying RAF targets and aircraft in the early stages of the conflict, several underlying problems were pushed aside despite their serious importance and their role in potentially deciding the success or failure of Germany in the Battle of Britain. Firstly, the Luftwaffe was originally designed as a close-support weapon, dedicated to supporting and advancing with ground troops, not as an instrument for a strategic bombing campaign against a powerful, dedicated air fighting force. The Luftwaffe also lacked heavy bombers, making it difficult to inflict significant damage on targets, and the Luftwaffe's fighter forces had no effective methods of plotting the positions of RAF Fighter Command aircraft. Supply problems and a lack of aircraft reserves were lacking, and due to the rapid speed with which Germany overran its enemies in France and the Low Countries, no airfields or supply and repair centers had yet to be built, meaning most if not all Luftwaffe aircraft had to return to Germany for repairs. |

| However, the next phase of the Battle of Britain would begin on 3 September, in vengeance for a direct RAF assault on the German capital. From the strategic airfields and facilities and the RAF, which was so close to absolute decimation, Germany's Luftwaffe turned its eyes to the cities of Britain. A lightning was about to descend upon the British Isles, a Blitz. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian

[list][list]The Kingdom of Italy, Mussolini Refuses Ultimatum - Italia is at War! - Italian 10th Army Invades Egypt!, June - September 1940

Regno d'Italia, Mussolini Rifiuta L'ultimatum - L'Italia è in guerra! La 10a Armata italiana invade l'Egitto!, Giugno - Settembre 1940[/list][/list]

[list][list][list]Adriatican Islands, Sudesam[/list][/list][/list]

[list][list][pre]ITALY REFUSES AFRICAN TERRITORIAL ULTIMATUM: DECLARES WAR ON GREAT BRITAIN AND FRANCE - ITALY INVADES EGYPT!

L'ITALIA RIFIUTA L'ULTIMATUM TERRITORIALE AFRICANO: DICHIARA GUERRA ALLA GRAN BRETAGNA E ALLA FRANCIA - L'ITALIA INVADE L'EGITTO![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list] DECLARATION OF WAR - JUNE 1940[/list][/list][/list]

[list]| In 1939, massive geopolitical changes happened in Europe. Events such as the Italian Occupation of Albania, the German Invasion of Czechoslovakia and Poland, the Soviets in Turkey, and many more have forced Italy into a dangerous position. The Italian Army was certainly not in a good position by 1939, lacking modernization and proper logistics, but Mussolini and the Italian High Command ignored this fact, and decided to leave it out of the factors which would culminate with Italy entering the war on the German side. The added ultimatum by African colonies of the West further gave Italy reason to join in the war. With Italy's Pact of Steel with Germany, the Fascist Grand Council debated joining the war, urged by the German Staat, as well as the dreams of Italian territorial expansion in both Europe and Africa. On the 10th of June, Prime Minister Benito Mussolini declared war on France and Great Britain, sending troops into France from the South. |[/list]

[list]| As for colonial defense, they were properly bolstered in 1939, with 215,000 troops in Libya alone. As for East African Colonies, a flotilla of destroyers was sent to assist with supplies, as well as 150,000 troops. They are also supported by planes of the Regia Aeronautica, and the warships of the Regia Marina, even getting aid from the German Staat. Naval and Air supply routes have also been established in these areas, and civilian ships have been recalled to Italy for conversion to troop carrying transports. Mussolini started a speech declaring war on the allies from the Plazzo Venezia in Central Rome: |[/list]

[list][list][pre]Fighters of land, sea, and air, Blackshirts of the revolution and the legions, men and women of Italy, of the empire and the Kingdom of Albania, listen! The hour destined by fate is sounding for us. The hour of irrevocable decision has come. A declaration of war already has been handed to the Ambassadors of Great Britain and France. We take the field against the plutocratic and reactionary democracies who always have blocked the march and frequently plotted against the existence of the Italian people. Several decades of recent history may be summarized in these words: Phrases, promises, threats of blackmail, and finally, crowning that ignoble edifice, the League of Nations of fifty-two nations. Our conscience is absolutely clear. With you, the entire world is witness that the Italy of fascism has done everything humanly possible to avoid the tempest that envelops Europe, but all in vain.

It would have sufficed to revise treaties to adapt them to changing requirements vital to nations and not consider them untouchable for eternity. It would have sufficed not to begin the stupid policy of guarantees, which proved particularly deadly for those who accepted them. It would have sufficed not to reject the proposal of the Chancellor [Heidler] made last October 6 after the campaign in Poland ended. Now, all that belongs to the past. Suppose today we have decided to take the risks and sacrifices of war. In that case, it is because the honor, interests, and future firmly impose it since a great people is truly such if it considers its obligations sacred and does not avoid the supreme trials that determine the course of history. We are taking up arms, after having solved the problem of our continental frontiers. We want to break the territorial and military chains that confine us in our sea because a country of 45,000,000 souls is not truly free if it has no free access to the ocean. This gigantic conflict is only a phase of the logical development of our revolution.[/pre][/list][/list]

[list][list][list] OPERATION E, INVASION OF EGYPT - SEPTEMBER 1940[/list][/list][/list]

[list]| Meanwhile in the Italian North African colony of Libya, Governor-General Rodolfo Graziani has been building up a powerful force to deter Egyptian forces on the border. Following several border conflicts and border incidents from June to August, the forces were made due to the possible threat of war coming. By September, the plans were ready. The Italian 10th Army, 5th Army, and 1st Libyan Division had been stationed on the Egyptian border, covered by air support from the 5th Regia Aeronautica Squadron. On the 9th of September, cannon fire could be heard from the border, Operation E, the Italian invasion of Egypt, had begun. The 10th Army under the command of General Annibale Bergonzoli was to push to the town of Sidi Barrani, and were reinforced by the 62nd Infantry Division "Marmarica" and 63rd Infantry Division "Cirene", the 1st CC.NN. Division "23 Marzo", the Maletti Group, and the 1st Tank Group (1° Raggruppamento Carri) reinforced with the Fiat M13/40 Medium Tank. Italian troops were pushed back briefly but managed to steadily push Egyptian forces back to Sidi Barrani. However by the 16th of September, the offensive would stop there, and Italian forces eventually had to fortify the area due to the threat of supply shortages. |[/list]

[list][list][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler][/list][/list]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh

[list]SEPTEMBER—OCTOBER 1940

[sub]Italo-Egyptian War - Tobruk Counteroffensive [/sub][/list]

[pre] W A R P L A N G R E E N [/pre]

SIDI BARRANI — DAYBREAK

[sub]MATROUH GOVERNATE, Kotakuan Ii[/sub]

[list][list][sub] https://youtu.be/lY8uTaUM8Bg[/sub][/list][/list]

| To the surprise of the British and the Egyptian Military Command, The 10th Army under the command of General Annibale Bergonzoli had pushed their way to the town of Sidi Barrani after an initial small pushback by Egyptian forces stationed in El-Salloum, however the 2nd Armoured Division under the command of General Mohammad Naguib, and the 1st Armoured Division under Colonel Hassan were given instructions to retreat and regroup and then to pierce the small Italian offensive. Under the instructions of His Majesty Farouk, the 1st and 2nd Armoured Division were to act as a spearheads through Sidi Barrani, El-Salloum and into the port city of Tobruk. This would open supply lines from the Egyptian coast to the liberating force in Tobruk. Within Tobruk the Royal Egyptian Armed Forces could resupply and properly reinforce. The counter-offensive into the city would allow for the opening of a supply line from Tobruk to Egypt across her coast. The major objective once the Italians had been pushed past the Egyptian Border was to secure the El Adem Air Base in Tobruk to ensure that Egyptian planes could resupply and continue their air campaign whilst inside of Libyan territory. |

[list][pre]

░▒ 4th Royal (Alexandria) Infantry Division (6 Regiments x 2000 personnel)

░▒ 7th Royal (Giza) Infantry Division (6 Regiments x 2000 personnel)

░▒ 9th Royal (Cairo) Infantry Division (6 Regiments x 2000 personnel)

░▒ 1st Armoured Division (6 Regiments x 2000 personnel)

░▒ 2nd Armoured Division (6 Regiments x 2000 personnel)

░▒ 60,000 Initial Egyptian Counter-Offensive Force

░▒ 20 x T-26 Light Infantry Tank

░▒ 20 x Char D1 Light Tanks

░▒ 20 x FIAT 611B Armoured Car

░▒ 20 x FIAT 3000 (37mm Variant)

░▒ 10x Carro Veloce L3/35 R (45mm Variant)

░▒ 20x GLT-30 Type B Katastroféas Dexamenón (Desert Modification)

░▒ 10 x Vickers Mark E

to support the 1st and 2nd Armoured Divisions, and the 4th, 7th and 9th Infantry Divisions, in their counter offensive [/pre][/list]

| The 1st and 2nd Armoured Divisions, supported by the Royal Egyptian Air Force would act as an initial spearhead for the counteroffensive. With the element of speed and mobility paramount in such an operation. The 4th, 7th and 9th Infantry Divisions would then swiftly follow in behind the two Armoured Divisions. |

[list][pre]░▒ 15x PZL P.24G Fighters

░▒ 10 x Gloster Gladiators

░▒ 5 x Supermarine Spitfires

░▒ 14 x Bristol Blenheim Bombers

to deploy and provide close air support to the counter offfensive into Tobruk. From Tobruk the planes will refuel and resupply from the captured Royal Air Force Station El Adem. Bristol Blenheim bombers have a range of 2,350 KM - making it perfect to destroy Italian infrastructure ahead of the advancing Egyptian armoured divisions. Blenheim bombers would be accompanied by fighters to ensure the bombing mission can be completed without Italian fighter interference. On the other hand, Supermarine Spitfires have a range for a 300 KM round trip. Meaning Spitfires can only support the bombers up to Al Bayda or BÂ’ir bin Ghunayma until the fighter headed back to refuel. [/pre][/list]

| The Royal Egyptian navy, at 0800 hours, would begin to implement a total exclusion zone of Italian (and German) vessels in Egyptian waters deemed close to the coast. Any Italian (or German) naval vessel within the exclusion zone, spanning 100 nautical miles off the coast of Egypt (including the Suez Canal) would be responded to with a kill on sight order. This exclusion zone did not apply for neutral or allied nations. |

[list][pre]░▒ 1 x Le Fantasque-class Destroyer

░▒ 2 x Douro-class Destroyer

░▒ 2 x Delfim class Submarine

to patrol Egyptian water within its Total Exclusion Zone - to protect the Egyptian coast and trade

░▒ 5 x Douro-class Destroyer

░▒ 4 x Delfim class Submarine

to deploy to the Red Sea to assist in Sudan and South AfricaÂ’s invasion of Italian East Africa[/pre][/list]

| The Royal Egyptian Armed Forces had been preparing for an offensive into Tobruk since June, therefore this invasion was a preemptive blow to Farouk and his army. However, the units stationed in El-Salloum had quickly retreated to El-Nagalia and were prepared at once to launch a counteroffensive. Initially, with the defences the Italians had dug in to Sidi Barrani it provides them with some limited success but the close proximity of Marsa Matruh airbase to Sidi Barrani provided the Egyptian Divisions with much needed air superiority and close air support. Blenheim bombers were instructed to bomb key infrastructure such as the Italian dug in defences. Two heavy artillery regiments had arrived, supported by a squadron of T-26 and Chard D1 tanks, REAF aircraft, Royal Egyptian Navy ships and artillery fire. The fighting went on for all the morning, without substantial gains, until 1:30 p.m., when the Blackshirts holding two strongholds on the western side of the perimeter suddenly surrendered. Shortly afterwards, the brigade cut the south and west roads from Sidi Barrani. When the 1st and 2nd Armoured Division began to advance, about 2,000 Blackshirts rose up, apparently ready to counter-attack; they had lost heart and surrendered instead. In two hours the first objectives had been captured along the west side of the port, part of the south side and the artillery lines had been overrun. Eventually, the Italians had retreated as far back as El-Salloum where the official counter offensive into Italian Libya began. General Naguib ordered increased Air Force support on Tobruk, particularly Bristol Blenheim bombers, to reduce the morale of the Italian troops in Libya. Eventually, Egyptian forces captured Tobruk, the El Adem Air Base, and opened the supply lines from Tobruk across the Egyptian coast. From Tobruk, Egyptian forces would dig in their positions and await reinforcements from her allies in Britain, Arabia and Iraq. |

[list]THE KINGDOM OF EGYPT IS NOW IN A FORMAL STATE OF WAR WITH THE KINGDOM OF ITALY, AFTER THEIR IMPERIALIST INVASION, WITH THE FAILURE OF ITALY TO COMPLY WITH THE PRETORIA ULTIMATUM [/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Asharken, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh, Adriatican Islands

WARPLAN "TAKBIR"

TOTAL MOBILIZATION & WAR ECONOMY

The news of the Italian fascist dogs declaring war the nation of Egypt did not come at a surprise. King Faisal I had already anticipated this idiotic move to attack his Arabian ally in the west, Which he already had devised a plan to push the economy and the military to it's maximum limit, Calling onto further conscription efforts and higher military production over civilian goods. Conscription law age limit would be relaxed temporarily to 15 years old at minimum to enlist, alongside allowing women to serve as auxiliary such as nurses, recon and sniper support.

"My brothers and sisters in faith... The Italians, those fascist excrement, lapdogs of the German Reich, Have come to the doorstep of Egypt in the hopes of thinking it will be an easy fight. We shall decimate this disease off the continent of North Africa and liberate it from this cancer at once! our friends in Egypt needs us! it is time to stand up for ourselves in the face of European aggression. They underestimate our resolve. Let us show that we do not fear them. For if Allah is with us, who is against us? Wait a while; there will come to you mounts, carrying lions in shining armor, battalions followed by battalions."

Total New Manpower: 150,000

_____________________________________________

Operation Details

Aided Country: Egypt

Expedition Divisions: Three (20,500)

- 1st Elite Camelry Division; 8,000

- 2nd Elite Camelry Division; 8,000

- 2nd Tigris Division; 4,500

- Dewoitine D.500 Fighter; 30

- 20 Tigris M1s donated to the Egyptian Military

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Asharken, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

COMMONWEALTH AIR OFFENSIVE IN EAST AFRICA

October 1940

At behest of the Commonwealth Command in Eastern Africa, Air Vice Marshal Ted Jacklin in Command of Commonwealth Air Assets has ordered a large scale Air Offensive against the Italian Forces in Eastern Africa in order to support a larger Ground Offensive. Split into three main forces, the Rhodesian Strike Group, Commonwealth Air Group & Naval Aviation Group the overall Air Forces within Eastern Africa vastly outnumbers its Italian counterparts, thanks mainly to abundant contributions from many Colonial Governments such as Rhodesia and South Africa. Eastern Africa could potentially either be the quickest campaign Britain could wage during this war, but also had the potential to be a long and bloody struggle if the Axis were able to ship enough supplies to it before any reasonable Commonwealth action against it.

STRIKE GROUP WAGON - MASSAWA

Target : Port of Massawa (Eritrea) with a focus on infrastructure and supplies - Cranes, Fuel Tanks, Warehouses & secondarily the Piers themselves

Approach : Along the coast of Sudan and later Eritrea from Port Sudan, PZL.37B II Aircraft launched from Dirt Fields south-west of Port Sudan

Tactic : Fighter Complement shall remain on station circling in two main groups (18 each) ready to intercept enemy Fighter response, if said response is not receiving by end of attack run one Group shall accompany the Bombers back to base, the second Group shall raid the Italian Airfield at Akordat on the return trip

Carried out by : Rhodesian Strike Group

Aircraft involved :

- 36x (Rhodesian) Hawker Hurricanes equipped with singular fuel tank on hardpoint for journey to target

- 28x (Rhodesian) Vickers Wellington carrying 8x 500lb Bombs each (total payload of 224 Bombs weighing 112,000lbs/51,000kg)

- 32x (Rhodesian) PZL.37B II carrying 20x 250lb Bombs each (total payload of 640 Bombs weighing 160,000lbs/70,400kg)

STRIKE GROUP TURKEY - ASMARA & AKORDAT

Target : Airbase at Asmara & Airfield at Akordat, primarily infrastructure involved in Aircraft operation such as Fuel Tanks, Buildings and Bunkers holding munitions and stationary Aircraft.

Approach : Direct from Airstrips North west of Kassala

Tactic : Two Fighter Complements shall accompany the Strike Force to Akordat where the Blenheims shall start their attack on the Airbase there. One Fighter Group (11 Hurricanes) shall then accompany the Rhodesian PZL Bombers to Asmara where they shall strike the Airbase there. Upon completion of both Attacks, the groups are to return directly to base.

Carried out by : Commonwealth Air Group & Rhodesian Strike Group

Aircraft involved :

- 22x (British) Hawker Hurricanes equipped with singular fuel tank on hardpoint for journey to target

- 22x (British) Bristol Blenheim carrying 4x 500lb Bombs each (total payload of 224 Bombs weighing 44,000lbs/20,000kg)

- 12x (Rhodesian) PZL.37B II carrying 20x 250lb Bombs each (total payload of 640 Bombs weighing 160,000lbs/70,400kg)

STRIKE GROUP PANSY - ERITREAN & NORTH ETHIOPIAN BORDER

Target : Italian Forces along the North Ethiopian and Eritrean Border

Approach : Varying based on location

Tactic : Strike Group Pansy consists of Aircraft on call and directly assigned to raid and harass enemy positions along the Frontline in the northern sectors

Carried out by : Commonwealth Air Group & Rhodesian Strike Group

Aircraft involved :

- 62x (Rhodesian) PZL P.24A equipped either with additional 2x20mm Cannon Gunpods or 2x 110lb Bombs

- 24x (British) Gloster Gladiators

- 10x (Rhodesian) Vickers Wellington carrying 8x 500lb Bombs each

- 32x (British) Hawker Hart carrying 4x 110lb Bombs

STRIKE GROUP BAFFIN - SOMALIAN SECTOR

Target : Escort of Classified Naval Operation

Approach : Direct

Tactic : Strike Group Baffin is tasked with the close escort of a classified Naval operation including providing limited air support on arrival of said operation

Carried out by : Rhodesian Strike Group

Aircraft involved :

- 24x (Rhodesian) Hawker Hurricanes equipped with two fuel tanks on hardpoint for journey to target

- 10x (Rhodesian) Vickers Wellington carrying 8x 500lb Bombs each

- 12x (Rhodesian) PZL.37B II carrying 20x 250lb Bombs each (total payload of 640 Bombs weighing 160,000lbs/70,400kg)

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Asharken, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Nileia, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

THE INVASION BEGINS

Following the Italian declaration of war, the orders of the war would begin. The orders listed in https://www.nationstates.net/region=commonwealth_of_liberty/page=display_region_rmb?postid=47709046#p47709046 would activate. Additionally, 80,000 more men were mobilized onto the army, mostly native Ascaris from Eritrea. German supplies would get in via plane to further arm the new men as well. The 80,000 new men would be divided into 4 divisions, stationed in Mega, Mitata, Dolo, and Baidoa for further garrisoning and reinforcements if needed, not putting them onto the frontlines immediately.

The shelling of major cities would begin as a massive bombing operation of Port Sudan, specifically its airfields and naval bases would take priority, realizing the importance of rehabilitating the primary naval limb of Sudan, using 25 Ca.133 bombers, 25 SM. 81 bombers, and 20 CR.42 fighters. Smaller bombings of Kassala and Khartoum would also take place, encompassing 20 bombers and 10 fighters each, out of the total 193 planes. The rest of the fighters would be on patrol in their respective bases, as referenced in the prior RP post. The navy would retain its order and heavily patrol the Somalian coast and the ending of the Red Sea.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

sorry for short post but i alr did this stuff

Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands

[list][pre]September-October 1940 | World War Two (Great Liberation War)[/pre]

[pre]900 HRS | WAR PLAN GREEN - KASSALA, SUDAN;[/pre][/list]

[sub]The match was struck in the early morning hours of the 31st of September 1940, when Italian forces under the command of General Annibale Bergonzoli initiated their invasion of the Kingdom of Egypt. Several months had passed since the Pretoria Ultimatum was delivered, and quickly rejected by the Italian Empire not long after the fall of France. It appeared evident that this war would drag on, as forces on both sides of the global conflict positioned themselves for this new phase of hostilities. Whereas Egyptian troops were shocked by the Italian assault, which many expected to come at any moment, the South African led East Africa Command took it as a signal to initiate War Plan Green.[/sub]

[sub]Since June, the South African and Sudanese Armies were joined by Commonwealth forces from Rhodesia, Kenya, Tanganiyika, Uganda, and elsewhere, as the Crown repositioned itÂ’s forces in the wake of the Dunkirk disaster, to defend the Empire world-wide. Yet, even as England found itself besieged by Volkist bombers, her Armies in Africa were preparing for a valiant fight which many hoped would take the pressure off of the home islands. Thus, the campaign for the liberation of East Africa would be commanded by the newly appointed South African Field Marshall, Daniel Hermanus Pienaar, with Rhodesian Air Vice Marshal Ted Jacklin taking command of Commonwealth air forces in the area, and South African Admiral Guy W. Hallifax, would command the combined naval force around the Horn of Africa and Red Sea.[/sub]

[sub]With months to adjust its planning and implement this new command structure, High Command was confident that this front would be quickly routed, allowing for troops to be again repositioned to assist forces in North Africa. Though, with this confidence, there was an air of mature caution, as rumors of “Total War” tactics being used by the sympathetic Ethiopian Colonial Troops was enough to prompt the issuing of gas masks to every soldier - and a preparation in the hearts of men, for a protracted engagement in the Horn. The brave men were ready, eager to defend their homelands, and restore peace to the world - starting in Africa.[/sub]

[list][pre]❈ FORCE ‘AÂ’ | 1 SA DIVISION + SUDANESE KASSALA DIVISION — SOUTHEAST OF KASSALA;[/pre]

[spoiler=1ST SOUTH AFRICAN DIVISION][list][pre]⍂ I. Cape Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ II. Cape Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ III. Cape Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ IV. Â’Port ElizabethÂ’ Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍄ I. Maritz Fusiliers Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,360 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Bofors 40mm L/60 AA Guns (Towed)[/list]

[pre]⍄ I. Cape Field Artillery Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,480 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Ordnance QF 2-pounder AT Guns (Towed)

- 8 [I]BL 60-pounder Heavy Gun (Towed)[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]From June to September, additional defenses were put into place on the northern shore of the Gash River, from Mount Makram [15.249868, 36.511367] across the plateau to the Taka Mountains to the north [15.449047, 36.614679]. Barbed wire, boulders, abandoned vehicles, and artificial sand dunes were placed under cover of darkness nightly, to make the terrain difficult if not impassable for heavy vehicles. Yet, if there was any lesson learned from the sobering moments of the Volkist invasion of France, it was to expect the unexpected. Thus, land mines were placed sporadically throughout the plane to shore up the defensive viability of the now dubbed ‘Plateau Formation’. These fortifications would be made with the flooding season in mind, with heavier concentrations of mines and deterrents in the passes between streams and pools. Such plans were classified, with maps held by officers in the area only when duties placed them in proximity to it. With Machine Gun and Mortar nexts positioned on the outskirts of Kassala, a kill box was readied if the Italian/Ethiopian troops advanced into it.[/sub]

[sub]With the plateau defense all but sure, the bulk of the I., II., and III. Cape Infantry Regiments would take up positions south of the Garsh Stream at [15.22262° N, 36.48399° E] in defensive positions awaiting orders to advance towards Aligidir and Teseney. The Artillery Batteries from this formation would be positioned behind artificial dunes 2 miles to the north of the infantry at [15.258910, 36.431421]. There the Sudanese settlement would be evacuated, and a battery of AA guns (8) from I. Maritz Fusiliers Regiment would join them for aerial deterrence and defense. From this position, the Artillery was well suited for strikes in support of an advance towards Teseney, or to disorient, confuse, and counter an Italian advance.[/sub]

[sub]The IV. Port Elizabeth Infantry Regiment (PEI) would be positioned on the southern end of the ‘Plateau Fortifications’ directly across the Gash from the other South African Infantry Regiments. From this position, in the mountain pass and land leading into the Gash, the PEI Regiment would be prepared to ambush any Italian force advancing around the fortifications. Heavy Weapons teams from the Regiment (To include ML 3-Inch Mortars, Vickers-Berthier MGs, and Boys Anti-Tank Rifles), would provide heavy fire as needed. In the event that an opportunity presented itself, they would enter Italian East Africa to secure the bridges crossing the Gash into Teseney.[/sub]

[sub]Just East of Kassala at [15.452402, 36.443613], the I. Cape Field Artillery would be primarily positioned, supported by the remainder of the Maritz Fusiliers Regiment, divided into two sub units - one facing south east into the kill box that was the Plateau Formation, with the other stationed at [15.496592, 36.426374] to provide covering fire for Sudanese forces stationed to the north of the Formation, and at the Sebderat Pass (SEE SusanÂ’s Post). From such a vantage, the Artillery would be able to conduct itÂ’s mission of securing the Plateau, provide support fire, and be well positioned for any counter offensive from the North where Italian troops are positioned within the town of Sebderat proper. With air cover provided by EA Air Command (SEE RanÂ’s Post), the Divisional Commanders were prepared for the Italians.[/sub]

[pre]❈ ‘FORCE AÂ’ | 2ND SA DIVISION, 1ST RHODESIAN INFANTRY — SOUTH OF GEDAREF;[/pre]

[spoiler=2ND SOUTH AFRICAN DIVISION][list]

[pre]⍂ V. Cape Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ Cape Guards Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ VII. Transvaal Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂VIII. Transvaal Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍄ II. Durban Fusiliers Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,360 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Bofors 40mm L/60 AA Guns (Towed)[/list]

[pre]⍄ II. Vrystaatse Field Artillery Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,480 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Ordnance QF 2-pounder AT Guns (Towed)

- 8 [I]BL 60-pounder Heavy Gun (Towed)[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[spoiler=1ST RHODESIAN INFANTRY DIVISION][list]- 11,800 Soldiers

- 12 [I]QF 18-pounder gun

- 12 [I]BL 6-inch 26 cwt howitzer

- 24 [I]QF 3.7-in heavy anti-aircraft gun

- 12 [I]45 mm anti-tank gun M1937

- 28 [I]Rhodesian Built 7TP

- 12 [I]Rhodesian Built Carro Veloce L3/35 R 45 / Carrier TD

- 24 [I]Mortar Carriers (12 3-inch and 12 4.2 Inch)[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]The arrival of Rhodesian reinforcements to the Sudanese border was of great help to operational commanders on the ground, who grew weary amidst the overwhelming Italian Force gathered just over the border at Metemma and nearby Sanj. Aerial reconnaissance had revealed the positioning of Italian troops in both cities, which was not originally anticipated - but, with fresh reinforcements, and the newly formed East Africa Command pooling the tactical and strategic knowledge of the Commonwealth, a new plan was formulated - one which was indeed bold.[/sub]

[sub]At Gallabat, the V. Cape, VII. and VIII Infantry Transvaal Regiments would take up positions in the small town alongside Infantry Regiments of the Rhodesian Division (6,000 Rhodesians) in preparation for the assault. Having evacuated the town in August, Gallabat was a hornetÂ’s nest of Commonwealth troops who had made preparations to defend the border crossing in the event of an enemy assault. In all, 18,360 soldiers would be placed at Gallabat and in the immediate vicinity, consisting of Line Infantry Companies as well as heavy fire teams from Machine Guns to Mortars. With this Infantry formation, the Anti-Tank batteries from II. Vrystaatse Field Artillery Regiment would be detached and positioned on the Gallata side of the creek to provide anti-vehicular support and to destroy any structures on the other side.[/sub]

[sub]Two miles north of Gallabat in a mountain pass, the artillery from these Regiments (24 Guns in Batteries of 8) would be positioned to provide support for the Infantry in Gallabat, and to strike the city of Metemma. This Artillery formation would be covered by a battery of Anti-Air guns (8) from II. Durban Fusiliers Regiment.[/sub]

[sub]The core of the force in Gallabat would be the Rhodesian Tanks who would have been previously stationed at Gadaref. Upon receiving the order shortly after the Italian invasion of Egypt, the tanks would be arriving shortly after the launch of the push into Metemma - such a force would pierce into the heart of the city - using the Commonwealth equivalent of a Blitz maneuver supported by the infantry. This Armored Regiment, comprised of 28 7TP light tanks, would focus their efforts along Road 21, until reaching the creek which separated Gallabat from Metemma.[/sub]

[sub]Southwest of Metemma [12.934946, 36.133500] was an abandoned road leading into the city which crossed the Sudanese border. From this position, the Cape Guards Regiment would join with the remaining Rhodesian Infantry Regiments (5,800 Soldiers) from which point they’d launch a pincer maneuver on the town in coordination with the force at Gallabat. Supported by the 24 Mortar Carriers (twelve carrying 3 Inch, and twelve carrying 4.2 Inch mortars), and Carro Veloce L3/35 R 45 Tank Destroyers, this would be a mounted force carried by armored trucks who’d quickly enter Matemma and cause a shock of confusion once operations commenced. Their positioning was secret, with their positioned being revealed only upon the first shots from troops at Gallabat. Upon the hills overlooking these forces and Matemma would be the II. Vrystaatse Field Artillery Regiment, whose heavy cannons would be positioned to provide direct support for the assault from this force, dubbed ‘the Guards’.[/sub]

[sub]At 0915 HRS, the battle for Matemma would commence would the cracking open of the Artillery Batteries outside of Gallabat whose thunderous implosions would send shockwaves throughout the region. For late risers, this would be their alarm clock, but for the Commonwealth Force, it was their signal to begin the assault. Machine Gun fire and Mortar blasts would ring out from Commonwealth Positions in Gallabat as the advance was initiated. First, the Tanks would advance over and around the bridge, supported by Infantry intermixed with them - and the focus of Artillery barrages being dispersed sporadically about town to maximize confusion and shock the Colonial troops into retreat. These would be the first shots fired in the East Africa Campaign.[/sub]

[pre]❈ ‘FORCE BÂ’ | 3RD SOUTH AFRICAN DIVISION, 2ND RHODESIAN INFANTRY — AT KURMUK;[/pre]

[spoiler=3RD SA DIVISION][list]

[pre]⍂ IX. Transvaal Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ X. Transvaal Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ XII. Transvaal Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ Pretoria Guards Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍄ III. Durban Fusiliers Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,360 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Bofors 40mm L/60 AA Guns (Towed)[/list]

[pre]⍄ III. Natal Field Artillery Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,480 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Ordnance QF 2-pounder AT Guns (Towed)

- 8 [I]BL 60-pounder Heavy Gun (Towed)[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[spoiler=2ND RHODESIAN INFANTRY DIVISION][list]- 11,800 Soldiers

- 12 [I]QF 18-pounder gun

- 12 [I]BL 6-inch 26 cwt howitzer

- 24 [I]QF 3.7-in heavy anti-aircraft gun

- 12 [I]45 mm anti-tank gun M1937

- 28 [I]Rhodesian Built 7TP

- 12 [I]Rhodesian Built Carro Veloce L3/35 R 45 / Carrier TD[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]With the assault on Matemma commencing at 0915 HRS, some 208 miles north of Kurmuk, Force B Command gave the order to initiate the rapid assault into Italian East Africa along road B40 towards Asosa. What lay between this force and the capital, Addis Ababa, the Italian Force at Asosa, who intelligence showed was the only threat to a swift march deep into Ethiopia. Thus, both the 3rd SA Division and 2nd Rhodesian Division would mount a motorized and armored assault towards the city - with the Rhodesian Tanks forming a wedge formation ahead of the column with Tank Destroyers on either side of the road (where possible) as they would together capture settlements on the way to Asosa. While this push was to be swift, the troops were prepared to dismount and face any opposition along the mountain road should it appear prior to their arrival at Asosa, where the Italian troops are positioned.[/sub]

[pre]❈ ‘FORCE BÂ’ | 3RD RHODESIAN INFANTRY DIVISION — AT FAMI, SUDAN;[/pre]

[spoiler=2ND RHODESIAN INFANTRY DIVISION][list]- 11,800 Soldiers

- 12 [I]QF 18-pounder gun

- 12 [I]BL 6-inch 26 cwt howitzer

- 24 [I]QF 3.7-in heavy anti-aircraft gun

- 12 [I]45 mm anti-tank gun M1937

- 28 [I]Rhodesian Built 7TP

- 12 [I]Rhodesian Built Carro Veloce L3/35 R 45 / Carrier TD[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]The 3rd Rhodesian Infantry Division, comprised of some 11,800 men would position themselves in the brush surrounding the village of Fami. Having been positioned there during the summer, the troops had established a traditional defense of the small village which was located at a geostrategic point in the remote regions of southern Sudan and southwestern Ethiopia. There, Artillery and Anti-Air defenses had been established for the purpose of raining fire upon an invading force of Italians.[/sub]

[sub]Given the open nature of the plateau surrounding Fami - while, at this time of year, it would become increasingly muddied due to seasonal rains. Because of this, Rhodesian troops were planning on using this to their advantage, betting that the Italians would avoid launching an operation on this front until after the ground was hardened. But, with the operation commencing elsewhere on the front, the Division would enter a state of heightened awareness - preparing their munitions and reinforcing positions for whatever may come their way. For the purpose of reconnaissance, a small Company of 500 men would take up positions along the river beds on the border to radio any movement back to Fami. Of note, this Division includes the Nyimba Rangers, a 150-strong force of the Nsenga Tribe, who are the first native Rhodesian force operating within the national Army.[/sub]

[pre]❈ ‘RED SEA FORCEÂ’ | KINGÂ’s SOUTH AFRICAN DIVISION — SUAKIN, SUDAN SUAKIN;[/pre]

[spoiler=Composition][list]

[pre]⍂ XIV. SA Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ XV. SA Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ XVI. SA Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ XVII. SA Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍄ IV. Newcastle Fusiliers Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,360 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Bofors 40mm L/60 AA Guns (Towed)[/list]

[pre]⍄ IV. Transvaal Field Artillery Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,480 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Ordnance QF 2-pounder AT Guns (Towed)

- 8 [I]BL 60-pounder Heavy Gun (Towed)[/list]

[pre]]⌻ Royal South African Armored Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 2,548 Soldiers (6 Rifle and 2 Heavy Weapons Companies + Crews)

- 82 [I]Matilda II Infantry Tanks

- 41 [I]Cruiser Mk IV Tanks

- 12 [I]Universal Mortar Carriers

[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]Having received orders to redeploy, the KingÂ’s South Africa Division would immediately reposition from Suakin to Toruk where the Sudanese Defense Force had prepared defenses. Their orders, supplement the defense, and prepare for an advance into Eritrea along the coast. Coordinating with the Commonwealth Air Forces, these troops would be a primary point of the offense along the Sudanese front.[/sub]

[pre]❈ ‘COMMONWEALTH FORCES SOMALILANDÂ’ | SOUTH AFRICAN EXPEDITIONARY FORCE, XII. B. INFANTRY DIVISION, XIII. B. INFANTRY DIVISION, & XX. B. ARMORED DIVISION — BRITISH SOMALILAND;[/pre]

[spoiler=SA EXPEDITIONARY FORCE][list]

[pre]⍂ XVII. SA Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍂ XVIII. Windhoek Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 4,120 Soldiers (12 Rifle and 4 Heavy Weapon Companies + Support)

- 8 [I]QF 4.5 Inch Howitzer[/list]

[pre]⍄ IV. Kokstad Fusiliers Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 1,360 Soldiers (3 Rifle and 1 Heavy Weapons Company + Support)

- 24 [I]Bofors 40mm L/60 AA Guns (Towed)[/list]

[pre]]⌻ II. SA Cavalry Guards Regiment[/pre]

[list]- 2,548 Soldiers (6 Rifle and 2 Heavy Weapons Companies + Crews)

- 82 [I]Matilda II Infantry Tanks

- 41 [I]Cruiser Mk IV Tanks

- 12 [I]Universal Mortar Carriers

[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[spoiler=XII. BRITISH INFANTRY DIVISION][list]- 13,000 Soldiers

- 16 [I]QF 25-pounder gun

- 16 [I]BL 6-inch 26 cwt howitzer

- 10 [I]3-Inch Mortar Carriers

- 10 [I]4.2 Mortar Carriers

- 5 [I]QF 2-pounder Anti-Tank[/list][/spoiler]

[spoiler=XIII. BRITISH INFANTRY DIVISION][list]- 13,000 Soldiers

- 16 [I]QF 25-pounder gun

- 16 [I]BL 6-inch 26 cwt howitzer

- 10 [I]3-Inch Mortar Carriers

- 10 [I]4.2 Mortar Carriers

- 5 [I]QF 2-pounder Anti-Tank[/list][/spoiler]

[spoiler=XX. BRITISH ARMORED DIVISION][list]- 10,000 Soldiers

- 44 [I]Matilda II Infantry Tanks

- 88 [I]Cruiser Mk.IV Tanksr

- 80 [I]Universal Carriers

- 10 [I]4.2 Mortar Carriers

- 24 [I]BL 6-Inch Gun[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]Arriving in secret in July of 1940, the South African Expeditionary Force would join the British Forces in Somaliland to form a new Commonwealth Somaliland Force. Divided into two units, the SAEF would join with the XX. British Armored Division at the Somali border town of Wajale. British Intelligence indicated that there was an utter lack of Italian defenses in this area, a fact which East Africa Command would capitalize upon. Both forces, being comprised of both motorized and mechanized Infantry Regiments, as well as a full Armored Division and South African Armored Regiment of similar size. This force was to quickly strike at the heart of Italian East Africa supported by air cover (SEE ‘STRIKE GROUP BAFFIN - SOMALIAN SECTOR’ in Ran’s post).[/sub]

[sub]At 0925 HRS, 10 minutes after operations commenced elsewhere, the order would be given for the Armored strike to begin. Crossing the border, the troops would push towards Tog Wajale, with a final destination of Harar.[/sub]

[sub]On the other side of the Somaliland territory, the XII. and XIII. Infantry Divisions, positioned at Buro Wadal, would make their motorized assault into Somalia capturing the road and small settlements on the way to the coastal town of Eyl. There, the force would march south to join the troops landing at Mogadishu.[/sub]

[pre]❈ ‘HORN SQUADRONÂ’ | 3RD & 4TH CRUISER SQUADRONS, DESTROYER FORCE A & B, TROOP SHIPS — OFF MOGADISHU;[/pre]

[spoiler=Â’HORN SQUADRONÂ’][pre]⍚ 3rd Cruiser Squadron[/pre]

[list]- 2 Province–class Heavy Cruisers (HMSAS Cape, HMSAS Transvaal)

- 1 [I]Dido–class Light Cruisers (HMSAS Kamappa)[/list]

[pre]⍚ 4th Cruiser Squadron[/pre]

[list]-3 Town–class Heavy Cruisers (HMSAS Ulundi, HMSAS Brandfort, HMSAS Richmond)[/list]

[pre]⍜ Destroyer Force A[/pre]

[list]- 4 Tribal–class Destroyers[/list]

[pre]⍜ Destroyer Force B[/pre]

[list]- 4 I–class Destroyers[/list]

[pre]⍋ Landing Force[/pre]

[list]- 4 Converted Troops Ships (1,200 Troops Capacity Each)[/list]

[/list][/spoiler]

[sub]Having put to port at Mombasa since their initial deployment in June, the Horn Squadron and the troops ships under itÂ’s escort, put back to sea two weeks ago for patrols. Once orders had been received on the morning of the 31st September, the force would make itÂ’s way to the pre-planned Amphibious Strike position at the city of Mombassa.[/sub]

[sub]Being aware of the presence of the Italian Red Sea Squadron, operating in the area, the Destroyers of Force A and B would engage in ASW operations around the force as they neared the port. By 1200 HRS, noon, the Squadron arrived some 5 miles offshore from Mombassa where the cruisers would open up their 8-inch (on the Province class ships) and 6-inch (Town-class) to commence bombardment of the town without prejudice. The goal, to cause maximum confusion and to weaken defenses ahead of the landing operation. For that purpose, the 4 troops ships dropped anchor several hundred yards away from the Cruisers and Destroyers, as landing craft were prepared to be lowered into the ground. In their belly, some 4800 men could be carried which planners believed sufficient to capture the city.[/sub]

[pre]________[/pre]

[sub]At Kibish, in northern Kenya, 2 Rhodesian Infantry Divisions stood at the ready to defend the village and border crossing as the need arised - adopting the same tactic of Rhodesian troops at Fami. Similarly, the Imperial XV. Infantry Division would be stationed at Moyale in Kenya, establishing defenses there, with the XVI. Infantry Division stationed at Liboi doing the same. With word spreading about the possible arrival of Italian troops, the South African High Command has begun preparations to deploy 4 'Springbok' Divisions to the front in Kenya, using the Cape-to-Cairo rail system, to expedite their deployment. The plan being that two of these Divisions would be deployed to Loboi, with the other two being deployed to Moyale.[/sub]

____________

[pre] [/pre][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Nileia, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Nileya

Post self-deleted by Federation Of The Aituia.

Excuse me please, but how do I leave the Region? Thank you if anyone answers it.

[list]November 1940

[sub]The Ermans Under the Eagle, Part 1[/sub][/list]

[list][pre]L I F E U N D E R T H E E A G L E [/pre][/list]

THE ERMAN HOUSEHOLD, 24 AUGUST LANE, SCHONEBERG DISTRICT, BERLIN — New Provenance

[sub]8:24AM LOCAL, 9 SEPTEMBER 1940 — THE BREAKFAST TABLE[/sub]

| In the household of the ERMAN FAMILY, attendance and presence at breakfast was mandatory unless absolutely needed. Family beliefs were strictly enforced by the matriarch of the family, Fraulein ELIZABETH ERMAN — a professor of physics at the local university. Despite the fact that both parents of the Erman family were frequently busy with their work, the mother at the university and the father at the DIPLOMATISCHER DIENST — the Diplomatic Service, the family remained close and bonded regularly, thanks to the regular encouragement of the eldest child, ILSE ERMAN. The war had taken a toll on the family; They were now unable to purchase the better quality foods they used to buy as the country rationed its goods and services, and the threat of bombings on their home city — the German capital of Berlin — loomed large above them, like a spectre in the shadows. Life for the average German citizen had gone down in quality slightly since the war began, more than a year ago, but the Erman father's position in the Service provided them some relief. Nonetheless, this fine morning was jovial. The family patriarch, JOHANNES ERMAN, was inbound for a promotion at the Service, and their second daughter, KATHERINA, was about to turn five. |

[list]| [sub]JOHANNES ERMAN, Father[/sub] | "Good morning, Eliza dear, do you mind passing over the paper?" [/list]

[list]| [sub]ELIZABETH ERMAN, Mother[/sub] | "Of course. How's work?" [/list]

[list]| [sub]JOHANNES ERMAN, Father[/sub] | "Oh, well, nothing much really, diplomacy isn't really being used as much as our Wehrmacht is nowadays." [/list]

| Their eldest child, Ilse, would come in carrying her younger sister, the four-year-old Katherina, about to turn five. The two parents would exchange their morning pleasantries as Elizabeth prepared the table. |

[list]| [sub]ELIZABETH ERMAN, Mother[/sub] | "Dear, I know you're disappointed, but—" [/list]

[list]| [sub]JOHANNES ERMAN, Father[/sub] | "I know, I know. Words are dangerous nowadays." [/list]

[list]| [sub]ELIZABETH ERMAN, Mother[/sub] | "Very much so. Here's your toast, Ilse—" [/list]

[list]| [sub]ILSE ERMAN, Eldest Child[/sub] | "Thank you, Mama. I won't be eating too much today, I need to rush over to the school for the test." [/list]

[list]| [sub]ELIZABETH ERMAN, Mother[/sub] | "Very well then, good luck!" [/list]

| Elizabeth and Johannes would both give their daughter a loving peck on the forehead before letting her go out through the kitchen backdoor, leaving Elizabeth, Johannes and their youngest daughter, Katherina, at the dining table. |

[list]| [sub]KATHERINA ERMAN, Youngest Child[/sub] | "Mama?" [/list]

[list]| [sub]ELIZABETH ERMAN, Mother[/sub] | "Yes, sweetheart?" [/list]

[list]| [sub]KATHERINA ERMAN, Youngest Child[/sub] | "What is the Wee-her-mac? And why is Papa sad about it?" [/list]

| Johannes would glance up from his paper and would turn to his wife. She smiled at her husband, then turned again back to her daughter. |

[list]| [sub]ELIZABETH ERMAN, Mother[/sub] | "The Wehrmacht, Katherina, is the soldiers of Germany. They protect us from threats and they fight for us." [/list]

[list]| [sub]KATHERINA ERMAN, Youngest Child[/sub] | "You mean the scary-looking grey men who are outside sometimes?" [/list]

[list]| [sub]ELIZABETH ERMAN, Mother[/sub] | "Yes, sweetie. Their job is to protect us, but . . ." [/list]

[list]| [sub]JOHANNES ERMAN, Father[/sub] | "No. You can't, Eliza." [/list]

| Eliza would sigh before smiling at her husband. Words were dangerous nowadays, after all. |

[list]| [sub]KATHERINA ERMAN, Youngest Child[/sub] | "Mama can't what, Papa?" [/list]

[list]| [sub]JOHANNES ERMAN, Father[/sub] | "Nevermind that, Katherina. Would you please turn on the radio for me, dear?" [/list]

| Katherina nodded resolutely before getting out of her chair and walking into the living room to turn on the radio. Johannes turned to his wife, who sighed. |

[list]| [sub]ELIZABETH ERMAN, Mother[/sub] | "I miss the olden days." [/list]

[list]| [sub]JOHANNES ERMAN, Father[/sub] | "So do I. But we have to put up with what's going on now, for them." [/list]

| Elizabeth would take her husband's hand on the table. The crackle of the radio was now faintly audible, the changing frequencies evident as Katherina tried to find the right station that her father usually listened to in the mornings, before going to work. |

[list]| [sub]ELIZABETH ERMAN, Mother[/sub] | "For them." [/list]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Pontianus, Ranponian, Nileya

Federation Of The Aituia wrote:Excuse me please, but how do I leave the Region? Thank you if anyone answers it.

You donÂ’t. YouÂ’re stuck here

Victoria Harbor, Islahh, Federation Of The Aituia

Nileya wrote:You donÂ’t. YouÂ’re stuck here

Oh, alright.

Nileya

Post self-deleted by Nileya.

Federation Of The Aituia wrote:Oh, alright.

I’m kidding. When you find the name thee region you wanna go to, there is a thing that says “join region” or whatever. Then you’d be taken out of this one and gone to the other one. You can’t be in the middle tho. You have to be at a region

Nileya wrote:I’m kidding. When you find the name thee region you wanna go to, there is a thing that says “join region” or whatever. Then you’d be taken out of this one and gone to the other one. You can’t be in the middle tho. You have to be at a region

Okay, thank you.

[list]November 1940

[sub]Red vs Blue — Blas Roca Caldeiro vs Generalísimo Fulgencio Batista[/sub][/list]

[pre]R E P U B L I C A D E C U B A [/pre]

CONGRESO DE LA REPUBLICA

[sub]HAVANA, Bescania — MIDDAY[/sub]

| Since last year, the ‘Troika de Cuba’ headed by Blas Roca Caldeiro and Leon Trotsky have embarked on a message of spreading the communist gospel across the rural countryside of Cuba. Their goal to create an underground and covert network of communist supporters was well under way. The biggest challenge for the Communist Revolutionary Union (CRU), headed by Blas Roca Caldeiro, was to operate within the repressive Catholic political system. Since Batista’s rise to power, there has been an enormous crackdown on CRU members. The goal of the Generalísimo was to lower the morale of the communist movement through not outright persecution but intricate subversive counterterrorist intelligence and covert espionage. Batista wished for a series of Cuban Intelligence Agency (CIA) operatives to act as moles within communist spheres to gain insider information, and then use that information to delicately remove socialists and communists who posed a threat to the Cuban Republic and the Catholic League. This increase in covert espionage was facilitated by the arrival of Estado Novo’s PVDE. The PVDE is the State Surveillance and Defense Police (Polícia de Vigilância e Defesa do Estado). The PVDE’s responsibilities covers national border patrol, security, integrity, espionage, and counterintelligence, therefore providing training and a base of operations for Batista’s ambitions. In response to a tightening grip on the CRU, Trotsky and Caldeiro have attempted to ‘counter the counter’ and have embarked on a covert operation of their own. The goal of the operation, named Santiago after the largest battle of the Cuban war of independence, was to infiltrate the higher echelons of Cuban Civil Service and Armed Forces for communist sympathisers. This would not just allow them breathing space to promote their communist ideology if successful, but would also enable a long term vision to utilise moles in the CIA and Cuban Civil Service (CSS) to create an environment where it would be possible to initiate the ‘liberation’ of the Cuban people. |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Asharken, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Nileya

Post self-deleted by Philanialle.

[list][list]DECEMBER 1940

TOKYO, JAPAN — EAST ASIA[/list]

[list][list]日本の新たな改革と反米感情です!

[pre]NEW REFORM FOR JAPAN AND ANTI-AMERICANISM SENTIMENT![/pre][/list][/list]

| Premier Konoye and his Cabinet planned a new national “reform” in what would become a New Structure of Japan. This structure looked pretty conservative, but the three things available to finish this structure seemed to be: violence, hate, and daring. The first stage of the reform was economic. In cooperation with the Army and extremists, the Cabinet drew up an authoritarian economic plan inspired by the German and Italian Governments. Japanese industrialists opposed the Government. All 17 directors of Japan Iron Manufacturing Co., the largest mining company, resigned and pointed out the problems this will pose for the future of the steel industry. When the main points of this New Economic Structure were presented, the plan had been watered down. The platform has achieved the following commitment: |

[list][list]民間産業は、提案されている新しい産業構造の基礎となるべきである。 政府は、特別な必要が生じた場合には、会社を運営する権限を持つ必要があります。

[pre]“Private industry should be the basis of the proposed new industrial structure. The Government must be authorized to run the company in case of special need.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| In diplomatic affairs, following the appointment of Admiral KICHISABURO NOMURA as Ambassador to the U.S. Both the Army and Navy promised the Government that their extremists would not embarrass Admiral Nomura in his efforts to restore good relations with the Americans. But Japanese civilian extremists staged extremely nasty protests. The cause for this was a US$ 100,000,000 loan from the U.S. to China. An elderly Japanese man with his religious fanaticism vandalized the gates of the U.S. Embassy. The Tokyo newspaper Miyako warned: “There may be situations where Japan is forced to accept the American challenge.” On whether Admiral Nomura could make relations between Tokyo and Washington friendly, the militant Koknmin said: |

[list][list]私たちの国民は、米国と日本の外交関係が非常に緊張しているため、そのような考えを持つことは不可能であることを認識しなければならない。

[pre]“Our people must be aware that diplomatic relations between the U.S. and Japan are so strained that it is impossible to have such thoughts.”[/pre][/list][/list]

| The most tense and violent outburst came from the Japanese ArmyÂ’s Shanghai newspaper Sin Shun Pao: |

[list][list]私たちは、忠清(チュンキング)政府を憎む以上に、これらのアメリカ人を憎むことができます。 アメリカで飲み込むか、アメリカで飲み込む時期が来ます。 アジアの人々を目覚めさせる時です。 我々は、新秩序の発生を防ぐために、軍事的及び外交的措置を加速し、アングロアメリカの努力を押しつぶす必要があります。

[pre]“We hate these Americans more than we hate the Chungking Government. There will come a time when we will either be swallowed up by the U.S. or the U.S. will be swallowed by us. It’s time to wake up, Asian people! We must accelerate military and diplomatic measures and crush Anglo-American efforts aimed at preventing the New Order from happening.”[/pre][/list][/list]

Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Ranponian, New Provenance, Adriatican Islands, Maziya

November,1940

______________________________________________

PREPARATION FOR A INVASION:part 1

______________________________________________

With the Japanese empire refusal to sign a non-aggression pact with Maziya,preparation for a Japanese invasion has begun.A list of things to be done would be created on November the 20th 1940,things which were listed down in the list are as follows.

[List][B]

•Long overdue improvements to the Navy

•New supply lines

•Dissolving the Kemulian Anjing

•Confirmation for outside protection

•Improvements on already present equipment

•Creation of new battle strategies

•Mandatory conscription

[/List]

These things listed will be rushed towards completion due to the fact that the time of a Japanese invasion being completely unknown.

______________________________________________

IN MALAY

______________________________________________

Dengan keengganan empayar Jepun untuk menandatangani pakatan tanpa pencerobohan dengan Maziya, persediaan untuk pencerobohan Jepun telah bermula. Senarai perkara yang perlu dilakukan akan dibuat pada 20 November 1940, perkara-perkara yang disenaraikan dalam senarai adalah seperti berikut .

[List][B]

•Penambahbaikan yang telah lama tertunggak kepada Tentera Laut

• Talian bekalan baharu

•Membubarkan Kemuliaan Anjing

•Pengesahan untuk perlindungan luar

• Penambahbaikan pada peralatan yang sedia ada

•Penciptaan strategi pertempuran baharu

•Kerahan wajib

[/List]

Perkara-perkara yang disenaraikan ini akan disegerakan ke arah penyiapan kerana fakta bahawa masa pencerobohan Jepun tidak diketahui sama sekali.

______________________________________________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Ranponian, New Provenance

December,1940

______________________________________________

PREPARATION FOR A INVASION:part 2

______________________________________________

[B]December 1st,1940 marks the begining of conscription service for the nation,in it's attempt to prepare for a Japanese invasion.The conscripted soldiers will be boys at the age of 12 to 60 going over the age of 60 will not be conscripted however former soldiers will be called back to service despite their age being above the 60 age limit however those who go above the 60 age limit will not see the front lines of battle but instead become officers as their experience in warfare will be quite useful for the hundreds of new cadets to learn from.

The newly conscripted soldiers first day will be just for size measurements for uniforms and tour around the military base they will be stationed at,the second day they will receive their uniforms and their training will begin.They will be given a week to learn the basics before they will be given extensive training in how to use and care for their firearms.

After 3 months every soldier both new and old will be given three test.Those test are a mental a test to see how they handle stressful situations,a physical test to see their physical limits and finally a test of listening and understanding,this is to test the soldiers ability to hear,understand and perform the order given to them by their superior.If a soldier underperforms in these test rather then being discharged and sent home they would be sent to the reserve forces for further training while the active forces battle in the front lines,however for soldiers who go above the average of the test results will be sent into reserve corp for the Pasukan Maziya Diraja division if they are enlisted in the army not the navy.

______________________________________________

IN MALAY

______________________________________________

[B]1 Disember, 1940 menandakan permulaan perkhidmatan kerahan tenaga untuk negara, dalam usahanya untuk bersiap sedia menghadapi pencerobohan Jepun. Askar yang dikerah adalah kanak-kanak lelaki pada usia 12 hingga 60 tahun yang berumur lebih dari 60 tahun tidak akan ditugaskan walau bagaimanapun bekas tentera akan dipanggil semula untuk berkhidmat walaupun umur mereka melebihi had umur 60 tahun namun mereka yang melebihi had umur 60 tahun tidak akan melihat barisan hadapan pertempuran sebaliknya menjadi pegawai kerana pengalaman mereka dalam peperangan akan cukup berguna untuk dipelajari oleh ratusan kadet baru.

Hari pertama askar yang baru ditugaskan hanyalah untuk mengukur saiz pakaian seragam dan melawat sekitar pangkalan tentera tempat mereka ditempatkan, hari kedua mereka akan menerima pakaian seragam mereka dan latihan mereka akan bermula. Mereka akan diberi masa seminggu untuk mempelajari asas-asas sebelum mereka akan diberi latihan yang meluas tentang cara menggunakan dan menjaga senjata api mereka.

Selepas 3 bulan setiap askar baru dan lama akan diberi tiga ujian. Ujian itu adalah ujian mental untuk melihat bagaimana mereka mengendalikan situasi yang tertekan, ujian fizikal untuk melihat had fizikal mereka dan akhirnya ujian mendengar dan memahami, ini adalah untuk menguji keupayaan askar untuk mendengar, memahami dan melaksanakan perintah yang diberikan kepada mereka oleh atasan mereka. Jika seorang askar kurang berprestasi dalam ujian ini daripada diberhentikan dan dihantar pulang, mereka akan dihantar ke pasukan simpanan untuk latihan lanjut sementara pasukan aktif bertempur di barisan hadapan, namun bagi askar yang melebihi purata keputusan ujian akan dihantar ke pasukan simpanan untuk bahagian Pasukan Maziya Diraja jika mereka dimasukkan ke dalam tentera bukan tentera laut.

______________________________________________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Amsterwald, Ranponian, New Provenance

| FIRST REPRESENTATIVE OF ZAIRE IN ESTADO NOVO |

[sub]12th of December, 1940[/sub]

| With the war that started in Europe, now reaching Africa and with Queen Dowager begining her efforts in protecting Jews living in Belgium despite her distance from mainland Europe, the First Representative of Zaire, Mrs Gloria Banza, had been invited to Lisbon for urgency talks with Estado Novo leadership. The formation of the United Tribes of Zaire as a free and independent nation is now bringing attention that Mrs Banza wanted, as the fear of war spreading within Africa becoming extensively increasing for Mrs Banza and her government. Arriving in Lisbon in early morning hours on 12th of December, 1940, Mrs Banza would make her way out of the ship wearing a blue dress covered by a white long beautiful jacket, with her hair done up. |

Alzarikstan

Nonador, Paramountica, Amsterwald, Alzarikstan, Ranponian, New Provenance, Maziya

[list][pre]09 December 1940 | SECOND WORLD WAR[/pre]

[pre]HIS MAJESTY’s SOUTHERN ARSENAL – DOMINION OF SOUTH AFRICA;[/pre][/list]

[sub]The war raged on in East Africa as the noble Commonwealth Forces made great advances against the fascist forces of the Italian Empire. A mix of victories and routes, led to unparalleled experience for South AfricaÂ’s armed forces, and indeed that of its immediate neighbor, Rhodesia. Among the many ventures that the two Commonwealth realms have partnered in, the joint identification of new armored vehicles was the most noteworthy. With great success had the armored units of South Africa and Rhodesia proved their viability, not just as infantry support units, but as independent tools of war in their own right. Towards that end, the War Production Office authorized the joint development of domestically produced vehicles in coordination with the Rhodesians.[/sub]

[pre]TANKS FOR SOUTHERN AFRICA — JOINT SA-RHODESIAN TANKS MARK NEW ERA FOR DOMESTIC ARMS INDUSTRY;[/pre][/list]

[sub]Three months had passed since South African and Rhodesian forces began their engagement with Italian forces in East Africa alongside Sudan, and other Commonwealth Realms. Among the assortment of formations sent to the front, both states were adopters of the British model for organizing armored units as support elements for its infantry. For South Africa, this took on the form of Armored Regiments which could be attached to the infantry regiment structure to best fit a given mission profile. In Rhodesia, this took on the form of a fully integrated Armored element within both its Infantry and Mechanized divisional structure. Combat in East Africa revealed, at least to South Africa, that combat in the rugged terrain of Africa required a modification of the Infantry Tank/Cruiser Tank dynamic inherited from London, and a movement towards the adoption of a ‘Universal Tank’ which had the armor to fulfil infantry support roles, with the speed to be a viable breakthrough platform. Such a vehicle, a War Production Office study found, would require a heavy Cruiser tank *or* a lighter Infantry tank. When such findings were presented to the Rhodesians, who were also showing interest through meetings of the East Africa Command staff, found that the desired outcome — a tank which did not compromise in armor, firepower or speed, could be possible through the placement of a stronger engine which could propel a heavy vehicle.[/sub]

[sub]From this joint collaboration, a new vehicle was born named the Universal Tank Mk I. Designed upon the South African variant of the Matilda II Infantry tank, but modified with the Rhodesian made Model V-2 V12 Diesel engine, the Universal Tank Mk I embodies new thinking, and the start of a new developmental lineage. To be armed with an Ordnance QF 6-Pounder (57mm), a large anti-tank gun set to enter production in the coming months. Capable of piercing up to 100mm of armor at 1,000 meters, typical of most tank engagements. The use of this gun would open the door for additional roles for South African and Rhodesian tanks, with not just AP rounds being a possible munition but also APC, APCBC, APCR, APDS & HE rounds exceeding the capability of the guns currently mounted on South African tanks.[/sub]

[sub]Once production begins and they enter service, the Universal Tank Mk IÂ’s will replace both the Matilda II and Cruiser Tank Mk IV in South African service beginning in 1942.[/sub]

[list][pre]UNIVERSAL TANK Mk.I — NEXT GENERATION GENERAL PURPOSE TANK (1942)[/pre]

[list][sub]LENGTH: 18.5 Feet

HEIGHT: 8.3 Feet

WIDTH: 8.6 Feet

WEIGHT: 25 Tons[/sub]

[sub]CREW: 4 (Driver, Gunner, Loader, Commander)[/sub]

[sub]POWERPLANT: 1 x Model V-2 V12 diesel engine [600 hp (450 kW)] [Rhodesian-made]

SPEED: 30 MPH on-road, 18 on rough terrain

RANGE: 150 Miles [/sub]

[sub]MAIN ARMAMENT: 1 x Ordnance QF 6-pounder

SECONDARY ARMAMENT: 1 x Browning .303 Mk II or 7.92 mm Besa MG[/sub]

[/list][/list]

[sub]The rapidly changing nature of modern warfare is a design feature within the Universal Tanks, unlike most of their contemporaries, with the design of the new turret taking into consideration the arming of larger and more powerful guns in the future. Such would allow a single tank platform to fulfill the requirement of current tank Doctrine, and enhance the capabilities of both South Africa and Rhodesia into the foreseeable future.[/sub]

[sub]The diverse nature of AfricaÂ’s biomes is both its greatest resource, and difficulty. Being home to both the worldÂ’s largest desert, itÂ’s deepest river, and one of the largest rainforests, the African continent can be both an impenetrable fortress and nightmare to defend. Such an understanding has made planners in South Africa and Rhodesia concerned that the large Universal Tanks may not be fully prepared to support operations in the more difficult mountainous or dense jungle biomes of Eastern, Central, and Western Africa. Thus, a supplement to those vehicles is to also be developed using many of the same components for ease of maintenance, interoperability, and mass production. A lighter vehicle, faster, and capable of operation in the close quarters of AfricaÂ’s most difficult terrain is to be embodied in the Locust light tank.[/sub]

[sub]Capable or fulfilling such roles, while also being able to operate in less difficult terrain as a scout or direct gun fire support vehicle for infantry, the Locust tank will use the same engine as the Universal Tank, but within a chassis that would allow for a more nimble and agile tank. Such vehicles, South African war planners hope, will enhance war fighting capability in nations such as East Africa whose mountain ranges and marsh have made difficult the rapid advances witnessed by other armored units in Europe.[/sub]

[sub]With both the Universal Tank Mk I and Locust in the field, both Rhodesia and South Africa will be well positioned to retain their position as having the most capable fighting forces in Africa.[/sub]

[list][pre]LOCUST LIGHT TANK — NEXT GENERATION LIGHT/SCOUT TANK (1942)[/pre]

[list][sub]LENGTH: 16.7 Feet

HEIGHT: 8.5 Feet

WIDTH: 7.8 Feet

WEIGHT: 18 Tons[/sub]

[sub]CREW: 4 (Driver, Gunner, Loader, Commander)[/sub]

[sub]POWERPLANT: 1 x Model V-2 V12 diesel engine [600 hp (450 kW)] [Rhodesian-made]

SPEED: 35 MPH on-road, 21 on rough terrain

RANGE: 93 Miles [/sub]

[sub]MAIN ARMAMENT: 1 x Short Barrelled M116 or QF 4.5 Inch

SECONDARY ARMAMENT: 2 x turreted Browning .303 Mk II or 7.92 mm Besa MG[/sub]

[/list][/list]

[sub]Just as their larger counterparts, the Locust Light Tanks will enter service with the South African Armed Forces in 1942, especially as the primary vehicle of light Armored Regiments.[/sub]

Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Otsla, Ranponian, New Provenance, Maziya

Emperor of Japan (Updated)

https://www.nationstates.net/page=dispatch/id=1385560

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Maziya

[list][list][list][pre]GRANDE ESTADO NOVO

A UNIÃO-ESTADO PLURICONTINENTAL DAS NAÇÕES PORTUGUESAS

GLÓRIA A DEUS, GLÓRIA A SALAZAR, GLÓRIA A VARGAS[/pre][/list]

______

SUBMARINE DOCKYARDS TO BE CONSTRUCTED IN ANGOLA AND MOZAMBIQUE; AIRBASES APPROVED FOR CONSTRUCTION IN ANGOLA, MOZAMBIQUE, PORTUGAL, AND TIMOR-LESTE

[sub]1ST GREATER ESTADO NOVO ADMINISTRATION | LISBON & RIO DE JANEIRO, AUGUST 1940 [/sub][/list]

[sub]| With growing production of the recently completed Rafael-class diesel-electric submarine, the Estado Novo has begun the construction of submarine dockyards in Angola, Mozambique, Portugal, and Timor Leste in addition to new Air Force bases to support both storage and active operations. In Angola, the submarine naval dockyards have been approved for construction at:[/sub]

[list][pre]Soyo

N'zeto

Ambriz

Baia dos Tigres Island (Also approved to become a new Navy-Marine-Air Force base)[/pre][/list]

[sub]In Mozambique, the submarine dockyards have been approved for:[/sub]

[list][pre]Moma

Memba

Pemba

Macanzele[/pre][/list]

[sub]In Portugal, the submarine dockyards have been approved for:[/sub]

[list][pre]Horta

Funchal

Comporta

Portinho da Arrábida

Viana do Castelo[/pre][/list]

[sub]In Timor-Leste, the submarine dockyards have been approved for:[/sub]

[list][pre]Gulumanu

Aidabalaten[/pre][/list]

[sub]Regarding Air Force expansion, the Air Force has been approved for additional airbases in Angola:[/sub]

[list][pre]Lubango

Dongo

Malanje

Luanda

Cangmaba[/pre][/list]

[sub]In Mozambique, the Air Force's new installations will be constructed in:[/sub]

[list][pre]Tete

Beira

Lichinga

Nampula

Maputo

Campapa[/pre][/list]

[sub]In Portugal proper, the new airbases will be constructed in:[/sub]

[list][pre]Coimbra

Braga

Lisbon

Bragança

Tavira

Faro[/pre][/list]

l

[list]______[/list]

[list][list][pre]UNION-STATE OF PORTUGUESE NATIONS!

GLORY TO GOD!

THE BASTION OF CATHOLICISM![/pre][/list][/list]

[list][spoiler=[sub]EMBRACE GOD AND

THE ESTADO NOVO[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Alzarikstan

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Federated Arab Emirates

Finlandee

Free Kievan Rus

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Maziya

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Osivoiii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Paseo

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Sudesam

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Zabrowka[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance, Maziya

THE 30S IN SIAM | FROM DISGRACE TO REBIRTH

In recent years Siam has been ruled under the iron fist of Field Marshal Plaek Phibunsongkhram (known in the West as Phibun).

The Monarcy under the KR rule

The years 1932-1940 were some of the worst periods for the Chakri dynasty of Siam(will be known as the Decade of Disgrace): first, the Khana Ratsadon party carried out a coup in the country while King Prajadhipok was outside Bangkok, during the coup both the aristocracy and the royal family was arrested and the king was forced to agree to degrading conditions of the revolutionaries to limit his absolute control in the Kingdom. Three years later he resigned and was replaced by Regent Ananda Mahidol (when he was only 9 years old and lived in Switzerland for his studies). The monarchy had no political power and some were still in arrest, the de facto rulers were the KRs who failed to run the country properly and instead sank into conflicts between the civilian and military factions of which the party is composed. In 1938 the military faction took over the party and the leadership parliament of Defense Minister Phibun. He established a military dictatorship inspired by Italian fascism and instituted pro-Japanese and anti-royal policies, the abomination of the royal dynasty can be found in its most cruel form in the S̄yxng k̄hwạỵ ("The Disaster")

S̄yxng k̄hwạỵ สยองขวัญ

In the early morning hours of May 7, dozens of local monks broke into the special prison in Suphanburi province built for "special political prisoners" among the prisoners were the royal family and former military personnel suspected of being unfaithful to the new regime. The monks planned to flee the royal family through the Phu Muang Forest until they reached a nearby monastery where they would wait for a rescue force to take them out of the country until it was time to re-seize power. The plan did not work as planned and a military police force assured them in the temple language and slaughtered the dozens of monks and members of the royal dynasty. After the horror event, a total of 5 descendants of the royal dynasty remained and their son Ananda Mahidol who still lived in Switzerland.

August 8 | 1940 A counter-revolution in Siam! Buddhist and pro-monarchical orders seize power

Very quickly rumors spread about the atrocity committed in Phu Muang and an organization led by Queen Grandmother Savang Vadhana and heads of several Buddhist sects began to end Phibun's dictatorial regime and restore the king's status to its pre-revolutionary status.

Thanks to a popular collective effort, she managed to bring with her generals and senior officers in Phibun's government who were shocked by the massacre.

After several months the revolution achieved its logistical and intelligence goals to begin with, on August 8 after an intelligence source informed them of Phibun's absence from the capital, hundreds of monks and loyalist soldiers laid siege to the parliament building, a few hours later Phibun was in a resort village 165 kilometers north of Bangkok. The revolution achieved its goals and the regent was invited back to his home in Siam.

"Siam is a peace-loving kingdom that is committed to maintaining the regional balance in Southeast Asia, the return of the kingdom to its owner is a matter of historical justice and it does not threaten any power in the region.

Silence will answer by silence

Violation of sovereignty will be answered by violation of sovereignty "- spokesman for the Provisional Council for the Reconstruction of Siam

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Philanialle, Otsla, Ranponian, New Provenance, Maziya

FROM THE DESK OF THE PRESIDENT

GREETINGS,

It is with great pride that I announce that my nation, the Republic of Tres Flumina, take up residence in the Commonwealth of Liberty. We are a young nation and have strict adherence to the principles of democracy, liberty, and justice. I eagerly await a place on the map, for great discussions on policy, and shared cooperation between our nations. Thank you for your time.

In service,

Eric V. Kucinich

[I]President of the Republic of Tres Flumina [/I]

Paseo, Ranponian

[list]THE KINGDOM OF ARABIA - AL-MAMLAKAH AL-ARABIYAH

[sub]"Allah, Al-Malik, Al-Watan"[/sub][/list]

... And All The KingÂ’s Men

June, 1940

-

After Italian aggression in North Africa and Egypt, Arabia formally enters the Second World War.

______________

As Europe spiraled truly irreversibly into global war, Arabia too would find itself drawn in. With its close ally of Egypt under Italian and German assault, the Kingdom ensured that it would honor promises made after the Pretoria Ultimatum. On December 1 1940, Prime Minister Saud issued formal declarations of war against the Italian Empire and German Staat by radio address as formal diplomatic relations with both countries had been suspended since 1939, with the invasion of Poland and Albania respectively. In the same address the Prime Minister declared the creation of the Arabian Expeditionary Force for combat in North Africa.

The declaration of war has brought new attention to the Royal Arabian Army, an institution which the House of Saud has intentionally kept on the public sidelines. Organizationally it is a single branch comprising air, land, and sea capabilities. It is controlled by the Defense Ministry and administered by the General Staff Office, while the King is the commander-in-chief. ArabiaÂ’s recent military campaign and budding relationship with the British Empire have contributed to a new generation of junior officers with formal European military training, primarily from the House of Saud itself. This includes Lieutenant General Mohammed Tarik Abdelkader, the current Chief of the General Staff. Abdelkader has been in administrative command of the RAA since 1937 and has been the driving force behind the modernization and expansion of the force. Additionally, the British officer John Bagot Glubb has been spotted several times in Murabba Palace in Riyadh. A statement by the King acknowledged the employment of so-called "Glubb Pasha" officially as Military Advisor to the King, including the honorary rank of Major General.

The Arabian Expeditionary Force would initially comprise 35,000 men divided into 2 infantry and 1 armored division, with a separate artillery brigade, logistics brigade, air wing, and a headquarters battalion. As commander of the AEF, King Abdulaziz has appointed Major General Sadiq Alam, a Sandhurst graduate and veteran of the Yemeni-Arabian War. The force has already begun its transfer at the Suez Canal, crossing from Sinai to Egypt proper to join the fighting there. Whilst otherwise conforming to directives from Riyadh, the AEF will fall under the Egyptian chain of command and King Abdulaziz personally penned a decree permitting the unit to accept and follow orders from King Farouk.

[spoiler=AEF Equipment]

- 25x Cruiser Mark 4

- 25x Vickers 6-ton

- 40x M3 Scout Car

- 100x Bren Carrier

- 16x Hawker Hurricane

- 50x M116 Howitzer

[/spoiler]

_____________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Amsterwald, Otsla, Ranponian, New Provenance, Islahh

[list][sub]DECEMBER 1940[/sub]

[sub]DIE DIREKTION DER NACHRICHTENDIENSTE[/sub][/list]

[list]| [sub]DEUTSCHLANDS ABWEHR ERRICHTET DAS INTELLIGENZDIREKTORAT, EINE EIGENE INTELLIGENZ- UND SPIONAGEORGANISATION[/sub]

[sub]| GERMANY's ABWEHR ESTABLISHES THE INTELLIGENCE DIRECTORATE, A DEDICATED INTELLIGENCE AND ESPIONAGE ORGANIZATION[/sub][/list]

—

[sub]| BERLIN | In 1866, the Prussian Government established the ABWEHR, the chief German military intelligence service, to gather intelligence information for the Prussian Government in a war with the neighboring Austria. Since then, the Abwehr has existed within the ranks of the Prussian then the German Armed Forces, dedicated to gathering and collecting foreign information and details to support German military operations. From 1933 onwards, the Abwehr took on a greater role in German military and intelligence affairs as the new government of Chancellor Heidler turned its eyes to the use of new tactics to achieve strategic victory, namely the use of pre-emptive intelligence gathering on the enemy and the new blitzkrieg — or Lightning War — tactic. The Chancellor emphasized the importance of pre-emptively gathering critical information on enemy troop locations, supply line pathways and other important data in achieving a strategic victory at the greatest efficiency and the least number of casualties. With the outbreak of the Second Great War, the Abwehr became even more so important, with intelligence gathering becoming an integral part of German military operations.[/sub]

[list][list][sub]"The Abwehr has become the hidden third eye of the Wehrmacht, it's guardian angel, guiding it through the minefields of France and Poland the Low Countries, where without the intelligence service Germany would have incurred more casualties and losses."

[list]— GEN. Werner von Blomberg, Staatsminister for the Armed Forces, July 1940[/sub][/list][/list][/list]

[sub]Thanks to the rise of the importance of the intelligence services, it was then sought to establish a secondary arm of intelligence gathering units, this time to focus on general intelligence gathering and espionage, leaving the Abwehr to focus solely on military intelligence gathering. The Chancellor met with the Abwehr spy chiefs and the Minister for Information on 12 December 1940, in the middle of a "Second Phony War", where he laid down his proposal to establish a "Civilian Intelligence Directorate", to focus on general intelligence gathering and foreign espionage, primarily to support Germany's war efforts and Germany's anti-resistance operations, primarily in France and Poland against the local resistance fighters and partisans. The Abwehr spy chief gave his approval, and on 17 December, the Chancellor signed Directive 1217-1940, establishing the Direktion Nachrichtendienste (DN), or the Intelligence Directorate. It would be headed by former spy and Abwehr senior commander Major Johann Vessmann, and would at start employ around 250 support personnel and 50 operatives.[/sub]

[sub]The DN would be tasked with supporting anti-resistance operations by the Wehrmacht and the military police in France and Poland, where partisan efforts to resist and destabilize German occupation forces were prevalent. The DN would also receive orders to begin intelligence operations in other countries, but focus would remain on crushing resistance efforts. Support agents would also be dispatched to Italian North Africa and East Africa to support local intelligence gathering operations tied directly to the North Africa conflict.[/sub]

[sub]The DN's establishment marks a significant change in German espionage policy, with the German Government emphasizing further the importance of intelligence services in the new 20th century combat mechanics, through the Directorate's establishment.[/sub]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian

January,1941

______________________________________________

PREPARATION FOR A INVASION:part 3

______________________________________________

The long outdated army division,Kemuliaan Anjing has been dissolved after extensive plannings on what to do with the soldiers of the Kemuliaan Anjing,it was decided that the soldiers will have three different paths they can take other then leaving the military completely.The first path is they can stay within the army or move to the navy however they must learn how to use the firearms in which they refused to learn prior,the second path is with the fact that they are perfectly fit and well trained soldiers they can be shifted towards the police force to serve over there and the final path aside from leaving the military entirely is,they can be shifted into a special farming program for those within the military who need work and can't find a job outside of the military.

The farming option was made with the fact that like the police option,they are perfectly fit and the additional bonus that they are already used to physical hard work,which makes working in the farms possibly one of their best options as part of this farming program,this new government established farm will be given seeds for growing crops on a monthly basis and they will be given the best tools for farming available.

However the original intentions of what their gonna be using their farming gains for,was that everything they got will be sold into wet markets however it was stepped in by the communist party within parliament to have that changed for the benefits of these former soldiers.The changes were,they will give half of their gains to the wet market and the other half they can keep to do whatever with them.

______________________________________________

IN MALAY

______________________________________________

Bahagian tentera yang sudah lama ketinggalan zaman, Kemuliaan Anjing telah dibubarkan selepas perancangan yang luas tentang apa yang perlu dilakukan dengan askar Kemuliaan Anjing, telah diputuskan bahawa askar akan mempunyai tiga jalan berbeza yang boleh mereka lalui selain meninggalkan tentera sepenuhnya. Jalan pertama adakah mereka boleh tinggal dalam tentera atau berpindah ke tentera laut tetapi mereka mesti belajar bagaimana menggunakan senjata api yang mereka enggan belajar sebelum ini, jalan kedua adalah dengan hakikat bahawa mereka adalah askar yang sangat cergas dan terlatih, mereka boleh dialihkan ke arah pasukan polis untuk berkhidmat di sana dan laluan terakhir selain daripada meninggalkan tentera sepenuhnya ialah, mereka boleh dipindahkan ke program pertanian khas untuk mereka dalam tentera yang memerlukan kerja dan tidak dapat mencari pekerjaan di luar tentera.

Pilihan pertanian dibuat dengan hakikat bahawa seperti pilihan polis, mereka sangat sesuai dan bonus tambahan bahawa mereka sudah biasa dengan kerja keras fizikal, yang menjadikan bekerja di ladang mungkin salah satu pilihan terbaik mereka sebagai sebahagian daripada program pertanian ini ,ladang baru yang ditubuhkan kerajaan ini akan diberikan benih untuk menanam tanaman pada setiap bulan dan mereka akan diberikan alat terbaik untuk pertanian yang ada.

Bagaimanapun niat asal mereka untuk menggunakan hasil pertanian mereka, adalah bahawa semua yang mereka perolehi akan dijual ke pasar basah namun ia telah diambil langkah oleh parti komunis di dalam parlimen untuk mengubahnya demi kebaikan bekas tentera ini. perubahan adalah, mereka akan memberikan separuh daripada keuntungan mereka kepada pasaran basah dan separuh lagi mereka boleh terus melakukan apa sahaja dengan mereka.

______________________________________________

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Amsterwald, Ranponian, New Provenance, Kyntos

| ZAIREAN-ESTADO NOVO DECEMBER AGREEMENT |

[sub]20th of December, 1940[/sub]

| First Representative of Zaire, Gloria Banza, had finished her four day visit in Lisbon, which resulted in the December Agreement being signed between the United Tribes of Zaire and Estado Novo. The December Agreement comes at a time when Zaire is building itself out, and is finding itself in a place where war that once only engulfing Europe, is now approaching all of Africa. The December Agreement has been accepted by the Zairean Finest Assembly and the National Congress of Zaire, marking a new expansion of relations between Zaire and the Estado Novo within the African region, and the world at large.

The December Agreement incorporates the following;

[list]- Creation of a new railway between Luanda and Leopoldville, running along the coast of Angola and further into Zaire, as a railway of trade and tourism.

- A Non-Aggression Pact signed between The United Tribes of Zaire and the Estado Novo.

- Opening of Estado Novo universities for Zaireans, and opening of Zairean universities for Estado Novo citizens of Angola and Mozambique.

- Zairean Military officers will continue their training with Estado Novo counterparts until 1945.

- Maritime Security of South Atlantic African Coast and Cooperation in Environmental Protection of Zairean and Estado Novo rainforests.

- Zairean-Estado Novo Military Equipment Deal ; Zaire will purchase twenty-five Nahuel DL 43 Medium Tanks and twenty Leopoldo Damião PLT-33.

- Establishment of direct trade routes between Zaire and Brazil through the Atlantic Ocean.

- Increase of trade between Zaire and Estado Novo, covering Zairean manufacturing industry and rising luxurious good industries.[/list]

The December Agreement has been dubbed by Zairean press as a great success of Mrs Banza, and a great success of the independent diplomatic force of Zaire. With Zairean-South African relations increasing, the expansion of relations with Estado Novo has been seen as very beneficial and safe during a moment of truth for Africa, therefore for Zaire. The increase of trade, is bound to make the manufacturing, luxurious goods and automobile industries rise quicker and further. Main economist of Zaire, and the current Head of the Zairean Finest Assembly, Fabian Nigoye, is said to be coming up with an economic structure that is bound to push Zaire into an economic miracle by the end of 1940s, as he himself states. The Nigoye Project is set to be released by the mid 1941, and is set to incorporate the elements of Mrs Banza's economic priorities and Nigoye's own economic ambitions and visions. In addition, the continuous support of Zaire for the British in their strive against the Germans, and with Zairean-USA relations tightening in strength, it seems as if Mrs Banza is well equipped for foreign matters. On her arrival in Leopoldville, Mrs Banza spoke to the press and openly stated her commitment to peace and prosperity at all cost.

[list][ FIRST REPRESENTATIVE OF ZAIRE, Gloria Banza ]: "Ma visite à Estado Novo s'est avérée très fructueuse, fructueuse pour pousser le Zaïre plus loin dans son effort indépendant vers la prospérité et la paix. J'ai l'intention de maintenir la paix à l'intérieur des frontières du Zaïre, et autour du Zaïre à tout prix. La guerre sauvage de l'Europe prouve que nous devons rester en contact les uns avec les autres, communiquer et nous comprendre.

Les avantages économiques de l'accord de décembre ne manqueront pas d'arriver. Les Zaïrois méritent ce qu'il y a de mieux, et c'est ce que je m'engage à leur donner. Je suis heureux de dire que nous avons un ami à Estado Novo, un ami précieux pour les périodes vulnérables."[/list] |

[spoiler="The December Agreement is a vital step of the independent state of Zaire to securing it's new position within Africa. Good relations with South Africa and Estado Novo are a certain guarantee of survival within an era of uncertain death." - Queen Dowager Elisabeth]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Amsterwald, Alzarikstan, Ranponian, New Provenance

[list][list]UMHLABA WABANTU | IN ZULU

DIE BANTOEWERELD | IN AFRIKAANS

ILIZWE LABANTU | IN XHOSA

THE BANTU WORLD | IN ENGLISH[pre]

27 January — 1941[/pre]

____________[/list][/list]

[list][pre]Diversity in thought and view Strengthens the People[/pre][sub][pre]Dependable Source of News and Current Events from Across the Dominion[/pre][/sub][/list]

[list][list]____________

[pre] [/pre]

[pre]AFRICAN MINE WORKERS UNION (AMWU) DEMAND HIGHER WAGES, AMID RECORD PROFITS FOR THE CHAMBER OF MINES - 10,000 BLACK SOUTH AFRICANS GO ON STRIKE;[/pre][pre] [/pre][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| WITWATERSRAND — In 1852, the first recorded discovery of Gold occurred on the Pardekraal farm in Krugersdorp, by Welsh mineralogist John Henry Davis. Such a discovery prompted fear among Afrikaaner leaders in the South African Republic, who worried that knowledge of vast gold deposits in their small state, would attract unwanted attention from great powers. Mr. Davis sold the Gold, worth 600 pounds, to the Transvaal Treasury, and was hurriedly rushed out of the country in secrecy. Their effort was futile however, for less than 30 years later, word spread around the world and a Gold Rush transformed the face of what was to become South Africa, forever. In recent decades, the majority of the labor undertaken in the mines were done by native South Africans supervised by white South Africans, themselves employed by large Afrikaaner corporations organized into the Chamber of Mines - a de facto monopoly. Even while the public sector of South Africa had grown to become largely desegregated in recent years, it was the private sector, largely unregulated in this regard, that was a stronghold for racism, and white supremacy in the Dominion. The Pandora's box opened by the government of Prime Minister Smuts was enough to embolden the activist forces within the country, who endeavored to reap the benefits of what observers characterized as a great “Liberalization” of South Africa.[/sub]

[list][sub]There is a story told often at meetings of black WorkerÂ’s UnionÂ’s across the Dominion of a Zulu prince, not long after the end of the second Boer War, who attended Preparatory school at Oxford. There he rose to the highest levels of academic achievement, earning awards and prestige in Europe - before triumphantly returning to his home in South Africa. This man arrived in Cape Town, and caught a bus to his native Bloemfontein, where he visited the local Employment office. He approached the AdministratorÂ’s desk, presented a copy of his Degree and Awards, and the Administrator snorted in laughter. The man stood confused - after having spent nearly a decade studying abroad, where his accolades commanded respect - he found that his scholarship warranted nothing at home. The manÂ’s request for assistance was ignored, and he was commanded to leave the Office - enter the back entrance, where a line awaited him filled with other black South Africans seeking employment. This man - a Scholar, worthy of employment as a Public Official or University Professor, found that the only job available to him was the Mines near by.[/sub][/list]

[sub]Whether a black South African, or poor white South African, the Mines were a great equalizer among the races. Despite often having positions of employment ranked above their Black counterparts, poor whites did not fare much better in the economic order of the Dominion. This fact was an atmospheric condition which led to gentlemenÂ’s agreements between the Unions of South Africa - which were once legally banned from having interracial membership until late 1939. The largest two Unions in South Africa were the African Mine Workers Union (AMWU) for natives, and the Industrial & Mine Workers Guild (IMWG), composed mostly of white and colored workers - together, representing nearly one million laborers, craftsmen, and general contract workers. The accord that exists between the AMWU and IMWG surround an accord for mutual assistance in negotiating better wages and conditions for their collective members. An Alliance of sorts, not to artificially build social cohesion, but to join the forces of labor in a great non-racial coalition.[/sub]

[sub]The War in Europe and distant parts of Africa had the result of injecting unprecedented demand upon the resources of South Africa for the war effort. Where once the price of Gold bullion, Iron Ore, and other less common minerals and metals, were priced far below their value - today, the opposite has become true. The demand for steel, the majority of which today comes from the auto and aerospace manufacturers of South Africa, turned Armored Vehicle and Warplane industries, resulted in a sharp demand for Minerals and Metals, boosting market value, and yielding never before seen profit for the DominionÂ’s mining companies. Despite new records of profit, Companies within the Chamber of Mines consortium were resistant to efforts from workers to request higher wages to match the longer work days and more extreme production quotas being adopted. In a joint statement, the Chamber of Mines announced that it had no intention of meeting the request of Union leaders.[/sub]

[sub]Reports not long after that announcement revealed that companies within the Chamber of Mines conducted a string of firings - especially among “ring leaders” in local mines, to the disdain of not just Union workers, but also non-Union workers who did not have the safety net provided by Union membership. The concern, that this would only be the beginning of the type of “worker exploitation” not seen since the Gilded Age of the late-1800s and early 1900s.[/sub]

[sub]Thus, on the 24th of January, local AMWU chapters within the Bothaville Gap announced that a Strike would occur should demands from their workers not be met. By the 26th, with an utter lack of response from the Chamber - taken to mean that their threat was not viewed as serious - AMWU workers walked out of the Mines in the Gap, and made picket lines around the entrances.[/sub]

[sub]A Clarion call has been issued across the Dominion - with some 10,000 South African miners joining the Strike with as many as 50,000 expected to join in the coming days. With Parliament out on Recess, and the GovernmentÂ’s handÂ’s tied to resolve such a crisis until it returns, the nation can only watch as captive passengers united in prayer, that this Strike can be quickly resolved before violence occurs, the war effort is affected, or this economic boom is forced to end prematurely.[/sub]

[/list]

____________

[pre] [/pre][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Otsla, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

[list][list]DECEMBER 1940

[sub]Lend-Lease Expectations[/sub][/list]

[pre] T H E A T L A N T I C N I G H T [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre]Governments can err, Presidents do make mistakes,

but the immortal Dante tells us that divine justice

weighs the sins of the cold-blooded and the sins of

the warm-hearted in different scales.

Better the occasional faults of a Government that lives

in a spirit of charity than the consistent omissions of a

Government frozen in the ice of its own indifference.

To some generations much is given.

Of other generations much is expected.

This generation of Americans has a

Rendezvous with Destiny.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

CONCERNS OF THE NATION — NIGHT

[sub]WASHINGTON D.C., Paramountica[/sub]

[list][list][sub]H⃣   E⃣   A⃣   D⃣   L⃣   I⃣   N⃣   E⃣   S⃣    A⃣   C⃣   R⃣   O⃣   S⃣   S⃣    A⃣   M⃣   E⃣   R⃣   I⃣   C⃣   A⃣   N⃣    W⃣   I⃣   N⃣   T⃣   E⃣   R⃣[/sub]

𝗕𝗔𝗧𝗧𝗟𝗘𝗦, 𝗦𝗧𝗥𝗜𝗞𝗘𝗦, 𝗣𝗥𝗢𝗗𝗨𝗖𝗧𝗜𝗢𝗡

𝗕𝗢𝗧𝗧𝗟𝗘𝗡𝗘𝗖𝗞𝗦, 𝗙𝗟𝗘𝗘𝗧 𝗕𝗔𝗦𝗘𝗦, 𝗔𝗜𝗥𝗣𝗟𝗔𝗡𝗘𝗦

— 𝟭𝟳𝟳 𝘁𝗼 𝗘𝗡𝗚𝗟𝗔𝗡𝗗; 𝗡𝗢𝗧 𝟳𝟬𝟬![/list][/list]

| The talk of tables, spread to the talk of office desks, factory floors and the expansive farms across America’s heartland. It was all underneath the winter days cast by the grey, the cold and the wet — the gloom and frustration of a Washington that stirred uneasily resolute within the American people — but all those concerned summed up to one primary thing; Leadership. All discussions, all chatter, all schmoozing came down upon the hope of one man, THE PRESIDENT, Franklin D. Roosevelt. The nation yearned for it, its primary focus on aid to Great Britain Gb after France had fallen the summer past. In short of a declaration of war that remained unpopular, primary was aid. Nearly all Americans AGREED that Defense Commission was above all. No one doubted what the Defense Commission needed most of all was a wise, steadfast, and sharp chairman — the nation looked to the PRESIDENT not for an answer, but for an appointment. |

[list]𝙃𝙤𝙬 𝙜𝙧𝙚𝙖𝙩 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙨𝙖𝙘𝙧𝙞𝙛𝙞𝙘𝙚𝙨?

𝙃𝙤𝙬 𝙜𝙧𝙖𝙫𝙚 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙥𝙚𝙧𝙞𝙡?

𝙃𝙤𝙬 𝙝𝙚𝙖𝙫𝙮 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙗𝙪𝙧𝙙𝙚𝙣?

𝙃𝙤𝙬 𝙢𝙖𝙨𝙨𝙞𝙫𝙚 𝙩𝙝𝙚 𝙩𝙖𝙨𝙠?[/list]

| The questions the American people were ready to sustain, and the White House needed to respond to this, the greatest concern that brought the PRESIDENT his third term last month. |

WHAT OF THE NIGHT? — CONTINUOUS

[sub]CHARLESTON, SOUTH CAROLINA, Paramountica[/sub]

| The boatswain piloted the small boat ashore at Charleston, South Carolina. It went with four ruffles from the USS Tuscaloosa (CA-37), a New Orleans-class cruiser and a 21-gun salute. The PRESIDENT had toured the nation’s newly acquired coastline — 3,850 miles at sea, down to St. Lucia from the Bahamas, inspecting base sites newly acquired from the British Empire in return for Lend-Lease arrangements. The mood of the nation had damped for certain, the number of aircraft for example being sent to the British across the pond was not 700 per month as projected last spring — it wasn’t even 600, nor 400, nor 300 — it was 177 to Great Britain Gb and 102 to Canovia. |

[sub]A MARK UPON NATIONAL PRIDE[/sub]

| It was acute nevertheless, the fury of American industry to deliver much needed lend-lease to Allied powers hadnÂ’t met with demand, even the 280 were at least more than sent in September, and the PRESIDENT had changed his 50/50 rule-of-thumb policy of aircraft production between American needs and that of the British. Quality standards were there, as a matter of fact CURTIS-WRIGHTÂ’s total production of P-40s,1,090 h.p., Allison-engined, 360-m.p.h., low-winged monoplanes, were dispatched across the Atlantic. |

[sub]LOANS FOR THE WESTERN HEMISPHERE[/sub]

| The United States is becoming banker financier to the world, what loans it grants to shore up Western Hemisphere defenses it grants — to the Estado Novo (Alzarikstan) $80,000,000; to Argentina went $60,000,000; to Uruguay went $8,000,000 — the United States also laid the groundwork for joint defense initiatives among the American neighbors. American contractors and engineers came upon Bermuda — planning out the 510-acre military base that will bring upon battleships and aircraft to the island of cyclists. The MARITIME COMMISSION launches now, a merchant ship every seven days as it pivots on what to do with the nearly 150 laid-up vessels of European nations seeking refugee status, unable to return to their war torn homelands. |

[sub]MORGENTHAU PLANS FINANCE ACROSS THE POND[/sub]

| For the PRESIDENT, such problems stacked miles high upon his desk, metaphorically at the Oval Office. HENRY MORGENTHAU, Treasury Secretary in the Rooseveltian cabinet prepared new proposals for financial aid and loans to Great Britain, stacking the memos of other Cabinet members for support — DIPLOMATS, MILITARY MEN, ECONOMISTS, PRODUCTION BOSES of Capital and Labor, all ready to enact orders from Government, looking towards the PRESIDENT as the nation’s watchmen, wondering the big questions; what of the night? Seeking action before Congress’ return in January, or at least a path ward for it. |

[list][sup]Much was on the PRESIDENT’s mind, as the travel from Charleston to Warm Springs began, where he would have dinner before returning North back to Washington. Much was on the PRESIDENT’s agenda, and beyond lend lease, the St. Lawerence seaway between the American Great Lakes and Canadian river way was also set for an expansion of naval transit, and most important of all — an Arsenal was an American public demand now.[/sup][/list]

Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Alzarikstan, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Maziya

[list][list]UMHLABA WABANTU | IN ZULU

DIE BANTOEWERELD | IN AFRIKAANS

ILIZWE LABANTU | IN XHOSA

THE BANTU WORLD | IN ENGLISH[pre]

31st January — 1941[/pre]

____________[/list][/list]

[list][pre]Diversity in thought and view Strengthens the People[/pre][sub][pre]Dependable Source of News and Current Events from Across the Dominion[/pre][/sub][/list]

[list][list]____________

[pre] [/pre]

[pre]250,000 MINERS ON STRIKE ACROSS THE DOMINION - PRODUCTION GRINDS TO A HALT, AS PARLIAMENT PRESSURES THE CHAMBER OF MINES TO NEGOTIATE WITH WORKERS UNIONs;[/pre][pre] [/pre][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| CAPE TOWN — For five days, mine workers across the Dominion have entered into a General Strike following a breakdown in relations between the African Mine Workers Union, Industrial & Mine Workers Guild and the participating companies within the Chamber of Mines. Since granting the request of Prime Minister Smuts to end Parliament’s summer recess early, MPs have been huddled in a debate reaching beyond the initial demands of the workers. ”LIAR!!”, one United Party member exclaimed in response to an advance from a pro-Miner member of the National Party. The fluidity with which debate has occurred thus far has sent shock waves throughout the political class with the appearance of fault lines in every party except, ironically, the ANC.[/sub]

[list][pre]Our position is clear, unabashed, and pointed. This government must compel the Chamber of Mines to take the demands of South Africa’s workers seriously - and if they cannot, we have a moral and strategic responsibility to put an end to this crisis, by any means necessary; that the national focus can be placed back on where it belongs - ending the threat to peace in Africa, and indeed the world.”[/pre] - Dr. AB. Xuma, Leader of the African National Congress[/list]

[sub]Factions from within the Union and National Parties are in open defiance to their leadership, who have universally called for the Chamber of Mines to come to the table, and for the Workers to return to their jobs. In the wake of the massacre of protesters by private Security forces hired by the Chamber, just days ago, Parliament has been crippled by indecision. It is no secret, many contend in hush tones within cigar smoke filled rooms, that the existence of South Africa today can be attributed to the material wealth created by the discovery of Gold, and other precious minerals. This reality has long emboldened itÂ’s private sector extractors, whose consortium - the Chamber of Mines - has wielded great influence upon the monetary and economic policies of South Africa since before itÂ’s unification. Such an influence, from every family having a relative or knowing someone employed in the mines, or ore processing - to the importance of the ChamberÂ’s financial backing in supporting party campaigns. The idea of contending openly with the Chamber was one that many MPs dared not fathom - instigating a demise to the tense balance wherein South AfricaÂ’s progress towards integration has been undertaken.[/sub]

[sub]Once the strongest third party in South Africa, the Labour Party was the most outspoken in their position in support of the workers. ”Lest we forget.. That progress must be universal - not just on the basis of Race, but on the basis of Class. While tycoons line their pockets, the poorest among us continue to scrape together ends meet despite memory of the Depression fading away in the Stock Exchanges”. Their proposal, a total nationalization of the Mine sector of South Africa - and institution of a minimum wage. Shouted into silence by members from the other Parties, the debate moved closer to a solution with the submission of a proposal by Dr. AB Xuma, of the ANC who reportedly hand delivered it to each Party’s leader before moving for Parliament to end it’s debate for the day.[/sub]

[sub]The contours of his proposal, are not yet public - but with tomorrowÂ’s protext expected to be supported by nearly half a million workers, time was indeed of the essence.[/sub]

[/list]

____________

[pre] [/pre][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, New Provenance

[list][pre]October, 1940 |Hafara, Kassala Province, The British Imperial Crown Colony Of The Sudan[/pre]

THE DEFENSE OF KASSALA BEGINS[/list]

Following months of turmoil on the African continent as a result of ItalyÂ’s refusal to adhere to the Pretoria Ultimatum, ItalyÂ’s intentions have now become clear to the allied forces, given its alignment with the Axis forces of Volkist Germany and Imperial Japan.

The Sudanese Parliament, established the previous September, held their first session on the subject of the war and the Sudanese northern front during the East African campaign. Delegates from both the Red Sea and Berber Provinces have echoed their concerns to the rest of the delegates from the other Sudanese provinces, calling upon them to provide more soldiers for the defense of Sudan, as many of the delegates have shared concerns that the majority of troops currently serving in the SDF and mobilized to Kassala are from the northern provinces, which the Sudanese Arab delegates saw as unfair and draining on the manpower of the provincial economy. In response, Africans and Arabs from the Equatoria, Kassala, Khartoum, and El Funj Delegates have pledged to enlist and train an additional 20,000 men from the four provinces, with the goal of having them ready for battle by the spring of 1941.

By the end of September, British Middle East Command, under the control of General Sir Archibald Wavell, had organized for a change in the order of military commanders, as he ordered a switch in positions, with Lieutenant-General William Platt of the Sudan Defense Force being relocated to take control of the East Africa Force in Kenya. His position in the SDF was replaced by Lieutenant General Sir Alan Cunningham, who had arrived in Khartoum and been briefed on the state of the Sudan Defense Force just a week before War Plan Green had been initiated by East Africa Command, following the first confirmed attacks by Italian East Africa on Allied Forces in Sudan.

[list][pre]SDF 1st. KASSALA DIVISION — OUTSKIRTS OF HAFARA;[/pre]

[pre]•1st Atbarah Brigade. Kassala (5,000)

- (500) Mounted Camel Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (20) 45 mm anti-tank gun M1932

- (30) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

•2nd Atbarah Brigade. Kassala (5,000)

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (20) 45 mm anti-tank gun M1932

- (30) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

[/pre][/list]

As orders were received from East Africa Command, the 1st and 2nd Atbarah Brigades had set forth north east of Kassala for the setting up of defensive lines between the Ethiopian positions stationed at Sebderat and the small village of Hafara on the dry plains of the river Gash. The two brigades would set up three specific positions along and at either side of the mountain range [15°30'00"N 36°37'22"E · 3,220 ft] that sits directly in the middle of the border between British Sudan and Italian East Africa.

The First Position: The smallest of the three, 1000 units out of the 1st Atbarah Brigade, now labeled the 1st Atbarah Regiment, armed with a 6x QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern), and an 8x 45 mm anti-tank gun M1932, would set up a 1.3km long defensive line on either side of the mountain pass leading up to Sebderat. There are 500 units sitting on either side of the mountain. The small troop presence was given after speculation by Sudanese officers of the SDF that the Italians would not march through the pass, given the flood season has caused the region to be muddier and harder to traverse than usual.

The Second Position: The second position would be entirely manned by the 2nd Atbarah Brigade, consisting of 2,500 units, and would generally be in the same location as they take up defensive positions along a 4.35km wide line between two hills, labeled point A [15°35'37"N 36°30'05"E · 2,077 ft] and point B [15°32'46"N 36°30'46"E · 2,393 ft]. The defensive line would be made up of 20x QF 18-pounder guns (1920 Pattern) lined up along the defensive positions, as well as 20x 45 mm anti-tank guns (M1932). The Brigade would also use strategies employed by the South Africans as they set up barbed wire and other physical obstacles across the landscape between Point A and Point B.

The Third Position: Manned by the remaining 4,000 units of the 1st Atbarah Brigade, the units would be positioned in two areas, a little more south-east of the second position. The first area, manned by only 500 units and only 2x QF 18-pounder guns (1920 Pattern), the units would be situated on the open pass between the easternmost part of point B and the further westernmost point of the labeled "Seberat Mountain Range". The remaining 3,500 units would be positioned no more than 4 km south of the first entrenchment at the pass, spread out across the gap between the two mountains, and quiet on the outskirts of the farming village of Hafara. The brigade would be equipped with the remaining 12x QF 18-pounder guns (1920 Pattern) and 12x 45 mm anti-tank guns M1932. The 20x Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors would be positioned to set up constant supply lines from Kassala to Hafara and from there to the frontlines in the mountains. The 7x Rolls-Royce Armored Cars would be stationed at Hafara for the possibility of backup to the 1st Brigade positions.

[list][pre]SDF 2nd. KASSALA DIVISION — OUTSKIRTS OF Kassala;[/pre]

[pre]• 1st Shendi Battalion. Kassala (1,000)

- (100) Camel Mounted Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

-(7) Rolls-Royce Armored Cars

- (5) Cruiser Mk III Tanks

•2nd Shendi Battalion. Kassala (1,000)

- (15) Carro Veloce L3/35 R 45 Tank-Destroyers

•1st Berber Battalion. Kassala (1,000)

- (100) Mounted Camel Units

- (20) QF 18-pounder gun (1920 Pattern)

- (6) Scammell Pioneer Trucks/Artillery Tractors

- (6) QF 3.7-inch AA gun

•2nd Berber Battalion. Kassala (1,000)

- (14) Ordnance SBML two-inch mortar

•3rd Berber Battalion. Kassala (1,000)

- (14) Ordnance SBML two-inch mortar

[/pre][/list]

The 2nd Division, made up of a total of 5,000 units, had been held back at Kassala alongside the remaining South African units, also held back at Kassala, for the setting up of defensive and strategic positions on the outskirts of the city. The 1st and 2nd Shendi Battalions would join and aid South African defensive positions on the plateau north of Mount Makram. The 1st Berber Battalion, the most equipped of the three Berber battalions, would set up defensive positions to the east of the city between Mount Makram and Mount Taka. And finally, the 2nd and 3rd Berber Battalions would set up defensive positions along with the South Africans in the city, covering the gap between Mount Taka and the banks of the River Gash.

With orders now complete, the 1st SDF position would begin setting into their defensive lines, awaiting orders from the East Africa Command to begin their march on to Eritrea and engage the Italian forces at Sebderat. The Sudanese divisions at Tokar, south of Suakin, had been ordered to set up defensive positions east of the town as they await South African backing from Port Sudan.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Otsla, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Great Britain Gb, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Maziya

[list][list]JANUARY 1941

[sub]The First Chief Scout[/sub][/list]

[pre] K I P L I N G E M P I R E B U I L D E R [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre]

King George VI —

From Canada to the Indian Raj,

from Australia to Nigeria, from

the Caribbean to East Africa —

H.R.H. reigns united an Empire &

Commonwealth, Allied War Effort.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

LORD BADEN-POWELL RESIDENCE — MORNING

[sub]NYERI, KENYA CROWN COLONY, Great Britain Gb[/sub]

[list][list]𝙸 𝚑𝚊𝚟𝚎 𝚑𝚊𝚍 𝚊 𝚖𝚘𝚜𝚝 𝚑𝚊𝚙𝚙𝚢 𝚕𝚒𝚏𝚎 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝙸 𝚠𝚊𝚗𝚝 𝚎𝚊𝚌𝚑 𝚘𝚗𝚎 𝚘𝚏 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚝𝚘 𝚑𝚊𝚟𝚎 𝚊 𝚑𝚊𝚙𝚙𝚢 𝚕𝚒𝚏𝚎 𝚝𝚘𝚘. 𝙸 𝚋𝚎𝚕𝚒𝚎𝚟𝚎 𝚝𝚑𝚊𝚝 𝙶𝚘𝚍 𝚙𝚞𝚝 𝚞𝚜 𝚒𝚗 𝚝𝚑𝚒𝚜 𝚓𝚘𝚕𝚕𝚢 𝚠𝚘𝚛𝚕𝚍 𝚝𝚘 𝚋𝚎 𝚑𝚊𝚙𝚙𝚢 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝚎𝚗𝚓𝚘𝚢 𝚕𝚒𝚏𝚎. 𝙷𝚊𝚙𝚙𝚒𝚗𝚎𝚜𝚜 𝚍𝚘𝚎𝚜 𝚗𝚘𝚝 𝚌𝚘𝚖𝚎 𝚏𝚛𝚘𝚖 𝚋𝚎𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚛𝚒𝚌𝚑, 𝚗𝚘𝚛 𝚖𝚎𝚛𝚎𝚕𝚢 𝚋𝚎𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚜𝚞𝚌𝚌𝚎𝚜𝚜𝚏𝚞𝚕 𝚒𝚗 𝚢𝚘𝚞𝚛 𝚌𝚊𝚛𝚎𝚎𝚛, 𝚗𝚘𝚛 𝚋𝚢 𝚜𝚎𝚕𝚏-𝚒𝚗𝚍𝚞𝚕𝚐𝚎𝚗𝚌𝚎. 𝙾𝚗𝚎 𝚜𝚝𝚎𝚙 𝚝𝚘𝚠𝚊𝚛𝚍𝚜 𝚑𝚊𝚙𝚙𝚒𝚗𝚎𝚜𝚜 𝚒𝚜 𝚝𝚘 𝚖𝚊𝚔𝚎 𝚢𝚘𝚞𝚛𝚜𝚎𝚕𝚏 𝚑𝚎𝚊𝚕𝚝𝚑𝚢 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝚜𝚝𝚛𝚘𝚗𝚐 𝚠𝚑𝚒𝚕𝚎 𝚒𝚗 𝚢𝚘𝚞𝚝𝚑, 𝚜𝚘 𝚝𝚑𝚊𝚝 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚌𝚊𝚗 𝚋𝚎 𝚞𝚜𝚎𝚏𝚞𝚕 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝚜𝚘 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚌𝚊𝚗 𝚎𝚗𝚓𝚘𝚢 𝚕𝚒𝚏𝚎 𝚠𝚑𝚎𝚗 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚊𝚛𝚎 𝚊 𝚖𝚊𝚗. 𝙽𝚊𝚝𝚞𝚛𝚎 𝚜𝚝𝚞𝚍𝚢 𝚠𝚒𝚕𝚕 𝚜𝚑𝚘𝚠 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚑𝚘𝚠 𝚏𝚞𝚕𝚕 𝚘𝚏 𝚋𝚎𝚊𝚞𝚝𝚒𝚏𝚞𝚕 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝚠𝚘𝚗𝚍𝚎𝚛𝚏𝚞𝚕 𝚝𝚑𝚒𝚗𝚐𝚜 𝙶𝚘𝚍 𝚑𝚊𝚜 𝚖𝚊𝚍𝚎 𝚝𝚑𝚎 𝚠𝚘𝚛𝚕𝚍 𝚏𝚘𝚛 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚝𝚘 𝚎𝚗𝚓𝚘𝚢. 𝙱𝚎 𝚌𝚘𝚗𝚝𝚎𝚗𝚝𝚎𝚍 𝚠𝚒𝚝𝚑 𝚠𝚑𝚊𝚝 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚑𝚊𝚟𝚎 𝚐𝚘𝚝 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝚖𝚊𝚔𝚎 𝚝𝚑𝚎 𝚋𝚎𝚜𝚝 𝚘𝚏 𝚒𝚝. 𝙻𝚘𝚘𝚔 𝚘𝚗 𝚝𝚑𝚎 𝚋𝚛𝚒𝚐𝚑𝚝 𝚜𝚒𝚍𝚎 𝚘𝚏 𝚝𝚑𝚒𝚗𝚐𝚜 𝚒𝚗𝚜𝚝𝚎𝚊𝚍 𝚘𝚏 𝚝𝚑𝚎 𝚐𝚕𝚘𝚘𝚖𝚢 𝚘𝚗𝚎. 𝙱𝚞𝚝 𝚝𝚑𝚎 𝚛𝚎𝚊𝚕 𝚠𝚊𝚢 𝚝𝚘 𝚐𝚎𝚝 𝚑𝚊𝚙𝚙𝚒𝚗𝚎𝚜𝚜 𝚒𝚜 𝚋𝚢 𝚐𝚒𝚟𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚘𝚞𝚝 𝚑𝚊𝚙𝚙𝚒𝚗𝚎𝚜𝚜 𝚝𝚘 𝚘𝚝𝚑𝚎𝚛 𝚙𝚎𝚘𝚙𝚕𝚎. 𝚃𝚛𝚢 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝚕𝚎𝚊𝚟𝚎 𝚝𝚑𝚒𝚜 𝚠𝚘𝚛𝚕𝚍 𝚊 𝚕𝚒𝚝𝚝𝚕𝚎 𝚋𝚎𝚝𝚝𝚎𝚛 𝚝𝚑𝚊𝚗 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚏𝚘𝚞𝚗𝚍 𝚒𝚝 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝚠𝚑𝚎𝚗 𝚢𝚘𝚞𝚛 𝚝𝚞𝚛𝚗 𝚌𝚘𝚖𝚎𝚜 𝚝𝚘 𝚍𝚒𝚎, 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚌𝚊𝚗 𝚍𝚒𝚎 𝚑𝚊𝚙𝚙𝚢 𝚒𝚗 𝚏𝚎𝚎𝚕𝚒𝚗𝚐 𝚝𝚑𝚊𝚝 𝚊𝚝 𝚊𝚗𝚢 𝚛𝚊𝚝𝚎 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚑𝚊𝚟𝚎 𝚗𝚘𝚝 𝚠𝚊𝚜𝚝𝚎𝚍 𝚢𝚘𝚞𝚛 𝚝𝚒𝚖𝚎 𝚋𝚞𝚝 𝚑𝚊𝚟𝚎 𝚍𝚘𝚗𝚎 𝚢𝚘𝚞𝚛 𝚋𝚎𝚜𝚝. "𝙱𝚎 𝚙𝚛𝚎𝚙𝚊𝚛𝚎𝚍" 𝚒𝚗 𝚝𝚑𝚒𝚜 𝚠𝚊𝚢, 𝚝𝚘 𝚕𝚒𝚟𝚎 𝚑𝚊𝚙𝚙𝚢 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝚝𝚘 𝚍𝚒𝚎 𝚑𝚊𝚙𝚙𝚢 – 𝚜𝚝𝚒𝚌𝚔 𝚝𝚘 𝚢𝚘𝚞𝚛 𝚂𝚌𝚘𝚞𝚝 𝙿𝚛𝚘𝚖𝚒𝚜𝚎 𝚊𝚕𝚠𝚊𝚢𝚜 – 𝚎𝚟𝚎𝚗 𝚊𝚏𝚝𝚎𝚛 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚑𝚊𝚟𝚎 𝚌𝚎𝚊𝚜𝚎𝚍 𝚝𝚘 𝚋𝚎 𝚊 𝚜𝚌𝚘𝚞𝚝 – 𝚊𝚗𝚍 𝙶𝚘𝚍 𝚑𝚎𝚕𝚙 𝚢𝚘𝚞 𝚝𝚘 𝚍𝚘 𝚒𝚝.

[sub]Final Letter to the Scouts, 5th World Scout Jamboree, 1937.

Vogelenzang, The Netherlands Victoria Harbor[/sub][/list][/list]

| Robert Baden-Powell, 1st Baron Baden-Powell — a British Army officer, writer, founder and first Chief Scout of the world-wide Scout Movement, and founder, with his sister Agnes, of the world-wide Girl Guide / Girl Scout Movement. BADEN-POWELL authored the first editions of the seminal work Scouting for Boys, which was an inspiration for the Scout Movement. At the age of 19, he took a go at the Army tests on the spur of the moment, came second out of 700 candidates, and ending up as a subaltern in the 13th Hussars in the British Raj [sup](Nosautempopulus)[/sup]. In 1881, he served with the 13th in the Afghan War as a reconnaissance expert. He earned the epithet Impeesa (The Wolf Who Never Sleeps) from the startled people while serving in Zululand, then proceeded on to Ashanti and Matabeleland. He was a colonel in command of Mafeking at the time of the Boer War, where he held off the Boers for 217 days. He returned to England in 1907 as Inspector-General of Cavalry, aged 50, big-game hunter, author of Aids to Scouting, and Empire hero. |

[sub]HE WAS, EVERY SENSE OF THE WORD; AN EMPIRE BUILDER[/sub]

| With one profession behind him, Empire Builder BADEN-POWELL had an idea for a new one that summer. He collected 21 young Britons at a camp on Brown-sea Island and began teaching them the basics of scouting to them. The Boy Scouts were founded in Birkenhead the following winter, and two years later, with the support of his sister, the Girl Guides were founded, and he left the Army. The concepts he taught spread quickly. There were 80,000 scouts in Britain six months after Birkenhead. The movement gained traction in other countries as well. The Boy Scouts of America [sup](Paramountica)[/sup] were founded in 1910 when ERNEST THOMPSON SETON’s Indians and DANIEL CARTER BEARD’s Sons of Daniel Boone merged to become the Boy Scouts of America. Sir BADEN-POWELL, Chief of the Boy Scouts of the World, met with 50,000 scouts from 73 nations during the Third World Jamboree in 1929. Baron BADEN-POWELL of Gilwell had constructed a new empire of decent young citizens — nonmilitary, nonracial, nonpolitical, and intersectarian — in the year he was elevated to the peerage for his efforts. It was simply too nice an opportunity for totalitarianism to pass up however. |

[sub]Â’BE PREPAREDÂ’ FOR DEMOCRACY[/sub]

| While the Scouts motto of ”Be Prepared,” resonated with the height of democratic civilizations, on lower rungs however the concepts of totalitarianism was uncovered. “Believe, Obey, Fight” — as the creed Italian Batilla [sup](Adriatican Islands)[/sup] commanders exposed. For the Germans [sup](New Provenance)[/sup] under their Youth organizations, it was “Follow the Leder” and in a more direct sense ‘tell us what to do, and we’ll do it.’ — Such organizations, much in the uniform and presentation of the Scouts, were devoid of the Scouts’ christian and democratic values, as witnessed by the world as the previous decade of the 1930s displayed its true nadir . . . Lord BADEN-POWELL however, after addressing the 5th Scout Jamboree in 1937, retired to his farm in colonial Kenya, where he passed away at age 83. |

[list]| SIR LORD BADEN-POWELL, [sub]Scout Founder[/sub] | “. . . In Africa, where my heart is.”[/list]

____________

[sup]BADEN-POWELL's gravestone bears a circle with a dot in the centre "ʘ", the trail sign for "Going home", or "I have gone home”.[/sup]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Otsla, Pontianus, Ranponian, Nileia, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Islahh, Adriatican Islands, Maziya

[list]1941년 01월 | 1941 January

[list]

[sup]Chongqing | 重庆市[/sup]

Republic of China[list]

[sup]The Korean Provisional Government[/sup][/list]

| [sub]The Korean Provisional Government established back in March 1919 had moved around the Republic of China during the Chinese Civil War to remain within republican territory and then during the Second Sino-Japanese War it spent most of its time avoiding capture by the Japanese. The KPG had been led by Prince Imperial Uihwa since 1925 when it established itself as a constitutional monarchy following the ousting of Syngman Rhee for corruption. The structure of government worked fairly similar to that of the British, the monarchy held substantial powers but often delegated them to various figures within the organisation.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Kim Gu: “I trust you’ve been informed of the news, your majesty?”[/sub]

[sub]Prince Uihwa: “About my son removing his brother as Crown Prince and appointing his own child as heir?”[/sub]

[sub]Kim Gu: “Indeed, it was on the orders of Premier Senjūrō Hayashi; his highness Prince U is suspected of being of spy on our behalf-”[/sub]

[sub]Prince Uihwa: “Which is true”[/sub][/list]

| [sub]The PrincesÂ’ quick interjection was met with a nod by Kim as they continued to walk down the corridor towards one of the larger meeting rooms of the building they currently rented.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Kim Gu: “Of course your majesty, some are worried that if he is truly accused he may be executed by the Japanese. Some are wondering whether we should, uh, seek to bring him here.”[/sub][/list]

| [sub]The Prince would shake his head at the suggestion as he walked into the large room, where several workers were gathered who upon seeing the Prince bowed respectfully, in which the Prince returned a smile and a nod of his head indicating they could return to their tasks.[/sub] |[list]

[sub]Prince Uihwa: “No. No. He accepted the mission and he knows the consequences it is his duty to Korean Independence. We must begin our preparations for total war, Japan’s ambitions are laid bare, it won’t be long before they join the global conflict.”[/sub]

[sub]Kim Gu: “Would you like me to summon the council, your majesty?”[/sub][/list]

| [sub]The Prince would give a simple nod of the head in response before the two men went their separate ways.[/sub] |

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Pontianus, Ranponian, New Provenance

[list][list]UMHLABA WABANTU | IN ZULU

DIE BANTOEWERELD | IN AFRIKAANS

ILIZWE LABANTU | IN XHOSA

THE BANTU WORLD | IN ENGLISH[pre]

2 February — 1941[/pre]

____________[/list][/list]

[list][pre]Diversity in thought and view Strengthens the People[/pre][sub][pre]Dependable Source of News and Current Events from Across the Dominion[/pre][/sub][/list]

[list][list]____________

[pre] [/pre]

[pre]1 MILLION MINERS STRIKE AS NEW UNITY GOVERNMENT VOTES TO NATIONALIZE MINING SECTOR, AFTER CHAMBER OF MINES REFUSED TO NEGOTIATE WITH UNIONs;[/pre][pre] [/pre][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| CAPE TOWN — Eight days had passed since the first mine was closed due to workers strikes, and in the interceding time, some 1 Million South Africans - native, white, asiatic, and coloured - joined together in the first non-racial social action in the history of South Africa. Under the joint leadership of the Industrial and Mine Workers Guild (IMWG) and African Mine Workers Union (AMWU), the striking Miners brought to a halt the assembly lines for the South African war effort. Such was cause enough for mine owners to hire mercenary “Security Workers” to force open the entrances to their mines. In clashes initiated by those Security Forces, rock and glass bottle throwing was met with gun fire by what many characterized as “Vigilante Groups”. In all, 137 people were killed and nearly a thousand had been injured before Parliament was able to garner enough votes to order the deployment of the Royal South African Army to quell tension and restore order. Two days after reports from the National Assembly revealed that Dr. AB Xuma of the African National Congress presented a proposal to put a swift end to this crisis, Prime Minister Smuts joined with Xuma, JBM Hertzog (National Party Leader), and Waltar Madeley (Labour) at his residence to announce the signing of the Groote Schuur Accord.[/sub]

[list][pre]Extra-Ordinary times demand Extra-Ordinary measures - and in the face of so many challenges, South Africans must come together to solve the crises of our generation.”[/pre] - JAN SMUTS, Prime Minister of South Africa, and Leader of the United Party[/list]

[sub]The formation of a National Unity Government, is something normal among the other realms who use the Westminster System of governance. Today, Great Britain, Canada, and Australia all have formed a Unity Government to address the crisis that is the second Great War. Contrarily, the Dominion of South Africa - in the wake of a snap election last fall - had no use for such an arrangement. Yet, even the super majority created by the UP-ANC-Labour coalition was not fully able to enact needed reform, and be swift enough in action to handle even labor disputes such as what led to this crisis. Such proved the necessity of a new Coalition, with unanimous support, built upon reasonable concessions which could last at least for the duration of the war.[/sub]

[sub]Under the new National Unity Government, Jan Smuts would remain Prime Minister of South Africa, with Dr. AB Xuma retaining his position as Deputy Prime Minister, and JBM Hertzog and Waltar Madeley also receiving Deputy Premiership. Their portfolios, Smuts jointly serving as Defense Minister, Xuma as State Secretary for the Interior, Hertzog for Exterior Minister, and Madeley as Labor Secretary and State Secretary for Commerce. A Cabinet shuffle was also prompted under the accord, to integrate policy leaders from each party into senior posts in Government.[/sub]

[sub]The contours of the Groote Schuur Accord have only slowly been made public, but what is known now are the fundamental concessions agreed to be given to each party. The United Party’s major concession - in addition to the continuance of Smut’s leadership, are a moderation to any reforms proposed by the other parties, made in the interest of preserving the stability of the Dominion and it’s preparedness for the war effort. For the Labour Party, the major concession promised to them was their leadership in the pursuit of systematic reforms for labor in South Africa. For the National Party, a guarantee of protection for white South African interests - especially in the pursuit of integration, that there would not be any aggressive policies enacted which would oppress whites economically, politically, or socially. Finally, for the African National Congress, the promise that the process for Government recognition of various Tribes/Clans as “Integrated” would be streamlined and fast tracked. In essence, that all native South Africans would be granted citizenship with all the righters pertaining thereto by the end of the decade.[/sub]

[sub]What binds the parties to this agreement? The word of their leadership who, in the face of this glimmering example of a public so willing to defy order, is an indicator of what awaits South Africa should any party enact such extreme policies that would see a group suppressed beneath another. Progress, it seemed, could not be stopped - especially at this junction in the grand scheme of the DominionÂ’s history.[/sub]

[sub]More immediate and pertaining to the General Strike which prompted this agreement, the National Unity Government ushered through Parliament the passage of a new measure concerning the Chamber of Mines, and South AfricaÂ’s mining sector at-large. Effective immediately, the Chamber of Mines was to be dissolved and the mines, and processing facilities under itÂ’s jurisdiction would be placed under government control for the duration of the War.[/sub]

[sub]The priority given in ensuring South Africa’s ability to fight the war was clear - in order to assure victory against the sinister forces of fascism, the industrial production lines of South Africa must be allowed to flow freely and without interruption. South Africa’s brave men on the front depend upon these lines - and this reality was not lost upon any of the Party leaders, who universally agreed that a swift end to the war was needed, that the Dominion could look inward and regain control of it’s future. The process for nationalization was to be overseen by Deputy Prime Minister Waltar Madaley, who was given the mandate to establish the process around which de-nationalization was to occur post-war. Early indicators point to plans for the assets of the, now dissolved, companies to be pooled and systematically distributed by new - smaller - companies, preferably locally owned upstarts who could be more “sensitive” to the needs of their employees while also acting in the interest of growing it’s profit margin. Such upstarts, be it native owned, white owned, asiatic owned, etc - will open the door for the economic uplift of millions of South Africans who can benefit from entering a market more fluid than was exists under the monopolized system imposed by the Chamber of Mines consortium.[/sub]

[sub]Mister Madeley announced that the administrative, and supervisory apparatus of the mining operation would not altered - so as to not punish workers, but that oversight from the Ministries of Labor and Commerce would work to ensure fair practices, production quotas, and the application of national labor policies are undertaken. Through such a program, the bargaining power of Unions would be greatly boosted as they’d have the legal protection of the “Trade Boards Act of 1918”, inherited from Great Britain, ahead of expected reforms to streamline the Labor system of South Africa.[/sub]

[sub]With a government take over of the Mines, and negotiations beginning between the Unions and Labor and Commerce Ministries, War Production can resume - if not be strengthened through the confidence produced within workers, now having the arms of government working in their favor. When asked if they were concerned about further government interventions into the Private Sector, business owners across the Dominion voiced support for the government citing - ”A government working to preserve competition is far greater than a government too scared to break monopolies that have strangled small business”.[/sub]

[/list]

____________

[pre] [/pre][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Philanialle, Osivoii, Pontianus, Ranponian, Nileia, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

[pre]| JANUARY - 1941 |[/pre]

[list][list][list][pre]USSR ★ UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

Союз Советских Социалистических Республик CCCP |[/pre][/list][/list][/list]

THE PEOPLESÂ’ REPUBLIC OF ARAS ANNEXED BY THE UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS ALONGSIDE THE BALTIC REPUBLICS:

PARTS OF WESTERN ARMENIAN AND ALL OF THE BALTICS LIBERATED AND UNITED UNDER THE BENEVOLENT HAMMER AND SICKLE!

АРАССКАЯ НАРОДНАЯ РЕСПУБЛИКА, ПРИСОЕДИНЕННАЯ К СОЮЗУ СОВЕТСКИХ СОЦИАЛИСТИЧЕСКИХ РЕСПУБЛИК С РЕСПУБЛИКАМИ БАЛТИИ:

ЧАСТИ ЗАПАДНОЙ АРМЕНИИ И ВСЯ ПРИБАЛТИЯ ОСВОБОЖДЕНЫ И ОБЪЕДИНЕНЫ ПОД БЛАГОТВОРИТЕЛЬНЫМ СЕРПОМ И МОЛОТОМ!

[pre]The Union of Soviet Socialist Republics once again expands in its mission for the Liberation of the Worldwide Proletariat as the Baltic Republics and Armenian Aras come under the folds of the Comrades and Moscow rejoices! The Baltic Republics of Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania would come under Soviet Liberation in August of last year as they were brought in as equal constituent republics of the Soviet Union. Soviet paranoia was held in the region as its believed the Baltic states continued to assist Volkist ideology and the German Staat in its goal of imperialism and facsicm causing the Soviet Government to issue a ultimatum to the tiny republics as Red Army troops would soon March into the region to secure the states from Volkist infiltration! These additions to the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics would amount in 6 million new citizens of the Union and the addition of 87,423 square miles of liberated Soviet land in the securement of the proletariat future![/pre]

[pre]Союз Советских Социалистических Республик еще раз расширяет свою миссию по Освобождению Всемирного Пролетариата, поскольку Прибалтийские Республики и Армянские Армии переходят в объятия Товарищей, и Москва ликует! Прибалтийские республики Эстония, Латвия и Литва должны были быть освобождены Советским Союзом в августе прошлого года, поскольку они были объединены в качестве равноправных республик, составляющих Советский Союз. Советская паранойя сохранялась в регионе, поскольку считалось, что прибалтийские государства продолжали помогать народнической идеологии, а немецкому государству в его целях империализма и фашизма, в результате чего советское правительство выдвинуло ультиматум крошечным республикам, поскольку войска Красной Армии вскоре двинулись в наступление. регион, чтобы обезопасить штаты от проникновения фолькистов! Эти прибавления к Союзу Советских Социалистических Республик составили бы 6 миллионов новых граждан Союза и прибавление 87 423 квадратных миль освобожденной советской земли для обеспечения будущего пролетариата![/pre]

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Nosautempopulus, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Asharken, Pontianus, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Islahh

TRIBAL TRADE COMMISSION FORMED AS SENGA REFUSES TO JOIN

JANUARY 1941

Having witnessed the Mining chaos in Southern Africa during the preceding weeks, the Federal Government in Salisbury today signed into law the Tribal Trade Commission which is meant to secure mining and agricultural goods from Tribes willing to participate in the plan. So far all of the Nations Chieftains save for the Senga have signed up for the deal under which the Tribal States would get a much greater share of the proceeds than was previously granted. In exchange for this greater share of profit however, the Tribal Chieftains are now required to "ensure security and shipment" of goods required by the Federal Government, which in essence finally allowed the Chiefs to hire their own law enforcement. Many already had individuals enforcing their laws on the peoples they rule over, however now that they can do so officially they are permitted to arm themselves in order to better enforce the law on the wider populace.

The Senga, as at the forming of the Tribal Confederacy which fell into disrepair in the late 30s were unimpressed even by larger promises of profits as they have traditionally sought conflict and isolation from the other Tribes. Unlike many of the other larger Tribes the Senga themselves are not native to Northern Rhodesia (Zambia), in fact they invaded from the Congolese State of Katange during the prior Centuries. Discriminated against and at times harassed over the Tribal Borders by the Tumbuka, the Senga remain loyal only due to the Federal Government granting them official and military protection. Without said protection the much larger Tumbuka under the leadership of "Chikulamayembe (Chief)" John Hardy Gondwe. Already under J.H many smaller Tumbuka Tribes had been taken control of, due mainly to the Federal Governments non-intervetion policy within Tribal groupings, opting instead to intervene between groupings. This means that rather than provide protection to over a thousand individual tribes, the Federal Government only provides protection on the borders of each grouping, thus reducing it to around 29.

Under the Leadership of John Hardy Gondwe and his almost two million strong Confederation, the Tumbuka have become the primary backers within the Tribes, providing vast amounts of agricultural (mainly Cattle) goods to the Government and in exchange receiving machinery and Vehicles. The town of Mzimba has become a sort of Capital for the Tumbuka, with many modern amenities being purchased and constructed in the area by the Chikulamayembe who operates his Palace there.

[spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Amsterwald

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Finlandee

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Metropolitan Francais

New Provenance

Nileia

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Rutannia

Somerania

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

[/spoiler]

Nonador, Paramountica, Rutannia, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Osivoii, Pontianus, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance

[list][list]UMHLABA WABANTU | IN ZULU

DIE BANTOEWERELD | IN AFRIKAANS

ILIZWE LABANTU | IN XHOSA

THE BANTU WORLD | IN ENGLISH[pre]

15 February — 1941[/pre]

____________[/list][/list]

[list][pre]Diversity in thought and view Strengthens the People[/pre][sub][pre]Dependable Source of News and Current Events from Across the Dominion[/pre][/sub][/list]

[list][list]____________

[pre] [/pre]

[pre]UNITING BRITISH SOUTHERN AFRICA: PARLIAMENT APPROVES INCORPORATION OF BASUTOLAND AND SWAZILAND INTO THE DOMINION OF SOUTH AFRICA;[/pre][pre] [/pre][/list][/list]

[list][sub]| PRETORIA — Sir Edmund Richards and Sir Charles Bruton, Resident Commissioners of Basutoland and the Swaziland Protectorate, respectively - traveled to the Union Buildings earlier this week ahead of one of the most pivotal moments in the history of South Africa. With the express permission of the Crown, who had long been lobbied by South African Officials, the Commissioners arrived to formalize the start of integration of the territories into the Dominion. Since the end of the Anglo-Boer War in 1903, and subsequent founding of the Dominion six years later, both territories have been dualy administered by South Africa and a London appointed Resident Commissioner who oversaw the tribal authorities. The electricity which powered towns and settlements in each protectorate came from South African coal plants - the Postal Service there was handled by that of South Africa - and Consulbury tasks were a function of the Chiefs, though the training and material support provided to those forces were - again - of South African origin. Since the time of Cecil Rhodes and early South African industrialist, the dream of a single Federation in Southern Africa has been the fantasy of ‘Empire Men’, whose desire for a strong Commonwealth realm in Africa often met stiff opposition from London who viewed South Africans as “rough” and “brash” frontiersmen. Yet, over the last 15 years - in a process hurried by the Great Depression and second Great War, the Dominion of South Africa has made strides to elevate their position within the Commonwealth - carrying their weight in the defense of the Empire, and establishing such industrial power as not seen anywhere else among the Dominions. With such growing confidence, newly appointed Deputy Prime Minister, JBM Hertzog initiated a new string of negotiations with London with the express hope of restructuring South Africa’s place within the Empire, and indeed within Africa at-large.[/sub]

[sub]The South Africa of tomorrow, Hertzog contended in London, will be a great regional power — English speaking, Proud, Productive, and a Defender of the great principals and ideals around which the British Commonwealth was formed. Whereas the Dominion’s partners build upon Revolution, fear, and Imperialism — South Africa would be a great Union built upon the free association of common men, loyal to their King, and dedicated towards crafting a ‘worthy’ realm. Through the integration of Basutoland and Swaziland — South Africa would come a step closer towards realizing this future, consolidating the realms of Britain south of Rhodesia.[/sub]

[sub]Under the current program for integration of the territories, Swaziland and Basutoland would join South Africa as ‘Associated Territories’ of similar status to Southwest Africa. This status would be transitory, pending their systematic integration into South Africa as Provinces of the Dominion over the next 10 years. Such a process would give time for the administration of the territory to be transferred to the national government, and provide a path through which the legal and economic systems of both territories can be aligned with that of the Dominion. The Swazi and Sotho tribes, who have ruled over their respective territories autonomously as protectorates — largely divided between isolationist and pro-integration clans, would see their petitions for recognition fast tracked to ensure a swift acquisition of citizenship for interested members of those tribes. Through citizenship, they would be allowed to form Provincial governments as the first native South Africans to do so in a majoritarian fashion.[/sub]

[sub]Celebrations, having replaced the tension which existed in the wake of Strikes earlier this month, have commenced even as the National Unity Government holds out hope that their other petition — for the integration of Bechuanaland into the Dominion — would be met with approval from London.[/sub]

[/list]

____________

[pre] [/pre][spoiler=𝘾𝙊𝙈𝙈𝙊𝙉𝙒𝙀𝘼𝙇𝙏𝙃 𝙊𝙁 𝙇𝙄𝘽𝙀𝙍𝙏𝙔

[sub]Detailed, Creative, Storytelling[/sub]]

Adriatican Islands

Alaroth

Al-Yemen

Annyeong Korea

Arcanda

Asgerland

Astarina

Bayern Kahla

Bayside

Canovia

Cascadla

Connomia

Czabalkia

Enchanted Oasis

Great Britain Gb

Jersey Republic

Kewtpuff

Kotakuan Ii

Le Rochelle

Merigould

Mesuvia

Metropolitan Francais

Nevbrejnovitz

New Provenance

Nileia

Nonador

Nosautempopulus

Osivoii

Paramountica

Irelaand

Islahh

Israelli

Persiaa

Philanialle

Pontianus

Ranponian

Russian Kongo

Rutannia

Saldat

Somerania

Swedenn

Teymour

The Confederate Prussian Empire

Tallahan

The Galla

Vancouver Straits

Peking Zhongguo

Victoria Harbor

Virnall

[/spoiler]

Paramountica, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Kyntos, Alaroth

[list][list]JANUARY 1941

[sub]The Skill, The Wealth — The Will[/sub][/list]

[pre] A R S E N A L O F D E M O C R A C Y [/pre]

[list][list][sub][pre]Governments can err, Presidents do make mistakes,

but the immortal Dante tells us that divine justice

weighs the sins of the cold-blooded and the sins of

the warm-hearted in different scales.

Better the occasional faults of a Government that lives

in a spirit of charity than the consistent omissions of a

Government frozen in the ice of its own indifference.

To some generations much is given.

Of other generations much is expected.

This generation of Americans has a

Rendezvous with Destiny.[/pre][/sub][/list][/list]

OVAL OFFICE, THE WHITE HOUSE — 09:30pm EST

[sub]WASHINGTON D.C., Paramountica[/sub]

[list][list]𝗔𝗰𝗿𝗼𝘀𝘀 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗔𝘁𝗹𝗮𝗻𝘁𝗶𝗰, 𝗕𝗿𝗶𝘁𝗮𝗶𝗻 𝘄𝗮𝘀 𝗲𝗻𝗴𝗮𝗴𝗲𝗱 𝗶𝗻 𝗮 𝘁𝘂𝗺𝘂𝗹𝘁𝘂𝗼𝘂𝘀 𝘀𝘁𝗿𝘂𝗴𝗴𝗹𝗲 𝘄𝗶𝘁𝗵 𝗚𝗲𝗿𝗺𝗮𝗻𝘆,

𝘄𝗵𝗶𝗰𝗵 𝗵𝗮𝗱 𝗮𝗹𝗿𝗲𝗮𝗱𝘆 𝘀𝗽𝗲𝗰𝘁𝗿𝗲𝗱 𝗼𝘃𝗲𝗿 𝘃𝗮𝘀𝘁 𝗿𝗲𝗴𝗶𝗼𝗻𝘀 𝗼𝗳 𝗘𝘂𝗿𝗼𝗽𝗲, 𝗳𝗿𝗼𝗺 𝗙𝗿𝗮𝗻𝗰𝗲 𝗮𝗻𝗱 𝘁𝗵𝗲

𝗹𝗼𝘄𝗹𝗮𝗻𝗱𝘀 𝗶𝗻 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝘄𝗲𝘀𝘁 𝘁𝗼 𝗣𝗼𝗹𝗮𝗻𝗱 𝗶𝗻 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗲𝗮𝘀𝘁.

𝗜𝗻 𝗔𝘀𝗶𝗮, 𝗝𝗮𝗽𝗮𝗻 𝗵𝗮𝗱 𝘀𝘄𝗮𝗹𝗹𝗼𝘄𝗲𝗱 𝘂𝗽 𝗹𝗮𝗿𝗴𝗲 𝗽𝗮𝗿𝘁𝘀 𝗼𝗳 𝗖𝗵𝗶𝗻𝗮 𝗮𝗻𝗱 𝗰𝗮𝘀𝘁 𝗮 𝘄𝗮𝘁𝗰𝗵𝗳𝘂𝗹 𝗲𝘆𝗲

𝘁𝗼𝘄𝗮𝗿𝗱 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗖𝗲𝗻𝘁𝗿𝗮𝗹 𝗮𝗻𝗱 𝗦𝗼𝘂𝘁𝗵 𝗣𝗮𝗰𝗶𝗳𝗶𝗰.[/list][/list]

| Upon the desk, the top polished wooden surface drilled for microphone wires; for the seven microphones positioned for nearly every Presidential broadcast made in this administration. Two sharp new pencils, a notepad, an open package of Camels cigarettes and two glasses of water — none of which will be used by the recipient but nevertheless still there if he so requires them, then — wearing a dark navy serge suit, a black bowtie, the PRESIDENT came in, on his wheelchair pushed by a Mr. GEORGE FIELDS, assistant to the PRESIDENT’s valet. The PRESIDENT, nearly always in High Good Humor, shook the hands of those in attendance who sat behind the film newsreel cameras. |

[list]| FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, [sub]The President[/sub] | “Mr. Secretary . . . [& co. Cabinet] . . . Senator . . . Mother.”[/list]

| The PRESIDENT smiled as he shook the hands of those present. Every now and then he mopped his grinning face with a large white handkerchief. He greeted CORDELL HULL, Secretary of State • the attending Cabinet and their wives • ALBEN BARKLEY, Senatorial Majority Leader/Senator of Kentucky, and of course • SARA ROOSEVELT, in a gray-blue evening gown, mother of the PRESIDENT. The mood of the room beyond the PRESIDENT’s usual cheerfulness was that of near somber momentum, it was five minutes to broadcast; filmed for the newsreel but broadcasted live by the wireless radio. |

[list]| FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, [sub]The President[/sub] | [sup]“My Friends: This is not a fireside chat on war. It is a talk on national security, because the nub of the whole purpose of your President is to keep you now, and your children later, and your grandchildren much later, out of a last-ditch war for the preservation of American independence and all of the things that American independence means to you and to me and to ours . . . Never before since Jamestown and Plymouth Rock has our American civilization been in such danger as now — The Volk masters of Germany have made it clear that they intend not only to dominate all life and thought in their own country, but also to enslave the whole of Europe, and then to use the resources of Europe to dominate the rest of the world. In view of the nature of this undeniable threat, it can be asserted, properly and categorically — that the United States has no right or reason to encourage talk of peace, until the day shall come when there is a clear intention on the part of the aggressor nations to abandon all thought of dominating or conquering the world.”[/sup][/list]

| The PRESIDENT began his 15th FIRESIDE CHAT, over 500 radio stations across the United States were tuned to broadcast his address by the wireless radio across millions of radiosets. Attendance at movies had plummeted for the evening — In bars, farmhouses, train stations and airports, ports of sea vessels — people listened, people waited. The PRESIDENt spoke in his normal yet stern mannerisms, the voice of reassurance that had guided the American people since March of ’33 — the duties of the White House, now must be the duties of the common man citizen, something the great mass of the American people were eager to bear. |

[list]| FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, [sub]The President[/sub] | [sup]“At this moment, the forces of the states that are leagued against all peoples who live in freedom are being held away from our shores. The Germans and the Italians are being blocked on the other side of the Atlantic by the British, and by the Greeks, and by thousands of soldiers and sailors who were able to escape from subjugated countries. In Asia the Chinese are being engaged by the Japanese nation in another great defense. In the Pacific Ocean is our fleet.”[/sup]

[sup]“Some of our people like to believe that wars in Europe and in Asia are of no concern to us. But it is a matter of most vital concern to us that European and Asiatic war-makers should not gain control of the oceans which lead to this hemisphere. One hundred and seventeen years ago the Monroe Doctrine was conceived by our Government as a measure of defense in the face of a threat against this hemisphere by an alliance in Continental Europe . . . Thereafter, we stood on guard in the Atlantic, with the British as neighbors. There was no treaty. There was no "unwritten agreement." And yet, there was the feeling, proven correct by history, that we as neighbors could settle any disputes in peaceful fashion. And the fact is that during the whole of this time the Western Hemisphere has remained free from aggression from Europe or from Asia.”[/sup]

[sup]“If Great Britain goes down, the Axis powers will control the continents of Europe, Asia, Africa, Australia, and the high seas — and they will be in a position to bring enormous military and naval resources against this hemisphere. It is no exaggeration to say that all of us, in all the Americas, would be living at the point of a gun — a gun loaded with explosive bullets, economic as well as military.”[/sup][/list]

| The PRESIDENT flips a sheet of paper concerning his address. |

[list]| FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, [sub]The President[/sub] | [sup]“Frankly and definitely there is danger ahead — danger against which we must prepare. But we well know that we cannot escape danger, or the fear of danger, by crawling into bed and pulling the covers over our heads. Germany has said that she was occupying Belgium to save the Belgians from the British. Would she then hesitate to say to any South American country, “. . . We are occupying you to protect you from aggression by the United States?"[/sup]

[sup]“Belgium is being used as an invasion base against Britain, now fighting for its life. And any South American country, in Volk hands, would always constitute a jumping-off place for German attack on any one of the other republics of this hemisphere. We think of Hawaii as an outpost of defense in the Pacific. And yet, the Azores are closer to our shores in the Atlantic than Hawaii is on the other side.”[/sup]

[sup]“There are those who say that the Axis powers would never have any desire to attack the Western Hemisphere. That is the same dangerous form of wishful thinking which has destroyed the powers of resistance of so many conquered peoples . . . Let us no longer blind ourselves to the undeniable fact that the evil forces which have crushed and undermined and corrupted so many others are already within our own gates. Your Government knows much about them and every day is ferreting them out.”[/sup]

[sup]“Their secret emissaries are active in our own and in neighboring countries. They seek to stir up suspicion and dissension to cause internal strife. They try to turn capital against labor, and vice versa. They try to reawaken long slumbering racial and religious enmities which should have no place in this country. They are active in every group that promotes intolerance. They exploit for their own ends our own natural abhorrence of war . . . and There are also American citizens, many of then in high places, who, unwittingly in most cases, are aiding and abetting the work of these agents. I do not charge these American citizens with being foreign agents. But I do charge them with doing exactly the kind of work that the dictators want done in the United States.”[/sup]

[sup]“The experience of the past two years has proven beyond doubt that no nation can appease the Volks. No man can tame a tiger into a kitten by stroking it. There can be no appeasement with ruthlessness. There can be no reasoning with an incendiary bomb. We know now that a nation can have peace with the Volks only at the price of total surrender.”[/sup]

[sup]”Concerning the very altars of modern dictatorships — They may talk of a "new order" in the world, but what they have in mind is only a revival of the oldest and the worst tyranny. In that there is no liberty, no religion, no hope . . . The proposed "new order" is the very opposite of a United States of Europe or a United States of Asia. It is not a government based upon the consent of the governed. It is not a union of ordinary, self-respecting men and women to protect themselves and their freedom and their dignity from oppression. It is an unholy alliance of power and pelf to dominate and to take over the human race. The British people and their allies today are conducting an active war against this unholy alliance. Our own future security is greatly dependent on the outcome of that fight. Our ability to "keep out of war" is going to be affected by that outcome.”[/sup]

[sup]“Thinking in terms of today and tomorrow, I make the direct statement to the American people that there is far less chance of the United States getting into war if we do all we can now to support the nations defending themselves against attack by the Axis than if we acquiesce in their defeat, submit tamely to an Axis victory, and wait our turn to be the object of attack in another war later on. If we are to be completely honest with ourselves, we must admit that there is risk in any course we may take. But I deeply believe that the great majority of our people agree that the course that I advocate involves the least risk now and the greatest hope for world peace in the future.”[/sup][/list]

| The PRESIDENT turns yet another set of pages, as the wireless radio broadcast continues, there is a moment, and then— |

[list]| FRANKLIN D. ROOSEVELT, [sub]The President[/sub] | [sup]“There is no demand for sending an Paramerican Expeditionary Force outside our own borders. There is no intention by any member of your Government to send such a force. You can, therefore, nail — nail any talk about sending armies to Europe as deliberate untruth. Our national policy is not directed toward war. Its sole purpose is to keep war away from our country and away from our people. Democracy's fight against world conquest is being greatly aided, and must be more greatly aided, by the rearmament of the United States and by sending every ounce and every ton of munitions and supplies that we can possibly spare to help the defenders who are in the front lines. And it is no more unneutral for us to do that than it is for Sweden, the Soviet Union and other nations near Germany to send steel and ore and oil and other war materials into Germany every day in the week.”[/sup]

[sup]“Nine days ago I announced the setting up of a more effective organization to direct our gigantic efforts to increase the production of munitions. The appropriation of vast sums of money and a well coordinated executive direction of our defense efforts are not in themselves enough. Guns, planes, ships and many other things have to be built in the factories and the arsenals of America. They have to be produced by workers and managers and engineers with the aid of machines which in turn have to be built by hundreds of thousands of workers throughout the land . . . In this great work there has been splendid cooperation between the Government and industry and labor, and I am very thankful. American industrial genius, unmatched throughout all the world in the solution of production problems, has been called upon to bring its resources and its talents into action. . . . We must have more ships, more guns, more planes — more of everything. And this can only be accomplished if we discard the notion of "business as usual." This job cannot be done merely by superimposing on the existing productive facilities the added requirements of the nation for defense.”[/sup]

[sup]”Our defense efforts must not be blocked by those who fear the future consequences of surplus plant capacity. The possible consequences of failure of our defense efforts now are much more to be feared. And after the present needs of our defense are past, a proper handling of the country's peacetime needs will require all of the new productive capacity — if not still more. No pessimistic policy about the future of America shall delay the immediate expansion of those industries essential to defense. We need them. I want to make it clear that it is the purpose of the nation to build now with all possible speed every machine, every arsenal, every factory that we need to manufacture our defense material. We have the men —the skill — the wealth — and above all, the will.”[/sup]

[sup]“We must be the great arsenal of democracy. For us this is an emergency as serious as war itself. We must apply ourselves to our task with the same resolution, the same sense of urgency, the same spirit of patriotism and sacrifice as we would show were we at war. No dictator, no combination of dictators, will weaken that determination by threats of how they will construe that determination. It is the strength of men and women who value their freedom more highly than they value their lives. I believe that the Axis powers are not going to win this war. I base that belief on the latest and best of information. We have no excuse for defeatism. We have every good reason for hope — hope for peace, yes, and hope for the defense of our civilization and for the building of a better civilization in the future . . . I have the profound conviction that the American people are now determined to put forth a mightier effort than they have ever yet made to increase our production of all the implements of defense, to meet the threat to our democratic faith. As President of the United States I call for that national effort. I call for it in the name of this nation which we love and honor and which we are privileged and proud to serve. I call upon our people with absolute confidence that our common cause will greatly succeed.[/sup]”[/list]

| The PRESIDENT concludes the national radio address, across the radios of the world, science came after the PRESIDENT concluded. Some lit cigarettes, some toasted a drink, others went to sleep. The PRESIDENT had laid a framework foundation for the vast superstructure of requirements to press forward. The White House’s budget — for the incoming Congress was as follows; $10 billion for defense & $7 billion for ordinary expenditures, then in due time, the PRESIDENT’s third term shall commence on the 20th day of the month — inauguration day. |

Virnall, Paseo, Nosautempopulus, Amsterwald, Victoria Harbor, Otsla, Pontianus, Kotakuan Ii, Ranponian, Vancouver Straits, New Provenance, Peking Zhongguo, Islahh, Alaroth, Maziya

Assembled with Dot's Region Saver.
Written by Refuge Isle.